TANGO55/56

TANGO55/56
This document is available at HTTP://WWW.FALCOM.DE/
TANGO55/56
Hardware description
Preliminary
Version 1.00 16/06/2005
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Contents
0
INTRODUCTION .....................................................................11
0.1
SCOPE OF THE DOCUMENT .................................................................................................... 11
0.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................................... 11
0.3
DOCUMENT CONVENTIONS ................................................................................................... 12
0.3.1
0.3.2
QUICK REFERENCE TABLE ..........................................................................................................................12
SUPERSCRIPT NOTATION FOR PARAMETERS AND VALUES ................................................................................12
0.4
AT COMMAND SYNTAX ......................................................................................................... 13
0.4.1
0.4.2
USING PARAMETERS .................................................................................................................................13
COMBINING AT COMMANDS ON THE SAME COMMAND LINE .......................................................................14
0.5
SUPPORTED CHARACTER SETS ................................................................................................. 14
0.5.1
GSM ALPHABET TABLES AND UCS2 CHARACTER VALUES ............................................................................17
0.5.2
UCS2 AND GSM DATA CODING AND CONVERSION FOR SMS TEXT MODE...................................................18
0.5.2.1 Implementing input of Terminal data to SIM (direction TE to ME)......................................... 19
0.6
FLOW CONTROL .................................................................................................................. 20
0.6.1
0.6.2
SOFTWARE FLOW CONTROL (XON/OFF FLOW CONTROL) ..........................................................................21
HARDWARE FLOW CONTROL (RTS/CTS FLOW CONTROL) ...........................................................................21
0.7
UNSOLICITED RESULT CODE PRESENTATION ............................................................................. 21
0.7.1
COMMUNICATION BETWEEN CUSTOMER APPLICATION AND TANGO55/56 ................................................22
0.8
COMMON PCN HANDSET SPECIFICATION (CPHS) ................................................................ 22
0.9
ERRORS AND MESSAGES ....................................................................................................... 23
1
CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...........................................24
1.1
AT&F SET ALL CURRENT PARAMETERS TO MANUFACTURER DEFAULTS ......................................... 24
1.2
AT&V DISPLAY CURRENT CONFIGURATION ............................................................................ 24
1.2.1
AT&V RESPONSES ...................................................................................................................................25
1.3
AT&W STORES CURRENT CONFIGURATION TO USER DEFINED PROFILE ....................................... 25
1.4
ATQ SET RESULT CODE PRESENTATION MODE ......................................................................... 26
1.5
ATV SET RESULT CODE FORMAT MODE ................................................................................... 26
1.5.1
VERBOSE AND NUMERIC RESULT CODES ......................................................................................................27
1.6
ATX SET CONNECT RESULT CODE FORMAT AND CALL MONITORING ...................................... 27
1.7
ATZ SET ALL CURRENT PARAMETERS TO USER DEFINED PROFILE .................................................. 27
1.8
AT+CFUN SET PHONE FUNCTIONALITY ................................................................................... 28
1.8.1
WAKE UP THE ME FROM SLEEP MODE ......................................................................................................32
1.9
AT^SMSO SWITCH OFF MOBILE STATION ................................................................................ 32
1.10
AT+GCAP REQUEST COMPLETE TA CAPABILITIES LIST ............................................................. 33
1.11
AT+CMEE REPORT MOBILE EQUIPMENT ERROR ..................................................................... 33
1.11.1
1.11.2
1.11.3
SUMMARY OF CME ERRORS RELATED TO GSM 07.07 ............................................................................35
SUMMARY OF GPRS-RELATED CME ERRORS..........................................................................................35
SUMMARY OF CMS ERRORS RELATED TO GSM 07.05 ............................................................................36
1.12
AT+CSCS SELECT TE CHARACTER SET ................................................................................... 37
1.13
AT^SCFG EXTENDED CONFIGURATION SETTINGS .................................................................. 38
1.14
AT^SM20 SET M20 COMPATIBILITY MODE ............................................................................ 44
2
STATUS CONTROL COMMANDS...........................................45
2.1
AT+CMER MOBILE EQUIPMENT EVENT REPORTING ............................................................... 45
2.2
AT+CIND INDICATOR CONTROL.......................................................................................... 46
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 2
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
2.3
AT^SIND EXTENDED INDICATOR CONTROL ........................................................................... 49
2.4
AT+CEER EXTENDED ERROR REPORT .................................................................................... 51
2.4.1
2.4.2
2.4.3
2.4.4
2.4.5
2.4.6
2.4.7
2.4.8
2.4.9
2.4.10
2.4.11
2.4.12
2.4.13
2.4.14
CAUSE LOCATION ID FOR THE EXTENDED ERROR REPORT..............................................................................53
GSM RELEASE CAUSE FOR L3 RADIO RESOURCE (RR)................................................................................54
SIEMENS RELEASE CAUSE FOR L3 RADIO RESOURCE (RR) .........................................................................54
GSM RELEASE CAUSE FOR MOBILITY MANAGEMENT (MM) ........................................................................55
SIEMENS RELEASE CAUSE FOR L3 MOBILITY MANAGEMENT (MM) .............................................................55
GSM RELEASE CAUSE FOR L3 CALL CONTROL (CC).................................................................................55
SIEMENS RELEASE CAUSE FOR L3 CALL CONTROL (CC)...........................................................................57
SIEMENS RELEASE CAUSE FOR L3 ADVICE OF CHARGE (AOC).................................................................57
GSM RELEASE CAUSE FOR SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE CALL .........................................................................57
SIEMENS RELEASE CAUSE FOR CALL-RELATED SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES (CRSS) ........................................58
SIEMENS RELEASE CAUSE FOR SESSION MANAGEMENT (SM) .....................................................................59
GSM CAUSE FOR L3 PROTOCOL MODULE OR OTHER LOCAL CAUSE ............................................................59
SIEMENS RELEASE CAUSE FOR GPRS API................................................................................................59
SIEMENS RELEASE CAUSE FOR EMBEDDED NETCORE..................................................................................60
2.5
ATS18 EXTENDED CALL RELEASE REPORT ............................................................................... 60
2.6
AT+CPAS MOBILE EQUIPMENT ACTIVITY STATUS .................................................................... 61
2.7
AT+WS46 SELECT WIRELESS NETWORK .................................................................................. 61
3
SERIAL INTERFACE CONTROL COMMANDS ........................63
3.1
AT\Q FLOWCONTROL ........................................................................................................ 63
3.2
AT&C SET CIRCUIT DATA CARRIER DETECT (DCD) FUNCTION MODE ..................................... 63
3.3
AT&D SET CIRCUIT DATA TERMINAL READY (DTR) FUNCTION MODE ....................................... 64
3.4
AT&S SET CIRCUIT DATA SET READY (DSR) FUNCTION MODE ................................................. 64
3.5
ATE ENABLE COMMAND ECHO ............................................................................................ 64
3.6
AT+ILRR SET TE-TA LOCAL RATE REPORTING ......................................................................... 65
3.7
AT+IPR SET FIXED LOCAL RATE ............................................................................................. 66
3.7.1
AUTOBAUDING ........................................................................................................................................67
4
SECURITY COMMANDS ........................................................69
4.1
AT+CPIN ENTER PIN.......................................................................................................... 69
4.1.1
WHAT TO DO IF PIN OR PASSWORD AUTHENTICATION FAILS?........................................................................71
4.2
AT+CPIN2 ENTER PIN2...................................................................................................... 72
4.3
AT^SPIC DISPLAY PIN COUNTER ......................................................................................... 74
4.4
AT+CLCK FACILITY LOCK ................................................................................................... 78
4.5
AT^SLCK FACILITY LOCK ..................................................................................................... 83
4.6
AT+CPWD CHANGE PASSWORD ....................................................................................... 84
4.7
AT^SPWD CHANGE PASSWORD ......................................................................................... 88
5
IDENTIFICATION COMMANDS .............................................89
5.1
ATI DISPLAY PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION ............................................................. 89
5.2
AT+CGMI REQUEST MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION ............................................................ 89
5.3
AT+GMI REQUEST MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION ............................................................... 89
5.4
AT+CGMM REQUEST MODEL IDENTIFICATION ...................................................................... 90
5.5
AT+GMM REQUEST TA MODEL IDENTIFICATION .................................................................... 90
5.6
AT+CGMR REQUEST REVISION IDENTIFICATION OF SOFTWARE STATUS...................................... 91
5.7
AT+GMR REQUEST TA REVISION IDENTIFICATION OF SOFTWARE STATUS ................................... 91
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 3
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
5.8
AT+CGSN REQUEST PRODUCT SERIAL NUMBER IDENTIFICATION (IMEI) IDENTICAL TO GSN....... 91
5.9
AT+GSN REQUEST TA SERIAL NUMBER IDENTIFICATION (IMEI) ................................................ 92
5.10
AT+CIMI REQUEST INTERNATIONAL MOBILE SUBSCRIBER IDENTITY ............................................. 92
6
CALL RELATED COMMANDS ................................................94
6.1
CALL STATUS INFORMATION................................................................................................... 94
6.2
ATA ANSWER A CALL .......................................................................................................... 95
6.3
ATD MOBILE ORIGINATED CALL TO DIAL A NUMBER ................................................................ 95
6.4
ATD><MEM><N> ORIGINATE CALL TO PHONE NUMBER IN MEMORY ....................................... 98
6.5
ATD><N> ORIGINATE CALL TO PHONE NUMBER SELECTED FROM ACTIVE MEMORY ................... 99
6.6
ATD><STR> ORIGINATE CALL TO PHONE NUMBER IN MEMORY WITH CORRESPONDING FIELD.... 100
6.7
ATDI MOBILE ORIGINATED CALL TO DIALABLE ISDN NUMBER <N> ........................................ 101
6.8
ATDL REDIAL LAST TELEPHONE NUMBER USED ....................................................................... 102
6.9
ATH DISCONNECT EXISTING CONNECTION .......................................................................... 102
6.10
AT+CHUP HANG UP CALL ................................................................................................ 103
6.11
ATS0 SET NUMBER OF RINGS BEFORE AUTOMATICALLY ANSWERING THE CALL .......................... 103
6.12
ATS6 SET PAUSE BEFORE BLIND DIALING ............................................................................... 104
6.13
ATS7 SET NUMBER OF SECONDS TO WAIT FOR CONNECTION COMPLETION ............................. 105
6.14
ATS8 SET NUMBER OF SECONDS TO WAIT FOR COMMA DIALING MODIFIER.............................. 105
6.15
ATS10 SET DISCONNECT DELAY AFTER INDICATING THE ABSENCE OF DATA CARRIER ................. 106
6.16
ATP SELECT PULSE DIALING ................................................................................................ 106
6.17
ATO SWITCH FROM COMMAND MODE TO DATA MODE/PPP ONLINE MODE .......................... 106
6.18
+++ SWITCH FROM DATA MODE TO COMMAND MODE ......................................................... 107
6.19
ATT SELECT TONE DIALING ................................................................................................. 107
6.20
AT+CBST SELECT BEARER SERVICE TYPE .............................................................................. 107
6.21
AT+CRLP SELECT RADIO LINK PROTOCOL PARAM. FOR ORIG. NON-TRANSPARENT DATA CALL 108
6.22
AT+CLCC LIST CURRENT CALLS OF ME.............................................................................. 109
6.23
AT^SLCC SIEMENS DEFINED COMMAND TO LIST THE CURRENT CALLS OF THE ME .................... 111
6.24
AT+CR SERVICE REPORTING CONTROL ............................................................................... 117
6.25
AT+CRC SET CELLULAR RESULT CODES FOR INCOMING CALL INDICATION ............................ 118
6.26
AT+CSNS SINGLE NUMBERING SCHEME............................................................................. 118
6.27
AT^SCNI LIST CALL NUMBER INFORMATION ....................................................................... 119
6.28
AT^SLCD DISPLAY LAST CALL DURATION ........................................................................... 120
6.29
AT^STCD DISPLAY TOTAL CALL DURATION ......................................................................... 120
7
NETWORK SERVICE COMMANDS ......................................122
7.1
AT+COPN READ OPERATOR NAMES ................................................................................. 122
7.2
AT+COPS OPERATOR SELECTION...................................................................................... 122
7.3
AT+CREG NETWORK REGISTRATION .................................................................................. 124
7.4
AT+CSQ SIGNAL QUALITY ................................................................................................ 126
7.5
AT^SMONC CELL MONITORING ...................................................................................... 127
7.6
AT^MONI MONITOR IDLE MODE AND DEDICATED MODE ..................................................... 128
7.6.1
AT^MONI RESPONSES ..........................................................................................................................129
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 4
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
7.6.2
7.6.3
SERVICE STATES......................................................................................................................................130
NOTES ..................................................................................................................................................131
7.7
AT^MONP MONITOR NEIGHBOUR CELLS ............................................................................ 131
7.7.1
AT^MONP RESPONSES .........................................................................................................................132
7.8
AT^SMONG GPRS MONITOR ......................................................................................... 133
7.8.1
AT^SMONG CELL INFO TABLE .............................................................................................................133
7.9
AT^SALS ALTERNATE LINE SERVICE ..................................................................................... 134
7.10
AT^SHOM DISPLAY HOMEZONE ........................................................................................ 135
7.11
AT^SPLM READ THE PLMN LIST ......................................................................................... 135
7.12
AT^SPLR READ ENTRY FROM THE PREFERRED OPERATORS LIST ................................................ 136
7.13
AT^SPLW WRITE AN ENTRY TO THE PREFERRED OPERATORS LIST ............................................... 137
8
SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE COMMANDS ...........................138
8.1
AT+CACM ACCUMULATED CALL METER (ACM) RESET OR QUERY ...................................... 138
8.2
AT^SACM ADVICE OF CHARGE AND QUERY OF ACM AND ACMMAX ............................... 138
8.3
AT+CAMM ACCUMULATED CALL METER MAXIMUM (ACMMAX) SET OR QUERY ................... 140
8.4
AT+CAOC ADVICE OF CHARGE INFORMATION ................................................................ 140
8.5
AT+CCUG CLOSED USER GROUP .................................................................................... 141
8.6
AT+CCFC CALL FORWARDING NUMBER AND CONDITIONS CONTROL .................................. 142
8.7
AT+CCWA CALL WAITING .............................................................................................. 146
8.8
AT+CHLD CALL HOLD AND MULTIPARTY ........................................................................... 149
8.9
AT+CLIP CALLING LINE IDENTIFICATION PRESENTATION ........................................................ 151
8.10
AT+CLIR CALLING LINE IDENTIFICATION RESTRICTION ........................................................... 153
8.11
AT+CPUC PRICE PER UNIT AND CURRENCY TABLE ............................................................... 154
8.12
AT+CSSN SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE NOTIFICATIONS ............................................................ 155
8.13
AT+CUSD SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE NOTIFICATIONS ........................................................... 156
9
GPRS COMMANDS .............................................................158
9.1
AT+CGACT PDP CONTEXT ACTIVATE OR DEACTIVATE ........................................................ 158
9.2
AT+CGANS MANUAL RESPONSE TO A NETWORK REQUEST FOR PDP CONTEXT ACTIVATION .... 159
9.3
AT+CGATT GPRS ATTACH OR DETACH ............................................................................. 160
9.4
AT+CGAUTO AUTOMATIC RESPONSE TO A NETWORK REQUEST FOR PDP CONTEXT
ACTIVATION ....................................................................................................................... 161
9.5
AT+CGDATA ENTER DATA STATE ....................................................................................... 162
9.6
AT+CGDCONT DEFINE PDP CONTEXT............................................................................. 164
9.7
AT+CGPADDR SHOW PDP ADDRESS ............................................................................... 165
9.8
AT+CGQMIN QUALITY OF SERVICE PROFILE (MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE) ................................. 166
9.9
AT+CGQREQ QUALITY OF SERVICE PROFILE (REQUESTED).................................................. 169
9.10
AT+CGREG GPRS NETWORK REGISTRATION STATUS ........................................................... 172
9.11
AT+CGSMS SELECT SERVICE FOR MO SMS MESSAGES ....................................................... 174
9.12
AT^SGAUTH SET TYPE OF AUTHENTICATION FOR PPP CONNECTION ...................................... 175
9.13
AT^SGCONF CONFIGURATION OF GPRS RELATED PARAMETERS ......................................... 175
9.14
ATA MANUAL RESPONSE TO A NETWORK REQUEST FOR PDP CONTEXT ACTIVATION ................. 176
9.15
ATD*99# REQUEST GPRS SERVICE..................................................................................... 176
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 5
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
9.16
ATD*98# REQUEST GPRS IP SERVICE ................................................................................ 177
9.17
ATH MANUAL REJECTION OF A NETWORK REQUEST FOR PDP CONTEXT ACTIVATION ................ 178
9.18
ATS0 AUTOMATIC RESPONSE TO A NETWORK REQUEST FOR PDP CONTEXT ACTIVATION ............ 179
9.19
USING GPRS AT COMMANDS (EXAMPLES).......................................................................... 180
9.20
USING THE GPRS DIAL COMMAND ATD .............................................................................. 182
10
FAX COMMANDS ...............................................................183
10.1
FAX PARAMETERS .............................................................................................................. 183
10.2
AT+FBADLIN BAD LINE THRESHOLD ................................................................................... 185
10.3
AT+FBADMUL ERROR THRESHOLD MULTIPLIER .................................................................... 185
10.4
AT+FBOR QUERY DATA BIT ORDER ..................................................................................... 186
10.5
AT+FCIG QUERY OR SET THE LOCAL POLLING ID................................................................. 186
10.6
AT+FCLASS FAX: SELECT, READ OR TEST SERVICE CLASS....................................................... 187
10.7
AT+FCQ COPY QUALITY CHECKING.................................................................................. 187
10.8
AT+FCR CAPABILITY TO RECEIVE ........................................................................................ 188
10.9
AT+FDCC QUERY OR SET CAPABILITIES ............................................................................... 188
10.10
AT+FDFFC DATA COMPRESSION FORMAT CONVERSION ..................................................... 189
10.11
AT+FDIS QUERY OR SET SESSION PARAMETERS ...................................................................... 189
10.12
AT+FDR BEGIN OR CONTINUE PHASE C DATA RECEPTION ..................................................... 190
10.13
AT+FDT DATA TRANSMISSION ............................................................................................. 190
10.14
AT+FET END A PAGE OR DOCUMENT .................................................................................. 191
10.15
AT+FK KILL OPERATION, ORDERLY FAX ABORT ..................................................................... 191
10.16
AT+FLID QUERY OR SET THE LOCAL ID SETTING CAPABILITIES .................................................. 192
10.17
AT+FMDL IDENTIFY PRODUCT MODEL ................................................................................ 192
10.18
AT+FMFR REQUEST MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION ........................................................... 192
10.19
AT+FOPT SET BIT ORDER INDEPENDENTLY ............................................................................. 193
10.20
AT+FPHCTO DTE PHASE C RESPONSE TIMEOUT ................................................................. 193
10.21
AT+FREV IDENTIFY PRODUCT REVISION ............................................................................... 194
10.22
AT+FRH RECEIVE DATA USING HDLC FRAMING ................................................................. 194
10.23
AT+FRM RECEIVE DATA .................................................................................................... 194
10.24
AT+FRS RECEIVE SILENCE .................................................................................................. 195
10.25
AT+FTH TRANSMIT DATA USING HDLC FRAMING ................................................................ 195
10.26
AT+FTM TRANSMIT DATA ................................................................................................... 196
10.27
AT+FTS STOP TRANSMISSION AND WAIT ............................................................................... 196
10.28
AT+FVRFC VERTICAL RESOLUTION FORMAT CONVERSION .................................................... 197
11
SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE (SMS) COMMANDS ................198
11.1
SMS PARAMETERS .............................................................................................................. 198
11.2
AT+CMGC SEND AN SMS COMMAND ............................................................................. 201
11.3
AT+CMGD DELETE SMS MESSAGE .................................................................................... 202
11.4
AT+CMGF SELECT SMS MESSAGE FORMAT ........................................................................ 202
11.5
AT+CMGL LIST SMS MESSAGES FROM PREFERRED STORE ..................................................... 202
11.6
AT+CMGR READ SMS MESSAGES ..................................................................................... 204
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 6
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
11.7
AT+CMGS SEND SMS MESSAGE ....................................................................................... 205
11.8
AT+CMGW WRITE SMS MESSAGES TO MEMORY ................................................................ 206
11.9
AT+CMSS SEND SMS MESSAGES FROM STORAGE ............................................................... 207
11.10
AT+CNMA NEW SMS MESSAGE ACKNOWLEDGE TO ME/TE, ONLY PHASE 2+ ...................... 208
11.11
AT+CNMI NEW SMS MESSAGE INDICATIONS ...................................................................... 208
11.12
AT+CPMS PREFERRED SMS MESSAGE STORAGE .................................................................. 211
11.13
AT+CSCA SMS SERVICE CENTRE ADDRESS ......................................................................... 213
11.14
AT+CSCB SELECT CELL BROADCAST MESSAGE INDICATION................................................. 213
11.15
AT+CSDH SHOW SMS TEXT MODE PARAMETERS .................................................................. 214
11.16
AT+CSMP SET SMS TEXT MODE PARAMETERS ...................................................................... 215
11.17
AT+CSMS SELECT MESSAGE SERVICE ................................................................................. 216
11.18
AT^SLMS LIST SMS MEMORY STORAGE .............................................................................. 217
11.19
AT^SMGL LIST SMS MESSAGES FROM PREFERRED STORE WITHOUT SETTING STATUS TO REC
READ 218
11.20
AT^SMGO SET OR QUERY SMS OVERFLOW PRESENTATION MODE OR QUERY SMS OVERFLOW 218
11.21
AT^SMGR READ SMS MESSAGE WITHOUT SETTING STATUS TO REC READ ............................. 219
11.22
AT^SSCONF SMS COMMAND CONFIGURATION................................................................ 220
11.23
AT^SSDA SET SMS DISPLAY AVAILABILITY ........................................................................... 220
11.24
AT^SSMSS SET SHORT MESSAGE STORAGE SEQUENCE ......................................................... 221
12
SIM RELATED COMMANDS.................................................223
12.1
AT+CRSM RESTRICTED SIM ACCESS .................................................................................. 223
12.2
AT^SCKS QUERY SIM AND CHIP CARD HOLDER STATUS ...................................................... 224
12.3
AT^SCID DISPLAY SIM CARD IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ......................................................... 225
12.4
AT+CXXCID DISPLAY CARD ID ......................................................................................... 226
13
PHONE BOOK COMMANDS...............................................227
13.1
SORT ORDER FOR PHONE BOOKS ......................................................................................... 227
13.2
AT+CPBR READ FROM PHONE BOOK ................................................................................. 227
13.3
AT+CPBS SELECT PHONE BOOK MEMORY STORAGE ............................................................. 230
13.4
AT+CPBW WRITE INTO PHONEBOOK .................................................................................. 231
13.5
AT^SPBC SEARCH THE FIRST ENTRY IN THE SORTED TELEPHONE BOOK ...................................... 234
13.6
AT^SPBD PURGE PHONE BOOK MEMORY STORAGE .............................................................. 235
13.7
AT^SPBG READ CURRENT PHONE BOOK ENTRIES .................................................................. 235
13.8
AT^SPBS STEP THROUGH THE SELECTED PHONE BOOK ALPHABETICALLY ................................... 239
13.9
AT^SDLD DELETE THE "LAST NUMBER REDIAL" MEMORY .......................................................... 242
14
AUDIO COMMANDS...........................................................243
14.1
ATL SET MONITOR SPEAKER LOUDNESS .................................................................................. 243
14.2
ATM SET MONITOR SPEAKER MODE ...................................................................................... 243
14.3
AT+CLVL LOUDSPEAKER VOLUME LEVEL ............................................................................. 243
14.4
AT+CMUT MUTE CONTROL ............................................................................................... 244
14.5
AT+VTD TONE DURATION................................................................................................... 245
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 7
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
14.6
AT+VTS DTMF AND TONE GENERATION .............................................................................. 245
14.7
AT^SNFD SET AUDIO PARAMETERS TO MANUFACTURER DEFAULT VALUES ................................. 246
14.8
AT^SNFI SET MICROPHONE PATH PARAMETERS ..................................................................... 246
14.9
AT^SNFO SET AUDIO OUTPUT (= LOUDSPEAKER PATH) PARAMETER ........................................ 247
14.10
AT^SNFPT SET PROGRESS TONES ......................................................................................... 248
14.11
AT^SNFV SET LOUDSPEAKER VOLUME .................................................................................. 249
14.12
AT^SNFW WRITE AUDIO SETTING IN NON-VOLATILE STORE ..................................................... 250
14.13
AT^SRTC RING TONE CONFIGURATION................................................................................ 250
15
HARDWARE RELATED COMMANDS ...................................253
15.1
AT+CALA SET ALARM TIME ................................................................................................ 253
15.1.1
SUMMARY OF AT COMMANDS AVAILABLE IN ALARM MODE ......................................................................255
15.2
AT+CCLK REAL TIME CLOCK ............................................................................................ 256
15.3
AT^SCTM SET CRITICAL OPERATING TEMPERATURE PRESENTATION MODE OR QUERY
TEMPERATURE ..................................................................................................................... 256
16
MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS..........................................259
16.1
A/REPEAT PREVIOUS COMMAND LINE .................................................................................. 259
16.2
ATS3 WRITE COMMAND LINE TERMINATION CHARACTER........................................................ 259
16.3
ATS4 SET RESPONSE FORMATTING CHARACTER ..................................................................... 259
16.4
ATS5 WRITE COMMAND LINE EDITING CHARACTER................................................................ 260
17
APPENDIX............................................................................261
17.1
RESTRICTED ACCESS TO SIM DATA AFTER SIM PIN AUTHENTICATION ....................................... 261
17.2
LIST OF *# CODES .............................................................................................................. 261
17.3
AVAILABLE AT COMMANDS AND DEPENDENCY ON SIM PIN ................................................ 263
17.4
AT COMMAND SETTINGS STORABLE WITH AT&W .................................................................. 268
17.5
FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS RESTORABLE WITH AT&F............................................................ 269
17.6
SUMMARY OF UNSOLICITED RESULT CODES (URC)................................................................ 271
17.7
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF AT COMMANDS ............................................................................... 271
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 8
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Version history
Version number
Author
Changes
1.00
Fadil Beqiri
Initial version
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 9
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Cautions
Information furnished herein by FALCOM are accurate and reliable. However, no
responsibility is assumed for its use.
Please read carefully the safety precautions.
If you have any technical questions regarding this document or the product
described in it, please contact your vendor.
General information about FALCOM and its range of products is available at the
following internet address: http://www.falcom.de/.
Trademarks
Some mentioned products are registered trademarks of their respective companies.
Copyright
This AT Command Set is copyrighted by FALCOM GmbH with all rights reserved. No
part of this user’s guide may be produced in any form without the prior written
permission of FALCOM GmbH.
FALCOM GmbH.
No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained
herein.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 10
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
0 INTRODUCTION
0.1 Scope of the document
This document presents the AT Command Set for the Falcom Cellular Engine
TANGO55/56 Version 1.00.
Before using the Cellular Engine or upgrading to a new firmware version please read
the latest product information provided in the Release Notes [1].
More information is available at the Falcom website:
http://www.falcom.de/
0.2 Related documents
[1]
TANGO55/56 55/56 user manual
[2]
GPRS Startup User's Guide
[2]
ITU-T Recommendation V.24: List of definitions for interchange circuits between
data terminal equipment (DTE) and data circuit-terminating equipment (DCE)
[3]
ITU-T Recommendation V.25ter: Serial asynchronous automatic dialling and
control
[4]
3GPP TS 23.038 (GSM 03.38): Alphabets and language specific information
[5]
3GPP TS 27.005 (GSM 07.05): Use of Data Terminal Equipment - Data Circuit
terminating Equipment (DTE-DCE) interface for Short Message Service (SMS)
and Cell Broadcast Service (CBS)
[6]
3GPP TS 27.007 (GSM 07.07): AT command set for User Equipment (UE)
[7]
3GPP TS 27.060 (GSM 07.60): Mobile Station (MS) supporting Packet Switched
Services
[8]
3GPP TS 51.011 (GSM 11.11): Specification of the Subscriber Identity Module Mobile Equipment (SIM - ME) interface
[9]
3GPP TS 11.14 (GSM 11.14): Specification of the SIM Application Toolkit for the
Subscriber Identity Module -Mobile Equipment (SIM - ME) interface
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 11
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
0.3 Document conventions
Throughout the document, the GSM engines are referred to as ME (Mobile
Equipment), MS (Mobile Station), TA (Terminal Adapter), DCE (Data Communication
Equipment) or facsimile DCE (FAX modem, FAX board). To control your GSM engine
you can simply send AT commands via its serial interface. The controlling device at
the other end of the serial line is referred to as TE (Terminal Equipment), DTE (Data
Terminal Equipment) or plainly 'the application' (probably running on an embedded
system).
All abbreviations and acronyms used throughout this document are based on the
GSM specifications. For definitions please refer to TR 100 350 V7.0.0 (1999-08), (GSM
01.04, version 7.0.0 release 1998).
0.3.1
Quick reference table
Each AT command description includes a table similar to the example shown below.
The table is intended as a quick reference to indicate the following functions:
PIN:
Is the AT command PIN protected?
●
Yes
○
No
◑
Usage is dependent on conditions specified for the
command, or not all command types are PIN protected (for
example write command PIN protected, read command
not).
Note: The table provided in the chapter 17.3 uses the same symbols.
SERIAL: Is the AT command supported on the first physical serial interface SERIAL?
●
Yes
○
No
Example:
PIN
SERIAL
○
●
0.3.2
Superscript notation for parameters and values
Parameter option
(&W)
<param>
(&V)
<param>
(^SNFW)
<param>
(+CSCS)
<param>
Meaning
Parameter value will be stored with AT&W
Parameter value will be displayed with AT&V
Parameter value will be stored with AT^SNFW
Parameter value has to be (is) coded according to current setting of <chset>
(see AT+CSCS for details)
Table 0.1: Symbols used to indicate the correlations with other
commands
Value option
Meaning
[x]
(&F)
x
(P)
x
(D)
x
Default value: if the parameter is omitted, the value 'x' will be assumed
Factory default value, will be restored to 'x' with AT&F
Powerup default value of a parameter which is not stored at power down
Delivery default value of a parameter which cannot be restored automatically
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 12
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Table 0.2: Symbols used to mark different types of default values of
parameters
0.4 AT command syntax
The "AT" or "at" prefix must be set at the beginning of each command line. To
terminate a command line enter <CR>.
Commands
are
usually
followed
by
a
response
that
includes
"<CR><LF><response><CR><LF>". Throughout this document, only the responses are
presented, <CR><LF> are omitted intentionally.
Types of AT commands and responses:
AT command type
Test command
Syntax
AT+CXXX=?
Read command
AT+CXXX?
Write command
Exec(ution) command
AT+CXXX=<...>
AT+CXXX
0.4.1
Function
The mobile equipment returns the list of parameters and value
ranges set with the corresponding Write command or by internal
processes.
This command returns the currently set value of the parameter or
parameters.
This command sets user-definable parameter values.
The execution command reads nonvariable parameters determined
by internal processes in the GSM engine.
Using parameters
•
Optional parameters are enclosed in square brackets. If optional
parameters are omitted, the current settings are used until you change
them.
•
Optional parameters or subparameters can be omitted unless they are
followed by other parameters. If you want to omit a parameter in the
middle of a string it must be replaced by a comma. See also example 1.
•
A parameter value enclosed in square brackets represents the value that
will be used if an optional parameter is omitted. See also example 2.
•
When the parameter is a character string, e.g. <text> or <number>, the
string must be enclosed in quotation marks, e.g. "Charlie Brown" or
"+49030xxxx". Symbols within quotation marks will be recognized as strings.
•
All spaces will be ignored when using strings without quotation marks.
•
It is possible to omit the leading zeros of strings which represent numbers.
•
If an optional parameter of a V.25ter command is omitted, its value is
assumed to be 0.
Example 1:
Omitting parameters in the middle of a string
at+ccug?
Query current setting
+CCUG:1,10,1
OK
AT+CCUG=,9
Set only the middle parameter
OK
AT+CCUG?
Query new setting
+CCUG: 1,9,1
OK
Example 2:
Using default parameter values for optional parameters
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 13
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
AT+CFUN=5,0
Activate CYCLIC SLEEP mode, don't reset ME
OK
AT+CFUN?
+CFUN: 5
OK
AT+CFUN=
OK
+CFUN: 1
OK
0.4.2
VERSION 1.01
Query ME mode
Set ME back to normal (default parameters: 1,0)
Combining AT commands on the same command line
You may enter several AT commands on the same line. This eliminates the need to
type the "AT" or "at" prefix before each command. Instead, it is only needed once at
the beginning of the command line. Use a semicolon as command delimiter.
The command line buffer accepts a maximum of 391 characters. If this number is
exceeded none of the commands will be executed and TA returns ERROR.
The table below lists the AT commands you cannot enter together with other
commands on the same line. Otherwise, the responses may not be in the expected
order.
AT command type
V.25ter commands
GSM 7.07 commands
GSM 7.05 commands (SMS)
Commands starting with AT&
AT+IPR
Comment
with FAX commands (Prefix AT+F)
with commands, Prefix AT^S)
To be used standalone
To be used standalone
To be used standalone
Note: When concatenating AT commands please keep in mind that
the sequence of processing may be different from the sequential
order of command input. Therefore, if the consecutive order of the
issued commands is your concern, avoid concatenating commands
on the same line.
0.5 Supported character sets
The ME supports two character sets: GSM 03.38 (7 bit, also referred to as GSM
alphabet or SMS alphabet) and UCS2 (16 bit, refer to ISO/IEC 10646). See AT+CSCS
for information about selecting the character set. Character tables can be found
below.
Explanation of terms
•
International Reference Alphabet (IRA)
IRA means that one byte is displayed as two characters in hexadecimal
format, for example, the byte 0x36 (decimal 54) is displayed as "36" (two
chars).
•
Escape sequences
The escape sequence used within a text coded in the GSM default
alphabet (0x1 B) must be correctly interpreted by the TE, both for character
input and output. To the module, an escape sequence appears like any
other byte received or sent.
•
Terminal Adapter (TA)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 14
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
TA is used equivalent to Mobile Equipment (ME) which stands for the GSM
module described here. It uses GSM default alphabet as its character set.
•
Terminal Equipment (TE)
TE is the terminal equipment that uses the GSM default alphabet as its
character set. MS Hyperterminal (often used with the module) is an
ANSI/ASCII terminal that does not support the GSM default alphabet.
•
Data Coding Scheme (dcs)
The Data Coding Scheme (dcs) is part of a short message and is saved on
the SIM. When writing a short message to the SIM in textmode, the dcs
stored with AT+CSMP is used.
•
TE Character Set
The currently used TE character set is selected with AT+CSCS.
The behavior when encountering characters, that are not valid characters of the
supported alphabets, is undefined.
Due to the constraints described below it is recommended to prefer the USC2
alphabet in any external application.
If the GSM alphabet is selected all characters sent overthe serial line are in the range
from 0 ... 127. CAUTION: GSM alphabet is not ASCII alphabet!
Several problems resulting from the use of the GSM alphabet:
•
"@" character with GSM alphabet value 0 is not printable by an ASCII
terminal program (e.g. Microsoft© Hyperterminal®).
•
"@"character with GSM alphabet value of binary 0 will terminate any C
string! This is because the 0 is defined as C string end tag. Therefore, the
GSM Null character may cause problems on application level when using
a 'C'-function as "strlenO". This can be avoided if it is represented by an
escape sequence as shown in the table below.
•
By the way, this may be the reason why even network providers often
replace "@"with "@=*" in their SIM application.
•
Other characters of the GSM alphabet are misinterpreted by an ASCII
terminal program. For example, GSM "6" (as in "Bbrse") is assumed to be "|"
in ASCII, thus resulting in "B|rse". This is because both alphabets mean
different characters with values hex. 7C or 00 and so on.
•
In addition, decimal 17 and 19 which are used as XON/XOFF control
characters when software flow control is activated, are interpreted as
normal characters in the GSM alphabet.
When you write characters differently coded in ASCII and GSM (e.g. A, O, 0), you
need to enter escape sequences. Such a character is translated into the
corresponding GSM character value and, when output later, the GSM character
value can be presented. Any ASCII terminal then will show wrong responses. Table
below shows examples for character definitions depending on alphabet.
GSM
03.38 GSM character Corresponding
character
hex. Value
ASCII character
ASCII
sequence
Esc Hex
Esc
sequence
Ö
5C
\
\5C
5C 35 43
“
22
“
\22
5C 32 32
ò
08
BSP
\08
5C 30 38
@
00
NULL
\00
5C 30 30
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 15
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
CAUTION:
VERSION 1.01
OFTEN, THE EDITORS OF TERMINAL PROGRAMS DO NOT RECOGNIZE ESCAPE
SEQUENCES. IN THIS CASE, AN ESCAPE SEQUENCE WILL BE HANDLED AS
NORMAL CHARACTERS. THE MOST COMMON WORKAROUND TO THIS
PROBLEM IS TO WRITE A SCRIPT WHICH INCLUDES A DECIMAL CODE INSTEAD
OF AN ESCAPE SEQUENCE. THIS WAY YOU CAN WRITE, FOR EXAMPLE, SHORT
MESSAGES WHICH MAY CONTAIN DIFFERENTLY CODED CHARACTERS.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 16
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
0.5.1
VERSION 1.01
GSM alphabet tables and UCS2 character values
This section provides tables for the GSM 03.38 alphabet supported by the ME. Below
any GSM character find the corresponding two byte character value of the UCS2
alphabet.
Main character table
of GSM 03.38
alphabet
b7
b6
b5
0
0
0
0
@
0040
0
0
1
1
∆
0394
0
1
0
2
SP
0020
0
1
1
3
0
0030
£
00A3
$
0024
¥
00A5
è
00E8
_
005F
Ф
03A6
Γ
0393
Λ
039B
!
0021
"
0022
#
0023
1
0031
2
0032
3
0033
4
0034
¡
00A1
A
0041
B
0042
C
0043
D
0044
Ω
03A9
Π
03A0
Ψ
03A8
5
0035
6
0036
7
0037
b4
0
b3
0
b2
0
b1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
2
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
0
0
4
0
1
0
1
5
é
00E9
0
1
1
0
6
0
1
1
1
7
ù
00F9
ì
00EC
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
1
0
1
0
10/A
1
0
1
1
11/B
1
1
0
0
12/C
1
1
0
1
13/D
1
1
1
0
14/E
1
1
1
1
15/F
ò
00F2
ç
00E7
LF
2)
[LF]
Ø
00D8
ø
00D8
CR
2)
[CR]
Å
00C5
å
Ė
00 00C9
E5
☼
00A4
%
0025
&
0026
Σ
03A3
Θ
0398
Ξ
039E
f)
Æ
00C6
æ
00E6
ß
00DF
∫
002F
1
0
0
4
1
0
1
5
P
0050
1
1
0
6
¿
00BF
1
1
1
7
p
0070
Q
0051
R
0052
S
0053
T
0054
a
0061
b
0062
c
0063
d
0064
q
0071
r
0072
s
0073
t
0074
E
0045
U
0055
e
0065
u
0075
F
0046
G
0047
V
0056
W
0057
f
0066
g
0067
v
0076
w
0077
h
0068
i
0069
j
006A
k
006B
‫׀‬
006C
m
006D
n
006E
o
006F
x
0078
y
0079
z
007°
ä
00E4
ö
00F6
ñ
00F1
ü
00FC
à
00E0
'
0027
(
8
H
X
0028
0038
0048
0058
)
9
I
Y
0029
0039
0049
0059
*
:
J
Z
002A
003A
004A
005A
+
;
K
Ä
002B
003B
004B
00C4
ֽ
<
L
O
002C
003C
004C
00D6
=
M
Ń
002D
003D
004D
00D1
.
>
N
Ü
002E
003E
004E
00DC
?
O
§
003F
004F
00A7
Table 0.3: Main character table of GSM 03.38 alphabet
1)
This code is an escape to the following extension of the 7 bit default alphabet
table.
2)
This code is not a printable character and therefore not defined for the UCS2
alphabet. It shall be treated as the accompanying control character.
Extension character table
of GSM 03.38 alphabet
b7
b6
b5
b4
0
b3
0
b2
0
b1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
2
0
1
1
3
1
0
0
4
|
007C
1
0
1
5
1
1
0
6
1
1
1
7
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 17
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
0
1
0
0
4
0
1
0
1
5
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
6
7
8
1
0
0
1
9
1
0
1
0
10/A
1
0
1
1
11/B
1
1
0
0
12/C
1
1
0
1
13/D
1
1
1
0
14/E
1
1
1
1
15/F
VERSION 1.01
^
005E
2)
€
20AC
{
007B
}
007B
3)
[LF]
f)
[
005B
~
007E
]
005D
Ù
005C
Table 1.4: Extension character table of GSM 03.38 alphabet
1)
This code value is reserved for the extension to another extension table. On
receipt of this code, a receiving entity shall display a space until another
extension table is defined.
2)
This code represents the EURO currency symbol. The code value is the one
used for the character'e'. Therefore a receiving entity which is incapable of
displaying the EURO currency symbol will display the character 'e' instead.
3)
This code is defined as a Page Break character and may be used for example
in compressed CBS messages. Any mobile which does not understand the 7 bit
default alphabet table extension mechanism will treat this character as Line
Feed.
In the event that an MS receives a code where a symbol is not represented in table
1.4 the MS shall display the character shown in the main default 7 bit alphabet table
(see table 1.3).
0.5.2
UCS2 and GSM data coding and conversion for SMS text mode
This chapter provides basic information on how to handle input and output
character conversion for SMS text mode and Remote-SAT if internal (ME) and
external (TE) character representation differ, i.e. if the Data Coding Scheme and the
TE character use different coding. Implementing output of SIM data to the TE
(direction ME to TE).
dcs CSCS
GSM
UCS2
7-Bit (GSM default)
Case 1 GSM (1:1)
Case 4 GSM to UCS2 (1:2)
8-Bit
Case 2 IRA (1:1)
Case 5 GSM to UCS2 (1:2)
16-Bit (UCS2)
Case 3 GSM (2:2)
Case 6 IRA (2:2)
Case 1
Every byte will be sent as GSM character (or ASCII with Hyperterminal).
Example: 0x41,0x21 → "AB" (because of conversion from 7-bit to 8-bit)
Case 2
Every byte will be sent as IRA. No conversion.
Example: 0x41,0x42 → "4142"
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 18
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Case 3
Every byte will be sent as IRA. No conversion to GSM to avoid data loss.
Example: 0x00,0x41 → "0041"
Problems:
•
0x41,0x42 → "4142" (invalid GSM character, but ignored with respect to
GSM 07.05)
•
0x41 → Error (there are two bytes needed)
Case 4
Every byte will be converted from GSM to UCS2.
Example: 0x41,0x42 → "00410042"
Case 5
Every byte will be converted from GSM to UCS2.
Example: 0x41,0x42 → "00410042"
Case 6
Example: 0x41,0x42 → "4142"
Problems:
•
0.5.2.1
0x41 → Error (there are two bytes needed)
Implementing input of Terminal data to SIM (direction TE to ME)
CSCS dcs
7-Bit (GSM default)
8-Bit
16-Bit (UCS2)
GSM
Case 1 GSM (1:1)
Case 2 IRA (1:1)
Case 3 IRA (2:2)
UCS2
Case 4 UCS2 to GSM (2:1)
Case 5 UCS2 to GSM (2:1)
Case 6 IRA (2:2)
Case 1
Data will be packed to 7-bit.
Maximum text length: 160 characters
Example: "AB" → 0x41,0x21
Case 2
Data will be saved without any conversion.
Maximum text length: 280 characters
Example: "4142" →0X41 ,0X42
Problems:
•
"8f" → Error (invalid GSM character)
Case 3
Two bytes are needed. No conversion.
Maximum text length: 280 characters
Example: "0041" -^ 0x00,0x41
Problems:
•
"41" → Error (there are two bytes needed)
Case 4
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 19
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Two bytes are needed. Two bytes will be converted to 1 byte GSM and 7-bit
packed.
Maximum text length: 640 characters
Example: "00410042" → 0X41,0X21
Problems:
•
"41" → Error (there are two bytes needed)
•
"4142" → Error (invalid character)
•
"0000" → Error (not an UCS2 character)
•
"007B" → 0x1 B,0x28 (The saved data are two bytes long, not 1 byte like
in all other cases. This effects the maximum input length of a string)
Case 5
Two bytes are needed. Two bytes will be converted to 1 byte GSM.
Maximum text length: 560 characters
Example: "00410042" → 0X41 ,0X42
Problems:
•
"41" → Error (there are two bytes needed)
•
"4142" → Error (invalid character)
•
"0000" → Error (not an UCS2 character)
•
"007B" → 0x1 B,0x28 (The saved data are two bytes long, not 1 byte like
in all other cases. This effects the maximum input length of a string).
Case 6
Two bytes are needed.
Maximum text length: 280 characters
Example: "00410042" → 0x00,0x41,0x00,0x21
Problems:
•
"41" → Error (there are two bytes needed)
•
"0000" → Error (not an UCS2 character)
•
"007B" → 0x00,0x7B
0.6 Flow Control
Flow control is essential to prevent loss of data or avoid errors when, in a data or fax
call, the sending device is transferring data faster than the receiving side is ready to
accept. When the receiving buffer reaches its capacity, the receiving device should
be capable to cause the sending device to pause until it catches up. There are
basically two approaches to regulate data flow: software flow control and
hardware flow control. The High Watermark of the input/output buffer should be set
to approximately 60% of the total buffer size. The Low Watermark is recommended to
be about 30%. The data flow should be stopped when the capacity rises close to the
High Watermark and resumed when it drops below the Low Watermark. The time
required to cause stop and go results in a hysteresis between the High and Low
Watermarks.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 20
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
0.6.1
VERSION 1.01
Software flow control (XON/OFF flow control)
Software flow control sends different characters to stop (XOFF, decimal 19) and
resume (XON, decimal 17) data flow. The only advantage of software flow control is
that three wires would be sufficient on the serial interface.
0.6.2
Hardware flow control (RTS/CTS flow control)
Hardware flow control sets or resets the RTS/CTS wires. This approach is faster and
more reliable, and therefore, the better choice. When the High Watermark is
reached, CTS is set inactive until the transfer from the buffer has completed. When
the Low Watermark is passed, CTS goes active once again.
To achieve smooth data flow, ensure that the RTS/CTS lines are present on your
application platform. The application should include options to enable RTS/CTS
handshake with the GSM engine. This needs to be done with the AT command
AT\Q3 - it is not sufficient to set RTS/CTS handshake in the used terminal program
only. The default setting of the GSM engine is AT\QO (no flow control) which must be
altered to AT\Q3 (RTS/CTS hardware handshake on). The setting is stored volatile
and must be restored each time after the GSM engine was switched off.
AT\Q has no read command. To verify the current setting of AT\Q, simply check the
settings of the active profile with AT&V.
Often, fax programs run an initialization procedure when started up. The initialization
commonly includes enabling RTS/CTS hardware handshake, eliminating the need to
set AT\Q3 once again. However, before setting up a CSD call, you are advised to
check that RTS/CTS handshake is set.
RTS/CTS hardware handshake must also be set if you want to take advantage of the
CYCLIC SLEEP modes. For further details refer to AT+CFUN.
After deactivating the RTS line, the ME may still send up to 264 bytes (worst
case). This can be easily handled if the buffer of the host application is
sufficiently sized, and if a hysteresis is implemented in its Rx buffer. For host
applications that are required to handle a large amount of data at high
speed, a total buffer capacity of 512 bytes is recommended.
0.7 Unsolicited Result Code Presentation
URC stands for Unsolicited Result Code and is a report message issued by the ME
without being requested by the TE, i.e. a URC is issued automatically when a certain
event occurs. Hence, a URC is not issued as part of the response related to an
executed AT command.
Typical events leading to URCs are incoming calls ("RING"), received SMS etc.
A summary of all URCs is given in chapter 0.
To announce a pending URC transmission the ME will do the following:
•
Activates its Ring line (logic "1") for one second, i.e. the line changes to
physical "Low" level. This allows the TE to enter power saving mode until ME
related events request service.
•
If the AT command interface is busy a "BREAK" will be sent immediately but
the URC will not be issued until the line is free. This may happen if the URC is
pending
-
while an AT command is being processed, i.e. during the time from
sending the first character "A" of an AT command by the TE until the ME
has responded with "OK" or "ERROR", or
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 21
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
-
VERSION 1.01
during a data call.
Please note that AT command settings may be necessary to enable inband signaling, e.g. refer to AT+CMER or AT+CNMI.
For most of these messages, the ME needs to be configured whether or not to send
an URC. Depending on the AT command, the URC presentation mode can be
saved to the user defined profile (see AT&W), or needs to be activated every time
you reboot the ME. Several URCs are not user definable, such as "^SYSSTART",
"^SYSSTART <text>", "^SHUTDOWN" and the fax class 2 URCs listed in chapter 0.
If autobauding is enabled (as factory default mode or set with AT + IPR = 0), URCS
generated after restart will be output with 57600 bps until the ME has detected the
current bit rate. The URCs "^SYSSTART", "^SYSSTART <text>", however, are not presented
at all. For details please refer to chapter 3.7.1. To avoid problems we recommend to
configure a fixed bit rate rather than using autobauding.
0.7.1
Communication between Customer Application and TANGO55/56
Leaving hardware flow control unconsidered the Customer Application (TE) is
coupled with the TANGO55/56 (ME) via a receive and a transmit line.
Since both lines are driven by independent devices collisions may (and will) happen,
i.e. while the TE issues an AT command the TANGO55/56 starts sending an URC. This
probably will lead to the TE's misinterpretation of the URC being part of the AT
command's response.
To avoid this conflict the following measures must be taken:
•
If an AT command is finished (with "OK" or "ERROR") the TE shall always wait
at least 100 milliseconds before sending the next one.
•
This gives the TANGO55/56 the opportunity to transmit pending URCs and
get necessary service.
•
Note that some AT commands may require more delay after "OK" or
"ERROR" response, refer to the following command specifications for
details.
•
The TE shall communicate with the TANGO55/56 using activated echo
(ATE1), i.e. the TANGO55/56 echoes characters received from the TE.
•
Hence, when the TE receives the echo of the first character "A" of the AT
command just sent by itself it has control over both the receive and the
transmit paths. This way no URC can be issued by the TANGO55/56 in
between.
0.8 Common PCN Handset Specification (CPHS)
The ME provides features to implement a device following the prerequisites of the
Common PCN Handset Specification (CPHS) Phase 2.
CPHS Feature
Alternate Line Service
Voice Message Waiting Indication
Operator (Service provider) name from
SIM
Network and Service Provider Lock
Call Forwarding
Customer Service Profile (CSP)
Description/Remarks
Using two phone numbers with one SIM card.
Indicate the receipt of a short message coded as
Voice Message Waiting Indicator as defined
bythe CPHS Phase 2 standard
Read specific Elementary Files (6F14h,6F18h)
from SIM
Lock/Unlock an ME to specific HPLMN and
service provider
Get and set diverted call status. Access specific
Elementary File (6F13h) from SIM.
Setting services and their menu entries
AT command
AT^SALS
AT^SIND
AT+CMER,indicators
“vmwait1” and “vmwait2”
AT+CRSM
AT+CLCK,(AT+CPIN)
AT+CCFC, AT+CRSM
AT+CRSM
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 22
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
Information numbers
VERSION 1.01
depending on customer profiles.
Hierarchically structured service numbers phone
AT+CRSM
book on SIM according to CPHS 4.2 (mandatory).
0.9 Errors and Messages
The final result codes "+ CME ERROR: <err>" and "+ CMS ERROR: <err>" indicate errors
related to mobile equipment or network. The effect is similar to an ERROR result
code.
A final result error code terminates the execution of the command and prevents the
execution of all remaining commands that may follow on the same command line. If
so, neither ERROR nor OK result code are returned for these commands. A 30
seconds timeout causes ERROR to be returned when the input of a command is not
complete. The format of <err> can be either numeric or verbose. This is set with the
command AT+CMEE.
See also:
-
1.11.1
-
1.5.1
-
AT+CEER
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 23
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
1 CONFIGURATION COMMANDS
The AT commands described in this chapter allow the external application to
determine the TANGO55/56's behaviour under various conditions.
1.1 AT&F Set all current parameters to manufacturer
defaults
Syntax
Exec Command
AT&F[<value>]
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
TA sets all current parameters to the manufacturer defined profile.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
[0]
set all TA parameters to manufacturer defaults
Notes
•
List of parameters reset to manufacturer default can be found in chapter
17.5.
•
In addition to the default profile, you can store an individual one AT&W. To
alternate between the two profiles enter either ATZ (loads user profile) or
AT&F (restores factory profile).
•
Every ongoing or incoming call will be terminated.
1.2 AT&V Display current configuration
Syntax
Exec Command
AT&V[<value>]
Response(s)
ACTIVE PROFILE: ... (see section 1.2.1)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
TA returns the current parameter setting. The configuration varies depending
on whether or not PIN authentication has been done.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
[0]
Profile number
Notes
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 24
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
•
The parameters of AT^SMGO can only be displayed after the SMS data
from the SIM have been read success fully for the first time. Reading starts
after successful SIM authentication has been performed, and may take up
to 30 seconds depending on the SIM used. While the read process is in
progress, an attempt to read the parameter will result in empty values.
•
The parameter of AT+CSDH will only be displayed in SMS text mode, see
AT+CMGF.
1.2.1
AT&V responses
The following tables show four different kinds of responses depending on whether or
not the PIN is entered.
PIN authentication done
ACTIVE PROFILE:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2 &S0\Q0
S0:000 S3:013 S4:010 S5:008 S6:000 S7:060
S8:000S10:002S18:000
+CBST:7,0,1
+CRLP:61,61,78,6 +CRC: 0
+FCLASS:0
+CMGF:0
+CSDH:0
+CNMI:0,0,0,0,1 +ILRR: 0
+IPR:57600
+CMEE:2
^
SMGO:0,0
+CSMS:0,1,1,1
^
SACM:0,"000000","000000"
^
SLCC:0
^
SCKS:0,1
+CREG:0,1
+CLIP:0,2
+CAOC:0
+COPS:0,0,"operator"
+CGSMS:3
OK
No PIN authentication
ACTIVE PROFILE:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2 &S0\Q0
S0:000 S3:013 S4:010 S5:008 S6:000 S7:060 S8:000 S10:002
S18:000
+CBST: 7,0,1
+CRLP:61,61,78,6
+CR:0
+FCLASS:0
+ILRR:0 +IPR:57600
+CMEE:2
^
SCKS: 0,1
OK
Table 2.1: Current configuration on SERIAL 1 (example)
1.3 AT&W Stores current configuration to user defined
profile
Syntax
Exec Command
AT&W[<value>]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR/+CME
ERROR <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
TA stores the currently set parameters to a user defined profile in the nonvolatile memory.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 25
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
[0]
Number of profile
Notes
•
The user defined profile will be restored automatically after PowerUp. Use
ATZ to restore user profile and AT&F to restore factory settings. Until the first
use of AT&W, ATZ works as AT&F.
•
A list of parameters stored to the user profile can be found in Chapter 17.4.
1.4 ATQ Set result code presentation mode
Syntax
Exec Command
ATQ[<n>]
Response(s)
lf<n>=0:
OK
If <n>=1:
(none)
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
This parameter setting determines whether or not the TA transmits any
result code to the TE. Information text transmitted in response is not
affected by this setting.
Parameter Description
<n> (num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
DCE transmits result code
1
Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted
1.5 ATV Set result code format mode
This command determines the contents of header and trailer transmitted with AT
command result codes and information responses. Possible responses are described
at 1.5.1.
Syntax
Exec Command
ATV[<value>]
Response(s) If <value>=0 0
If <value>=1
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0]
Information response: <text><CR><LF>
Short result code format: <numeric code><CR>
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 26
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
1
VERSION 1.01
Information response: <CR><LF><text><CR><LF>
Long result code format: <CR><LF><verbose code><CR>
1.5.1
Verbose and numeric result codes
Verbose format
OK
CONNECT
RING
NO CARRIER
ERROR
NO DIALTONE
BUSY
CONNECT 2004/RLP
CONNECT 4800/RLP
CONNECT 9600/RLP
CONNECT 14400/RLP
ALERTING
DIALING
Numeric format
0
1
2
3
4
6
7
47
48
49
50
Meaning
Command executed, no errors
Link established
Ring detected
Link not established or disconnected
Invalid command or command line too long
No dial tone , dialling impossible, wrong mode
Remote station busy
Link with 2400 bps and Radio Link Protocol
Link with 4800 bps and Radio Link Protocol
Link with 9600 bps and Radio Link Protocol
Link with 14400 bps and Radio Link Protocol
Alerting at called phone
Mobile phone is dialing
1.6 ATX Set CONNECT result code format and call
monitoring
Syntax
Exec Command
ATX[<value>]
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
This parameter setting determines whether or not the TA detects the
presence of dial tone and busy signal and whether or not TA transmits
particular result codes.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0]
CONNECT result code only returned, dial tone and busy
detection are both disabled.
1
CONNECT <text> result code only returned, dial tone and
busy detection are both disabled.
2
CONNECT <text> result code returned, dial tone detection
is enabled, busy detection is disabled.
3
CONNECT <text> result code returned, dial tone detection
is disabled, busy detection is enabled.
4(&F)
CONNECT <text> result code returned, dial tone and busy
detection are both enabled.
1.7 ATZ Set all current parameters to user defined profile
Syntax
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 27
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Exec Command
ATZ[<value>]
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
TA sets all current parameters to the user profile stored with AT&W. If a
connection is in progress, it will be terminated.
All defined GPRS contexts which are not activated or not online will be
undefined (see AT+CGDCONT, AT+CGQREQ and AT+CGQMIN command). The
user defined profile is stored to the non-volatile memory.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
[0]
Reset to user profile
Notes
•
First the profile will be set to factory default (see AT&F). If there is a valid
user profile (stored with AT&W), this profile will be loaded afterwards.
•
Any additional commands on the same command line may be ignored. A
delay of 300 ms is required before next command is sent, otherwise "OK"
response may be corrupted.
1.8 AT+CFUN Set phone functionality
This command serves to control the functionality level of the ME. It can be used to
reset the ME, to choose one of the SLEEP modes or to return to full functionality.
Intended for power saving, SLEEP mode reduces the functionality of the ME to a
minimum and thus minimizes the current consumption. SLEEP mode falls in two
categories:
•
NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode <fun>=0
•
and CYCLIC SLEEP modes, selectable as <fun>= 5, 6, 7,8 or 9.
NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode permanently blocks the serial interface. The CYCLIC SLEEP
mode, however, is a dynamic process which alternatingly enables and disables the
serial interface. The major benefit of all CYCLIC SLEEP modes is that the serial
interface remains accessible and that, in intermittent wake-up periods, characters
can be sent or received without terminating the selected mode. The best choice is
using <fun>= 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9, since in these modes TANGO55/56 automatically resumes
power saving, after you have sent or received a short message or made a call.
<fun>=5 or 6 do not offer this feature to the same extent and are only supported for
compatibility with earlier releases. In all CYCLIC SLEEP modes, you can enter <fun>=1
to permanently wake up TANGO55/56 and take it back to full functionality. Please
refer to section 1.8.1 for a summary of all SLEEP modes and the different ways of
waking up the module.
For CYCLIC SLEEP mode (<fun>= 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9) both the ME and the application must
be configured to use hardware flow control. This is necessary since the CTS signal is
set/reset every time when the ME listens to a paging message from the base station.
This is the way how the module indicates to the application when the UART is active.
For detailed information on the timing of the CTS signal refer to [2]. The default
setting of hardware flow control is AT\QO which must be altered to AT\Q3. For use
after restart you are advised to add it to the user profile saved with AT&W. If both
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 28
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
interfaces SERIAL is connected, hardware flow control must be set in either
application.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CFUN=?
Response(s)
+CFUN: (list of supported <fun>s) , (list of supported <rst>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CFUN?
Response(s)
+CFUN: <fun>
OK
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
AT+CFUN=[<fun>[,<rst>]]
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Command Description
The test command returns the values of the supported parameters. The
read command returns the current functionality value.
The write command can be used to reset the ME, to choose one of the
SLEEP modes or to return to full functionality.
Parameter Description
<fun>(num)
0
NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode:
In this mode, the AT interface is not accessible. Consequently,
once you have set <fun> level 0, do not send further characters.
Otherwise these characters remain in the input buffer and may
delay the output of an unsolicited result code.
The first wake-up event stops power saving and takes the ME back
to full functionality level <fun>=1.
[1](&F) Full functionality.
If the ME is in one of the CYCLIC SLEEP modes you can issue
AT+CFUN=1 to stop power saving and return to full functionality.
Keep in mind that, unlike the reset command described below,
this action does not restart the ME but only changes the level of
functionality. See parameter <rst> for details on the reset.
5
CYCLIC SLEEP mode:
In this mode, the serial interface is shortly enabled during paging. If
characters are recognized on the serial interface, the ME stays
active for 2 seconds after the last character was sent or received.
6
CYCLIC SLEEP mode:
In this mode, the serial interface is shortly enabled during paging.
If characters are recognized on the serial interface, the ME stays
active for 10 minutes after the last character was sent or received.
To ensure that power saving takes effect immediately, the ME
stays active for only 2 seconds after <fun>=6 was entered.
7
CYCLIC SLEEP mode:
In this mode, the serial interface is shortly enabled during paging.
If characters are recognized on the serial interface, the ME stays
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 29
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
active for 2 seconds after the last character was sent or received.
ME exits SLEEP mode only, if AT+CFUN=1 is entered.
8
CYCLIC SLEEP mode:
In this mode, the serial interface is shortly enabled during paging.
If characters are recognized on the serial interface, the ME stays
active for 10 minutes after the last character was sent or
received. ME exits SLEEP mode only, if AT+CFUN=1 is entered.
To ensure that power saving takes effect immediately, the ME
stays active for only 2 seconds after <fun>=8 was entered.
9
CYCLIC SLEEP mode:
In this mode, the serial interface is shortly enabled during paging.
If characters are recognized on the serial interface, the ME stays
active after the last character was sent or received for at least
the
time,
which
can
be
configured
by
AT^SCFG="PowerSaver/Mode9/Timeout",<cfun9-timeout>
(temporary wakeup).
In contrast to SLEEP modes 5,6,7 and 8 assertion of RTS can also be
used to temporarily wake up the ME. In this case too, activity time
is
at
least
the
time
set
with
AT^SCFG
="PowerSaver/Mode9/Timeout",<cfun9-timeout>. RTS can be
activated from SERIAL. ME exits SLEEP mode only, if AT+CFUN=1 is
entered.
<rst>(num)
The parameter can only be used if the serial interface is enabled.
Due to the command syntax, you need to enter parameter <fun>,
followed by <rst>, where <fun> is only a placeholder and has no effect.
See examples below.
[0]
Placeholder for <fun> as stated above.
1
ME resets and restarts to full functionality. After reset and restart,
PIN 1 authentication is necessary (AT+CPIN). If autobauding is
enabled, it is recommended to wait 3 to 5 seconds before
entering the first AT command. For details on autobauding refer
to chapter 3.7.1.
Notes
•
If both serial interfaces is connected, any functionality level set with
AT+CFUN takes effect on both of them.
•
When a circuit-switched call is in progress, <fun>=7 or 8 or 9 can be
activated without terminating the call. However, setting <fun>=0, 5 or 6
during a circuit-switched call immediately disconnects this call.
•
Please keep in mind that power saving works properly only when PIN
authentication has been done. If you attempt to activate power
saving while the SIM card is not inserted or the PIN is not correctly
entered, the selected <fun> level will be set, though power saving does
not take effect. For the same reason, power saving cannot be used if
TANGO55/56 operates in Alarm mode. Furthermore, in order to accept
incoming calls, SMS or network related URCs in SLEEP mode the ME
must be registered when it enters the SLEEP mode.
•
To check whether power saving is on, you can query the status with the
read command AT+CFUN? only if the module is in full functionality
mode or in CYCLIC SLEEP mode. The green LED remains "off" while the
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 30
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
module is in any of the SLEEP modes. However, the module can wake
up temporarily from power saving without leaving its CYCLIC SLEEP
mode (without changing +CFUN "<fun>"), e.g. for a network scan after
a loss of radio coverage, or after receipt of serial data during CYCLIC
SLEEP mode. During this "temporary wake up state" the LED will operate
as if the ME was in full functionality mode.
•
Recommendation: In NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode, you can set an RTC
alarm to wake up the ME and return to full functionality. This is a useful
approach because, in this mode, the AT interface is not accessible.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
To check the level of functionality use the read command:
AT+CFUN?
+CFUN: 1
Default mode after ME was restarted
Remember that the AT interface is not accessible in NON-CYCLIC SLEEP
mode. Consequently, the read command is only useful when the ME is set
to full functionality or, when <fun> is set to 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9.
AT+CFUN?
+CFUN: 5
CYCLIC SLEEP mode
EXAMPLE 2
To set the ME to NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode enter
AT+CFUN=0
OK
When, for example, an SMS is being received and indicated by an
unsolicited result code (URC), the ME wakes up to full operation.
+CMTI: "SM",5
Note that the URC used in this example will appear only, if AT+CNMI=1 ,1
was configured before. After this, you may want to verify the operating
status:
AT+CFUN?
+CFUN: 1
Indicates that ME has entered full functionality mode.
EXAMPLE 3
To stop CYCLIC SLEEP mode and return to full functionality:
AT+CFUN?
+CFUN: 5
OK
AT+CFUN=1
OK
Remember that this approach is not applicable to the NON-CYCLIC SLEEP
mode (since the serial interface is disabled). The NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode
ends with the first wake-up event.
EXAMPLE 4
To reset and restart the ME:
AT+CFUN=1,1
or alternatively, AT+CFUN=0,1 or 5,1 or 6,1 or 7,1 or 8,1
or 9,1
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 31
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
The ^SYSSTART URC confirms that the ME has been
rebooted. Note that ^SYSSTART appears only if AT+IPR
≠ 0. If the ME is in autobaud mode, it is recommended
to wait 3 to 5 seconds before entering the first AT
command. Remember to enter the SIM PIN after
restart.
^SYSSTART
1.8.1
VERSION 1.01
Wake up the ME from SLEEP mode
A wake-up event is any event that causes the ME to draw current. Depending on
the selected mode, the wake-up event either switches the SLEEP mode off and takes
the ME back to full functionality AT+CFUN=1, or activates the ME temporarily without
terminating the selected SLEEP mode.
Definitions of the state transitions described in table 2.3:
•
Quit: ME exits SLEEP mode.
•
Temporary: ME becomes active temporarily for the duration of the event
and the mode-specific follow-up time after the last character was sent or
received on the serial interface.
•
No effect: Event is not relevant in the selected SLEEP mode. The ME does
not wake up.
Event
Ignition line
/RTS0 or RTS1 activation
Unsolicieted Result Code (URC)
Incoming voice or data call
Any AT command (incl. Outgoing
SMS,voice or data call)
Incoming SMS (AT+CNMI is set
to 0,0 (this is the default setting)
Incoming SMS (AT+CNMI is set
to 1,1)
GPRS data transfer
RTC alarm line
AT+CFUN=1
Selected mode:
<fun>=0
No effect
Quit
Selected mode: <fun>=5 or
6
No effect
No effect (RTS is only used
for flow control)
Quit
Quit
Not possible (UART
disabled)
No effect
Quit
Quit
Temporary
Selected mode: <fun>=7 or
8 or 9
No effect
Mode 7 and 8: No effect (RTS
is only used for flow control)
Mode 9: Temporary
Temporary
Temporary
Temporary
No effect
No effect
Quit
Quit
Temporary
Not possible (UART
disabled)
Quit
Not possible (UART
disabled)
Temporary
Temporary
Quit
Quit
Temporary
Quit
Table 2.3: Wake-up events in NON-CYCLIC and CYCLIC SLEEP modes
1.9 AT^SMSO Switch off mobile station
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SMSO=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SMSO
Response(s)
^SMSO: MS OFF
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Unsolicited Result Code
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 32
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
^SHUTDOWN
Indicates that the power-off procedure is finished and the module will be
switched off within 1 second.
Command Description
The exec command initiates the power-off procedure. Low level of the
module's VDD pin and display of URC "^SHUTDOWN" verifies that the
procedure has completed and the module has entered the POWER
DOWN mode. Therefore, be sure not to disconnect the operating
voltage until VDD is low or until URC "^SHUTDOWN" is displayed. Otherwise,
you run the risk of losing data. For further details on how to turn off the
module see the [2].
Notes
•
Do not send any command after this command.
•
If serial interface is connected the URC appears on both of them.
1.10 AT+GCAP Request complete TA capabilities list
Syntax
Test Command
AT+GCAP=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+GCAP
Response(s)
+GCAP: <name>
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
Serial
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
TA reports a list of additional capabilities.
Parameter Description
<name>(str)
e.g.: +CGSM,+FCLASS
Note
•
+CGSM: The response text shows which GSM commands of the ETSI
standard are supported.
1.11 AT+CMEE Report mobile equipment error
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMEE=?
Read Command
AT+CMEE?
Write Command
AT+CMEE=<n>
Response(s)
+CMEE: (list of supported<n>s)
OK
Response(s)
+CMEE: <n>
OK
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 33
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Reference(s)
PIN
Serial
GSM 07.07
○
●
Command Description
This command controls the presentation of the result code +CME ERROR: <err>
that indicates errors relating to ME functionality.
When you power down or reset the ME with AT+CFUN=1,1 the setting will be
reset to its default. The levels 1 or 2 need to be selected every time you reboot
the ME, or may be included, for permanent use, in the user profile saved with
AT&W.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
0(&F)
disable result code (only 'ERROR' will be displayed)
1
enable result code and use numeric values
2
enable result code and use verbose values
Notes
•
The possible error result codes are listed in 1.11.1, 1.11.2 and 1.11.3.
Example
To obtain enhanced error messages it is recommended to choose <n>=2.
AT+CMEE=2
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 34
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
1.11.1 Summary of CME ERRORS related to GSM 07.07
Code of <err>
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
30
31
32
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
100
132
133
134
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
Text (if AT+CMEE=2)
Phone failure
No connection to phone
Phone-adapter link reserved
Operation not allowed
Operation not supported
PH-SIM PIN required
PH-FSIM PIN required
PH-FSIM PUK required
SIM not insert
SIM PIN required
SIM PUK required
SIM failure
SIM busy
SIM wrong
Incorrect password
SIM PIN2 required
SIM PUK2 required
Memory full
Invalid index
Not found
Memory failure
Text string too long
Invalid characters in text string
Dial string too long
Invalid character in dial string
No network service
Network timeout
Network not allowed emergency calls only
Network personalization PIN required
Network personalization PUK required
Network subset personalization PIN required
Network subset personalization PUK required
Service provider personalization PIN required
Service provider personalization PUK required
Corporate personalization PIN required
Corporate personalization PUK required
Master Phone Code required
Unknown
Service option not supported
Requested service option not subscribed
Service option temporarily out of order
Operation temporary not allowed
Call barred
Phone is busy
User abort
Invalid dail string
Ss not executed
SIM blocked
1.11.2 Summary of GPRS-related CME ERRORS
Code of <err>
103
106
107
111
Text (if AT+CMEE=2)
Illegal MS
Illegal ME
GPRS services not allowed
PLMN not allowed
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 35
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
112
113
148
149
150
VERSION 1.01
Location area not allowed
Roaming not allowed in this location area
Unspecified failure
PDP authentication failure
Invalid mobile class
1.11.3 Summary of CMS ERRORS related to GSM 07.05
Code of <err>
1
8
10
21
27
28
29
30
38
41
42
47
50
69
81
95
96
97
98
99
111
127
128
129
130
143
144
145
159
160
161
175
176
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
208
209
210
211
212
213
255
300
301
302
Text (if AT+CMEE=2)
Unassigned (unallocated) number
Operator determined barring
Call barred
Short message transfer rejected
Destination out of service
Unidentified subscriber
Facility rejected
Unknown subscriber
Network out of order
Temporary failure
Congestion
Resources unavailable, unspecified
Requested facility not subscribed
Requested facility not implemented
Invalid short message transfer reference value
Invalid message, unspecified
Invalid mandatory information
Message type non-existent or not implemented
Message not compatible with short message protocol state
Information element non-existent or not implemented
Protocol error,unspecified
Interworking, unspecified
Telmatic interworking not supported
Short message Type 0 not supported
Cannot replace short message
Unspecified TP-PID error
Data coding scheme (alphabet) not supported
Message class not supported
Unspecified TP-DCS error
Command cannot be actioned
Command unsupported
Unspecified TP-Command error
TPDU not supported
SC busy
No SC subscribtion
SC system failure
Invalid SME address
Destination SME barred
SM Rejected-Dublicate SM
TP-VPF not supported
TP-VP not supported
D0 SIM SMS storage full
No SMS storage capability in SIM
Error in MS
Memory Capacity Exceeded
SIM Application Toolkit Busy
SIM data download error
Unspecified error cause
ME failure
AMA service of ME reserved
Operation not allowed
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 36
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
303
304
305
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
320
321
322
330
331
332
340
500
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
VERSION 1.01
Operation not supported
Invalid PDU mode parameter
Invalid text mode parameter
SIM not inserted
SIM PIN required
PH-SIM PIN required
SIM failure
SIM busy
SIM wrong
SIM PUK required
SIM PIN2 required
SIM PUK2 required
Memory failure
Invalid memory index
Memory full
SMSC address unknown
No network service
Network timeout
NO +CNMA ACK EXPECTED
Unknown error
User abort
Unable to store
Invalid status
Invalid character in address string
Invalid length
Invalid charcter in pdu
Invalid parameter
Invalide length or character
Invalide charakter in text
Timer expired
Operation temporary not allowed
1.12 AT+CSCS Select TE character set
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSCS=?
Write Command
AT+CSCS=[ <chset> ]
Response(s)
+CSC: (list of supported <chset>s)
OK
Response(s)
+CSCS: <chset>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
Serial
GSM 07.07, GSM 11.11
○
●
Read Command
AT+CSCS?
Command Description
Write command informs TA which character set <chset> is used by the TE. TA is
then able to convert character strings correctly between TE and ME character
sets. See also section 0.5. Note that when TA-TE interface is set to 8-bit
operation and used TE alphabet is 7-bit, the highest bit will be set to zero.
Parameter Description
<chset>(str)
"GSM" (&F)
GSM default alphabet (GSM 03.38 subclause 6.2.1);
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 37
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Note: This setting may cause software flow control
problems since the codes used to stop and resume data
flow (XOFF = decimal 19, XON = decimal 17) are
interpreted as normal characters.
"UCS2"
16-bit universal multiple-octet
(ISO/IEC10646 [32]);
coded
character
set
UCS2 character strings are converted to hexadecimal
numbers from 0000 to FFFF; e.g. "004100620063" equals
three 16-bit characters with decimal values 65, 98 and 99,
$(AT R97)$
1.13 AT^SCFG Extended Configuration Settings
Command can be used to query and set various ME settings of TANGO55/56.
Parameter names are coded in GSM alphabet, parameter values in the alphabet as
specified by AT+CSCS (GSM or UCS2).
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCFG=?
Response(s)
^SCFG: "Audio/AMR", (list of supported <amr>s) ^SCFG:
"GPRS/ATS0/withAttach", (list of supported <gaa>s)
^SCFG: "GPRS/RingOnIncomingData", (list of supported <groid>s)
^SCFG: "PowerSaver/Mode9/Timeout", (list of supported <cfun9-timeout>s)
^SCFG: "Radio/Band/HandOver", (list of supported <HandOverStatus>s)
^SCFG: "URC/CallStatus/CIEV", (list of supported <succ>s)
^SCFG: "URC/CallStatus/SLCC", (list of supported <sucs>s)
^SCFG: "URC/Datamode/Ringline", (list of supported <udri>s)
^SCFG: "URC/Ringline", (list of supported <uri>s)
^SCFG: "URC/Ringline/ActiveTime", (list of supported <urat>s)
OK
Read Command
Response(s)
AT^SCFG?
^SCFG: "Audio/AMR",<amr>1[,<amr>2[,<amr>3...[<amr>10]]]
^SCFG:: "GPRS/ATS0/withAttach",<gaa>
^SCFG: "GPRS/RingOnIncomingData",<groid>
^SCFG: "PowerSaver/Mode9/Timeout", (list of supported <cfun9-timeout>s)
^SCFG: "Radio/Band/HandOver",<HandOverStatus>
^SCFG: "URC/CallStatus/CIEV",<succ>
^SCFG: "URC/CallStatus/SLCC",<sucs>
^SCFG: "URC/Datamode/Ringline",<udri>
^SCFG: "URC/Ringline",<uri>
^SCFG: "URC/Ringline/ActiveTime",<urat>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
Adaptive Multi Rate (AMR):
^SCFG: "Audio/AMR",<amr>1[,<amr>2[,<amr>3...[<amr>10]]]
AT^SCFG = "Audio/AMR"[,<amr>]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
GPRS ATS0 with automatic attach
^SCFG: "GPRS/ATS0/withAttach",<gaa>
AT^SCFG="GPRS/ATSO/withAttach"[,<gaa>] OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
Ring on incoming GPRS IP data packets
^SCFG: "GPRS/RingOnIncomingData",<groid>
AT^SCFG="GPRS/RingOnlncomingData"[,<g OK
roid>]
ERROR
+CME ERROR
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 38
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Write Command
Query/Set timeout value for power saving
mode 9.
AT^SCFG="PowerSaver/Mode9/Timeout"[,<cf
un9-timeout>]
Response(s)
^SCFG: "PowerSaver/Mode9/Timeout",<cfun9-timeout>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
^SCFG: "Radio/Band/HandOver",<HandOverStatus>
Write Command
Control Special Call Handover Setting.
AT^SCFG="Radio/Band/HandOver"[,<HandO
verStatus>]
Write Command
Response(s)
Configuration of URC "+CIEV:call" Call Status ^SCFG: "URC/CallStatus/CIEV",<succ>
Indication
OK
AT^SCFG="URC/CallStatus/CIEV"[,<succ>]
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
Configuration of URC "^SLCC" Call Status
^SCFG: "URC/CallStatus/SLCC",<sucs>
Indication
OK
^
AT SCFG="URC/Calistatus/SLCC"[,<sucs>]
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
URC indication in datamode via RING line:
^SCFG: "URC/Datamode/Ringline",<udri>
AT^SCFG="URC/Datamode/Ringline"[,<udri> OK
]
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
URC indication via RING line:
^SCFG: "URC/Ringline",<uri>
AT^SCFG="URC/Ringline"[,<uri>]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
Duration of active RING line for URC
^SCFG: "URC/Ringline/ActiveTime",<urat>
indications:
OK
AT^SCFG="URC/Ringline/ActiveTime"[,<urat ERROR
>]
+CME ERROR
PIN
SERIAL
○
●
Command Description
The read command returns a list of all supported parameters with their current
values.
The write command allows to query a configuration parameter (no value was
given) or to set its value(s). The following error codes are used:
•
"+CME ERROR:
operation temporary not allowed"...
change of
allowed
parameter
value(s)
temporarily
•
"+CME ERROR:
invalid index"... invalid parameter name or invalid
value(s).
•
"+CME ERROR:
invalid characters in text string"...
not
a character set conversion of parameter value(s)
failed
•
"+CME ERROR:
unknown"... other errors
Parameter Description
<amr>(str)(+cscs)
Adaptive Multi Rate
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 39
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
This parameter can be used to control the usage of the feature
"Adaptive Multi Rate" (AMR). It is possible to enable or disable this feature
for all network operators, or to enabled it for selected operators (max.
10). If the feature is enabled for all operators, any request to enable it for
a specific operator will result in a"+CME ERROR: operation temporary not
allowed".
Changes of this parameter become active with the next call.
Parameter is global for all interfaces, volatile and will not be reset by
AT&F.
"enabled"
AMR is used for every operator.
"disabled"
AMR is not used for any operator.
00000...999999
Enable AMR for the specified operator (in BCD or
IRA format; see AT+COPS).
<gaa>(str)(+cscs)
GPRS ATS0 with Attach
This parameter can be used to control the behaviour of ATSO.
Parameter is global for all interfaces, volatile and will not be reset by
AT&F.
"on"(P)
When the ATS0=<n> (<n> > 0) command is received,
the MT will attempt to perform a GPRS attach.
"off
When the ATS0=<n> (<n> > 0) command is received,
the MTwill not attempt to perform a GPRS attach.
<groid>(str)(+CSCS)
Ring on incoming GPRS IP data packets
This parameter can be used to control the behaviour of the RING line for
incoming IP packets in GPRS online mode.
Parameter is local for the interface, volatile and will not be reset by AT&F.
"on"
If ME is in power saving mode 7 or 8 (see AT+CFUN) and
hardware flow control is in use (AT\Q3) and RTS line is
inactive and there are incoming IP packets for a GPRS
context which is online, then the RING line will be
activated once, for a time which is configured by the
parameter "URC/Ringline/ActiveTime" (<urat>). The
RING line which will be used, can be configured by the
parameter "URC/Ringline" (<uri>).
"off(P)
RING line is not activated for incoming IP packets.
<cfun9-timeout>(str)(+CSCS)
Power saving mode 9 timeout
This parameter can be used to query or configure the wake up time for
power saving mode 9 (see AT+CFUN with parameter <fun>=9). The
granularity of the timeout value is 100 ms (i.e. a value of 10 equals to 1
second). The minimum timeout value that can be applied is 5, but
accuracy is guaranteed for timeout values greater than 20 only.
Parameter is global for the ME, volatile and will not be reset by AT&F.
5...20(P)...36000
<HandOverStatus>(str)(+CSCS)
Call Handover Status
This parameter offers a workaround to prevent problems during call
handover into the 1900 MHz band, caused by non-conforming
configurations of the 1900 MHz GSM network.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 40
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
"0"(P)
Disable workaround.
"1"
Enable workaround. This value should be selected
when handover into a 1900 MHz GSM network fails. If
required for permanent use the value needs to be set
each time the ME is restarted.
<uri>(str)(+CSCS)
URC RING line
This parameter can be used to control the behaviour of the RING line to
indicate URCs (both for idle interfaces and, if configured by the
parameter "URC/Datamode/Ringline", if link is reserved) and, if
configured, the indicator for incoming IP packets (see parameter
"GPRS/RingOnIncomingData" (<groid>). Parameter is local for the
interface, volatile and will not be reset by AT&F.
"off
URC is not indicated by RING.
"local"(P)
URC will be indicated by an activated RING line of the
interface on which the URC appears.
"SERIAL"
URC is indicated by an activated RING0 line.
<urat>(str)(+CSCS)
URC RING line Active Time
This parameter can be used to control how long the RING line is
activated to indicate URCs (both for idle interfaces and, if configured by
the parameter "URC/Datamode/Ringline" (<udri>), if link is reserved) and,
if configured by the parameter "GPRS/RingOnlncomingData", to indicate
incoming GPRS IP data packets (<groid>). Parameter is global for all
interfaces, volatile and will not be reset by AT&F.
"0"
RING line will be activated for a time between 4.6 and
9.2 ms.
"1"
RING line will be activated for about 100 ms.
"2"(P)
RING line will be activated for about 1 s.
<udri>(str)(+cscs)
URC Datamode RING line
This parameter specifies whether RING or BREAK is used for the signaling
of URCs when the TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. during circuit-switched data
calls, fax connections, in GPRS data mode or during the execution of an
AT command). Parameter is global for all interfaces, volatile and will not
be reset by AT&F.
"off(P)
URC will be indicated by BREAK
"on"
URC is indicated by an active RING line for a time which
is
configured
by
the
parameter
"URC/Ringline/ActiveTime" (<urat>). The RING line which
will be used, can be configured by the parameter
"URC/Ringline" (<uri>).
<succ>(str)(+cscs)
CIEV Call Status Indication
This parameter can be used to control the behaviour of URC
"+CIEV": call. See also AT+CIND, AT+CMER and 6.1.
Parameter is global for all interfaces and will not be reset by AT&F.
"restricted"(P)
URC ""+CIEV": call" will be issued only when a call status
transition ends in state "active" or "unknown" (see 6.1)
for a call in the list of active calls
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 41
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
"verbose"
VERSION 1.01
URC ""+CIEV": call" will be issued when any state
transition (including transitions beginning or ending in
state "unknown") occurs in the list of active calls, or
when a traffic channel is established
<sucs>(str)(+cscs)
SLCC Call Status Indication
This parameter can be used to control the behaviour of URC "^SLCC". See
also AT^SLCC and 6.1.
Parameter is global for all interfaces and will not be reset by AT&F.
"restricted"
URC "^SLCC" will be issued only when a call status
transition ends in state
"active" or "unknown" (see 6.1) for a call in the list of active calls
"verbose"(P)
URC "^SLCC" will be issued when any state transition
(including transitions beginning or ending in state
"unknown") occurs in the list of active calls, or when a
traffic channel is established.
Note
•
Parameters
"GPRS/ATS0/withAttach"
(<gaa>)
and
"GPRS/RingOnIncomingData" (<groid>) are available only for modules
supporting GPRS.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
Usage of "Audio/AMR":
AT+CSCS="UCS2"
OK
AT^SCFG?
…
Switch to UCS2 character
set.
Query all parameters.
^
SCFG:"Audio/AMR","0065006E00610062006C00650064 "
…
OK
AT+CSCS="GSM"
OK
AT^SCFG?
…
^SCFG:"Audio/AMR","enabled"
AMR will be used for
operator.
…
OK
AT^SCFG="Audio/AMR","disabled"
^
SCFG:"Audio/AMR","disabled"
AMR is disabled for
operator.
OK
AT^SCFG="Audio/AMR","23405"
^
SCFG:"Audio/AMR","23405"
AMR is disabled for
operator, but enabled
operator "23405".
OK
any
any
any
for
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 42
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
AT^SCFG="Audio/AMR","23203"
^
SCFG:"Audio/AMR","23405","23203" AMR is disabled for any
operator, but enabled for
operators
23405"
and
"23203".
OK
AT^SCFG="Audio/AMR"
query parameter
"Audio/AMR"
^
SCFG:"Audio/AMR","23405", "23203 "
OK
EXAMPLE 2
Usage of "URC/Ringline" and "URC/Datamode/Ringline":
AT+CSCS="GSM"
Switch to GSM character
set.
OK
^
AT SCFG?
Query all parameters.
…
"SCFG:"URC/Datamode/Ringline","off"
URCs
while
TA-TE
link is reserved will be
indicated by BREAK.
"SCFG:"URC/Ringline","local"
URCs on this interface
will be indicated by RING
line associated to the
interface (e.g. RING0 for
SERIAL).
…
OK
AT^SCFG="URC/Datamode/Ringline", "on"
^
SCFG:"URC/Datamode/Ringline","on" URCs while TA-TE link is
reserved
will
be
indicated by an activated
"local" RING line.
OK
AT^SCFG="URC/Ringline","SERIAL"
^
SCFG:"URC/Ringline","SERIAL"
URCs on this (!)
interface
will
be
indicated by an activated
RING0 regardless whether
or not the TA-TE link is
reserved.
OK
AT^SCFG="URC/Datamode/Ringline","off"
^
SCFG:"URC/Datamode/Ringline","off"
URCs
on
this
(!)
interface
will
be
indicated by an activated
RING0 if TA-TE link is
not (!) reserved and by
BREAK if TA-TE link is
reserved.
OK
AT^SCFG="URC/Ringline"
Disable
any
RING
line
indication for URCs on
this interface.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 43
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
^
SCFG:"URC/Ringline","off"
OK
1.14 AT^SM20 Set M20 compatibility mode
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SM20=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SM20?
Response(s)
^SM20: :<CallMode>,<CmgwMode>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT^SM20 = <CallMode>[,<CmgwMode>]
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
The AT^SM20 command selects different modes of responses returned upon
execution of the commands ATD and SMS commands like e.g. AT+CMGW.
Parameter Description
<CallMode>(num)
Call setup response mode
Applies only to voice calls.
0
Set compatibility to Siemens mobile phones.
ME will return "OK" immediately after attempting a call
with the ATD command. In case of failure, additional
call release indications, such as "NO DIAL TONE, "NO
CARRIER", "BUSY" will follow.
1(&F)
Default call setup mode, compatible to M20.
ME will return "OK" in case of a successful connection,
otherwise one of the call release indications "NO DIAL
TONE, "NO CARRIER", "BUSY" are indicated.
<CmgwMode>(num)
Response mode for sending and writing short messages
Applies to the SMS commands like e.g. AT+CMGS and AT+CMGW
command.
0
Set compatibility to Siemens mobile phones.
ME will return +CMS ERROR: <err> when writing or
sending of short messages fails.
1(&F)
Default mode for sending and writing short messages.
ME will return "OK", no matter whether or not sms
command was successfully executed.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 44
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
2 STATUS CONTROL COMMANDS
The AT commands described in this chapter allow the external application to obtain
various status information from the TANGO55/56.
2.1 AT+CMER Mobile Equipment Event Reporting
This command controls details of the "+CIEV" URC presentation related to AT^SIND
and AT+CIND. If registered via these commands the URCs are sent whenever a value
of the related indicator changes. In addition, AT+CMER controls "^SLCC" URCS related
to AT^SLCC. For details refer to 6.1 , AT^SLCC and AT^SCFG, parameter <sucs>. After
AT+CMER has been switched on, URCs for all registered indicators will be issued.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMER=?
Response(s)
+CMER: (list of supported <mode>s), (list of supported <keyp>s), (list
of supported <disp>s), (list of supported <ind>s), (list of supported
<bfr>s)
OK
Response(s)
+ CMER: <mode>,<keyp>,<disp>,<ind>,<bfr> OK
Read Command
AT+CMER?
Write Command
Response(s)
AT+CMER=[<mode>[,<keyp>[,<disp>[,<ind>[,<bfr>[, OK
<indDescr>[, <indValue>]]]]]]]
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Unsolicited Result Code
+CIEV: <indDescr>, <indValue>
A value of an indicator has changed.
Command Description
The read command returns the URC presentation mode <mode> and among
others, the indicator event reporting status <ind>.
The write command enables and disables the presentation of "+CIEV:
<indDescr>,<indValue>" URCs. <indDescr> refers to the name of a "+CIEV"
indicator and <indValue> is the new value of this indicator. All registered
indicator events will be issued to the TE.
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)
0(&F)
Discard "+CIEV" and "^SLCC" URCS.
1
Discard "+CIEV" and "^SLCC" URCS when TA-TE link is reserved,
e.g. in online data mode. Otherwise they are forwarded
directly to the TE.
2
Buffer "+CIEV" and "^SLCC" URCS in the TA while TA-TE link is
reserved, e.g. in online data mode, and flush them to the TE
afterwards. Otherwise they are forwarded directly to the TE.
3
Forward "+CIEV" and "^SLCC" URCS directly to the TE. If
TANGO55/56 is in online data mode, URCs are signaled via
sending BREAK (100 ms) and stored in a buffer. Once it is
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 45
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
back in command mode e.g. after +++ was entered, all
URCs stored in the buffer will be output.
<keyp>(num)
0(&F)
Keypad event reporting is not supported by TANGO55/56.
0(&F)
Display event reporting is not supported by TANGO55/56.
0(&F)
Disable indicator event reporting.
2
Enable indicator event reporting.
0(&F)
TA buffer of URCs defined within this command is cleared
when <MODE> 1..3 is entered.
<disp>(num)
<ind>(num)
<bfr>(num)
<indDescr>(str)
Name of indicator; for a list of all supported indicators please refer to
AT+CIND and AT^SIND.
<indValue>(num)
Value of indicator; for a list of all values for the supported indicators
please refer to AT+CIND and AT^SIND.
2.2 AT+CIND Indicator control
This command controls information about status changes via URC presentation of
the TANGO55/56 or connected items, e.g., signal quality, service availability, sound
generation, indication of unread short messages, full SMS storage, call in progress or
roaming activities. Use of this command is outdated since additional indications and
functionality are available with AT^SIND.
AT+CIND supports two ways to get the values related to indicators:
•
Query the current status of each indicator by using the read command
AT+CIND?. It returns the status no matter whether the indicator has been
registered with the write command AT+CIND=[<state>[,<state>[,...]]].
•
Evaluate one of the "+CIEV" URCs which the ME automatically sends to the
application, whenever the value of the associated indicator changes.
The presentation of these URCs depends on two settings:
-
The indicators must be registered with the write command
AT+CIND=[<state>[,<state>[,...]]]. By default, all of them are registered
when the ME is switched on. Any URC can be excluded if deregistered
with <state>=0.
-
URC presentation must be enabled with AT+CMER.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CIND=?
Read Command
AT+CIND?
Response(s)
+ CIND: (<indDescr>, list of supported <indValue>s)[, (<indDescr>,
list of supported <indValue>s)[,…]]
OK
Response(s)
+ CIND: <indValue>[,<indValue>[, ...]]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 46
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Write Command AT+CIND=<state>[,<state>[, ...]]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Command Description
The read command returns the status of the ME indicators.
The write command is used to switch the event report for each indicator type.
The Indicator Event Reports are displayed to the TE via "+CIEV" which can be
enabled using AT+CMER.
Parameter Description
<indValue>(num)
Integer type value,which shall be in range of corresponding <indDescr>
<indDescr>(str)
String values and their <indValue> ranges. More indications are available
via AT^SIND. Therefore use of AT^SIND for control of all indications is
recommended. The following indications are accessible via AT+CIND:
"signal"
Signal quality (0..7) or (99) if not measurable. The indicated
value is the bit error rate of the signal received. If there are bit
errors this is not a constant but a estimated value which will
change in time. See also AT+CSQ.
"service"
Service availability (0-1)
0: Not registered to any network
1: Registered to home network
registered to another network
"sounder"
or,
if
"roam"=1
then
Sounder activity (0-1). The indicator provides information
about tones generated in the ME. Value 1 means for
example:
Incoming call - ME is ringing. Note that the URC "+CIEV":
"sounder" indicator will be output only if ringing tones are
activated with AT^SRTC.
Waiting call - ME generates waiting call tone (if call waiting is
enabled).
Outgoing call - ME generates Call Progress tone. Outgoing
call - ME generates BUSY tone.
The value changes to 0 if tone stops
"message" Unread short message at memory location <mem1> (0-1);
refer to AT+CPMS
"call"
Call in progress (0-1). Indicator value is "1" if at least one call is
in state "active" or "held". Depending on the value of
AT^SCFG setting (refer parameter <succ>), indicator "call" will
be issued
-
when a state transition ends in state "active" or in state
"unknown", if AT^SCFG setting <suco="restricted">,
-
when any state transition (including transitions beginning
or ending in state "unknown") occurs in the list of active
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 47
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
calls or when a traffic channel is established, if AT^SCFG
setting <suco="verbose">. Also refer 6.1.
"roam"
Roaming indicator (0-1)
0:
Registered to home network or not registered
1:
Registered to other network
"smsfull"
A short message memory storage in the MT has become full
(1) or memory locations are available (0), i.e. range is (0-1)
"rssi"
Received signal (field) strength (0..5) or (99) if not
measurable.
0:
signal strength <= -112 dbm 1-4: signal strength in 15
dbm steps
5:
signal strength >= -51 dbm
Received signal (field) strength can also be obtained with
AT+CSQ. However, the signal strength is scaled to value
range 0..31 by this command.
<state>(num)
Indicator is deregistered. The indicator will not be presented as "+CIEV"
URC, but can be queried with AT+CIND?.
[1](P)
Indicator is registered, indicator event report allowed.
Notes
•
Due to its restrictive range of values, there are events when it is not entirely
clear from the context, which event has led to the output of indicator
"call". Rather than as an information in itself, indicator "call" should therefore
be used as a trigger to look up the new call status in the list of current calls
with AT commands AT^SLCC, AT+CLCC or AT^SCNI.
•
If AT^SCFG setting <suco="verbose">, indicator "call" will be issued also
when a traffic channel is established, or when a call enters states
"terminating" or "dropped" (see chapter 6.1). In these cases, the relevant
information about the cause of the display is available only from AT
command AT^SLCC.
•
The indicator "sounder" signals every event a tone is generated in the ME.
For instance, if a waiting call produces a tone, this will be indicated.
•
If the ME is switched on all indicators are in registered state.
•
Use AT+CMER command to allow Indicator Event Report of all registered
indicators.
Example
^SYSSTART
AT+CPIN=9999
OK
AT+CIND?
+CIND: 5,99,1,0,0,0,0,0
No battery is connected to the ME. The bit error
rate of the signal quality is not available (since
there is no call in progress). The ME is registered to
its home network.
OK
AT+CMER=2,0,0,2
Now activate the Indicator Event Report with
AT+CMER.
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 48
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
+CIEV: battchg,5
+CIEV: signal,99
+CIEV: service,1
+CIEV: sounder,0
+CIEV: message,0
+CIEV: call,0
+CIEV: roam,0
+CIEV: smsfull,0
+CIEV: rssi,5
Receive with full signal field strength.
ATD0123456;
Make a call.
OK
+CIEV: sounder,1
Receive a set of "+CIEV" URCS reports.
+CIEV: call,1
+CIEV: sounder,0
+CIEV: call,0
The receiver hangs up.
NO CARRIER
AT+CIND=,,,0,,0
Deregister the indicators "call" and "sounder".
OK
ATD0123456;
Rebuild the same call.
OK
This time, no URCs are displayed.
NO CARRIER
2.3 AT^SIND Extended Indicator Control
AT^SIND supplies extended event indicator control and
-
offers greater flexibility than standard AT+CIND,
-
offers several extra indicators,
-
can show the current status of all indicators supported by AT+CIND and
AT^SIND,
-
gives the possibility to register or deregister the indicators of both
commands,
-
displays all indicator event reports via "+CIEV" URCS.
Presentation mode of the generated URCs is controlled via AT+CMER.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SIND=?
Read Command
AT^SIND?
Write Command
AT^SIND=<indDescr>,<Mode>
Response(s)
^SIND: (<indDescr>, list of supported <indValue>s)[, (<indDescr>, list
of supported <indValue>s)[, ...]], (list of supported <Mode>s)
OK
Response(s)
^SIND: <indDescr>,<Mode>,<indValue>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 49
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
The read command provides a list of all indicators supported by AT+CIND and
AT^SIND. Each indicator is represented with its registration mode and current
value.
The write command can be used to select a single indicator in order to modify
its registration and to view the current value.
Parameter Description
<indValue>(num)
Integer type value in the range stated below for the corresponding
<indDescr>.
<indDescr>(str)
String values and their <indValue> ranges.
All indicators supported by AT+CIND are accessible with this command,
too. A detailed description of these indicators can be found there. The
following indicators are accessible via AT^SIND only:
"audio"
Activity of the internal audio unit (0-1). Value 1 means
for example: Outgoing voice call: Indicator appears
when dialing starts. Incoming voice call: Indicator
appears prior to the RING result code.
"vmwaiti"
Voice message waiting indication for line 1, (0-1)
"vmwait2"
Voice message waiting indication for line 2, (0-1)
"ciphcall"
Ciphering Status Change Indication
As stated in GSM specifications 02.07 and 02.09 the
ciphering indicator feature allows the ME to detect
that ciphering is not switched on and to indicate this
to the user.
The ciphering indicator feature may be disabled by
the home network operator setting data in the
"administrative data" field (EFAD) in the SIM, as defined
in GSM 11.11.
If this feature is not disabled by the SIM, then
whenever a connection is in place, which is, or
becomes unenciphered, an indication shall be given
to the user. This enables the user's decision how to
proceed. Read command returns valid ciphering
status only if a call is in progress or active.
If EFAD setting disables the ciphering indicator feature
read command always indicates a ciphered link and
no URC presentation will take place.
Note: The following restrictions apply if the same serial
channel is used for AT^SIND "ciphcall" indication and
for the action triggering this URC. In general, the
recommended solution is to use a dedicated channel
for all status signalling via URCs.
-
If an unciphered mobile originated SMS is
performed, AT^SIND "ciphcall" URCs on the same
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 50
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
serial channel will be issued after the related "OK"
and indicate the ciphering state at this time.
Because the SMS is already sent at this time, you
will get 2 URCs on this channel, but both are
indicating that ciphering is enabled.
-
If an unciphered mobile originated data call is
performed, AT^SIND "ciph call" URCs on the same
serial channel will be issued after the interface is
not longer blocked by the call (call is released or
temporarily stopped) and indicate the ciphering
state at this time.
0
Current call or SMS is not ciphered.
1
Current call or SMS is ciphered.
<Mode>(num)
0
Indicator is deregistered, i.e. no such indicator event
report (URC) will be issued.
1
Indicator is registered.
2
-
Indicator event
AT+CMER.
reports
are
controlled
via
-
Indicators
defined
by
AT^SIND
deregistered until explicitly enabled.
-
On the other hand indicators supported by
AT+CIND are registered while the TANGO55/56 is
powered up.
remain
Query the registration status and the current value of
a single indicator type.
Note
•
Notes regarding indicator voice message waiting:
-
"vmwaitT and "vmwait2" indicate the receipt of a short message
coded as Voice Message Waiting Indicator, as defined by the CPHS
Phase 2 standard. The service must be provisioned by the operator.
-
The presentation mode of the indicators varies with the operator: If
more than one message is received, some operators only indicate the
first one, others deliver the indicator each time a new message is put
into the mail-box.
-
The "vmwait" indicators do not apply if a network provider signals, via
standard SMS, a message in the voice mailbox. In this case, the
indicator "message" will be displayed (see AT+CIND).
-
The numbers 1 or 2 in "vmwait1/2" are related to the two lines of the
Alternate Line Service (ALS), also defined in CPHS Phase 2 standard. For
further details refer to the AT^SALS command.
2.4 AT+CEER Extended error report
Syntax
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 51
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Test Command
AT+CEER=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CEER
Response(s)
+ CEER: <locationID>,<reason>,<ssRelease>
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
TA returns an extended error report of the reason for the last
-
call release
-
failure to set up a call (both mobile originated or terminated)
-
failure to modify a call by using Supplementary Services
-
failed attempt to activate, register, query, deactivate or deregister a
Supplementary Service
-
unsuccessful GPRS attach or unsuccessful PDP context activation
-
GPRS detach or PDP context deactivation.
The release cause report is presented in numeric format. A description
associated with each number can be found in the tables given in the following
subclauses. The first parameter <locationID> serves to locate the other two
parameters. Depending on the failure or release cause either <reason> or
<ssRelease> are applicable.
Parameter Description
<locationID>(num)
Location ID as number code. Location IDs are listed in subclause 2.4.1.
Each ID is related with another table that contains a list of <reason>s or
<ssRelease>s.
<reason>(num)
Reason for last call release as number code. The number codes are listed
in several tables, sorted by different categories in the following
subclauses. The tables can be found proceeding from the Location ID
given in sub-clause 2.4.1.
<ssRelease>(num)
Release cause for last Supplementary Service call (listed in subclause
2.4.9) or last call related use of a Supplementary Service (listed in
subclause 2.4.10).
Notes
•
AT+CEER is not available for data calls, please use ATSIS=1 .
•
Default output in the case of a no-error-situation is +CEER: 0,0,0.
•
If <reason> ^ 0, then <ssRelease> = 0. Vice versa, if <reason> = 0, then
<ssRelease> may be ^ 0.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
ATD"01751223344"
NO CARRIER
;
A mobile originated call is rejected by the
remote party.
Call set-up is terminated with NO CARRIER.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 52
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
AT+CEER
To check
AT+CEER.
the
cause,
the
caller
enters
+CEER: 8,21,0
The Location ID 8 stated in subclause 2.4.1
points to subclause 2.4.6, where 21 = "Call
rejected". 0 = No error (parameter
<ssRelease> is not applicable).
OK
EXAMPLE 2
The user attempts to set up a multiparty call, though there are only two
parties involved in the present conversation:
ATD"01751223344";
OK
AT+CHLD=2
OK
AT+CHLD=3
+CME ERROR:
operation temporary not allowed
AT+CEER
+CEER: 22, 0,2
The Location ID 22 stated in subclause 2.4.1
points to subclause 2.4.10, where 2 = "Initial
conditions not fulfilled (one active, one held
call)".
OK
0 = No error (parameter <reason> is not
applicable).
EXAMPLE 3
The user attempts to activate call barring. Activation is denied by the
network since the password is blocked after previous failures to enter the
password.
AT + clck=oi,1,"0 000",3;
+CME ERROR:
incorrect password
AT+CEER
+CEER: 3 5, 0,43
The Location ID 35 stated in subclause 2.4.1
points to subclause 2.4.10, where 43 =
"NumberOfPWAttemptsViolation" (for example
if wrong password has been entered 3 times or
more). 0 = No error (parameter <reason> is not
applicable).
OK
2.4.1
ID
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Cause Location ID for the extended error report
Description
No error (default)
SIEMENS L2 cause
GSM cause for L3 Radio Resource Sublayer (GSM 04.08 annex F)
SIEMENS cause for L3 Radio Resource Sublayer
GSM cause for L3 Mobility Management (GSM 04.08 annex G)
SIEMENS cause for L3 Mobility Management
GSM cause for L3 Mobility Management via MMR-SAP (GSM 04.08 annex G)
SIEMENS cause for L3 Mobility Management via MMR-SAP
GSM cause for L3 Call Control (GSM 04.08 10.5.4.11 and annex H)
SIEMENS cause for L3 Call Control
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 53
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
21
22
32
33
34
35
48
49
50
51
127
128
129
130
131
241
242
243
VERSION 1.01
SIEMENS cause for L3 Advice of Charge Entity
GSM cause for L3 SMS CP Entity
SIEMENS cause for L3 SMS CP Entity
GSM cause for L3 SMS RL Entity
SIEMENS cause for L3 SMS RL Entity
GSM cause for L3 SMS TL Entity
SIEMENS cause for L3 SMS TL Entity
SIEMENS cause for DSM Entity
GSM cause for L3 Call-related Supplementary Services
SIEMENS cause for L3 Call-related Supplementary Services
SIEMENS cause for Supplementary Services Entity
SIEMENS cause for Supplementary Services Manager
Network cause for Supplementary Services (GSM 04.08 10.5.4.11 and annex H)
Supplementary Services network error (GSM 04.80 3.6.6)
GSM cause for GPRS Mobility Management (GSM 04.08 annex G.6)
SIEMENS cause for GPRS Mobility Management
GSM cause for Session Management (GSM 04.08 annex I)
SIEMENS cause for Session Management
SIEMENS cause for protocol module or other local cause
Supplementary Services general problem (GSM 04.80 3.6.7)
Supplementary Services invoke problem (GSM 04.80 3.6.7)
Supplementary Services result problem (GSM 04.80 3.6.7)
Supplementary Services error problem (GSM 04.80 3.6.7)
SIEMENS cause for GPRS API
SIEMENS cause for Link Management
SIEMENS cause for Embedded Netcore (Internet Protocol Stack)
2.4.2
Number
0
1
2
3
4
5
8
9
10
65
95
96
97
98
100
101
111
Description
Normalevent
Abnormal release, unspecified
Abnormal release, channel unacceptable
Abnormal release, timer expired
Abnormal release, no activity on the radio path
Pre-emptive release
Handover impossible, timing advance out of range
Channel mode unacceptable
Frequency not implemented
Call already cleared
Semantically incorrect message
Invalid mandatory information
Message type non-existent or not implemented
Message type not compatible with protocol state
Conditional information element error
No cell allocation available
Protocol error unspecified
2.4.3
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
GSM release cause for L3 Radio Resource (RR)
SIEMENS release cause for L3 Radio Resource (RR)
Description
Racchs not answered
Racchs rejected
Access class of the SIM is barred by the network provider
SABM failure
Radio link counter expiry or PerformAbnormalRelease
Confirm ABORT of the MM
Respond to DEACT REQ
Loss of coverage
Reestablishment not possible
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 54
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
2.4.4
VERSION 1.01
GSM release cause for Mobility Management (MM)
Number
Description
Causes related to MS identification
2
IMSI unknown in HLR
3
Illegal MS
4
IMSI unknown in VLR
5
IMEI not accepted
6
Illegal ME
Cause related to subscription options
11
PLMN not allowed
12
Location Area not allowed
13
Roaming not allowed in this location area
Causes related to PLMN specific network failures and congestion
17
Network failure
22
Congestion
Causes related to nature of request
32
Service option not supported
33
Requested service option not subscribed
34
Service option temporarily out of order
38
Call cannot be identified
Causes related to invalid messages
95
Semantically incorrect message
96
Invalid mandatory information
97
Message type non-existent or not implemented
98
Message not compatible with protocol state
99
Information element non-existent or not implemented
100
Conditional information element error
101
Messages not compatible with protocol state
111
Protocol error, unspecified
Causes related GPRS
7
GPRS services not allowed
8
GPRS services not allowed in combination with non-GPRS services
9
MS identity cannot be identified by the network
10
Implicitly detached
14
GPRS services not allowed in current PLMN
16
MSC temporarily unreachable
2.4.5
SIEMENS release cause for L3 Mobility Management (MM)
Number Description
1
No SIM available
8
No MM connection
9
Authentification failure
11
MM performs detach
17
Registration failed and will be re-attempted in a short term
18
CM connection establishment failed
19
Registration failed and will be re-attempted in a long term
20
RR connection is released
21
MS tries to register
22
SPLMN is not available
23
An MTC is in progress
24
A PLMN scan is in progress
25
The MM is detached, the MS is in MS class C GPRS only
2.4.6
Number
GSM release cause for L3 Call Control (CC)
Description
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 55
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
0
VERSION 1.01
No error
Normal class
1
Unassigned (unallocated) number
3
No route to destination
6
Channel unacceptable
8
Operator determined barring
16
Normal call clearing
17
User busy
18
No user responding
19
User alerting, no answer
21
Call rejected
22
Number changed
25
Pre-emption
26
Non-selected user clearing
27
Destination out of order
28
Invalid number format (incomplete number)
29
Facility rejected
30
Response to STATUS ENQUIRY
31
Normal, unspecified
Resource unavailable class
34
No circuit/channel available
38
Network out of order
41
Temporary failure
42
Switching equipment congestion
43
Access information discarded
44
Requested circuit/channel not available
47
Resource unavailable, unspecified
Service or option not available class
49
Quality of service unavailable
50
Requested facility not subscribed
55
Incoming calls barred within the CUG
57
Bearer capability not authorized
58
Bearer capability not presently available
63
Service or option not available, unspecified
Service or option not implemented
65
Bearer service not implemented
68
ACM equal or greater than ACMmax
69
Requested facility not implemented
70
Only restricted digital information bearer capability is available
79
Service or option not implemented, unspecified
Invalid message (e.g. parameter out of range) class
81
Invalid transaction identifier value
87
User not member of CUG
88
Incompatible destination
91
Invalid transit network selection
95
Semantically incorrect message
Protocol error (e.g. unknown message) class
96
Invalid mandatory information
97
Message type non-existant or not implemented
98
Message type not comaptible with protocol state
99
Information element non-existent or not implemented
100
Conditional information element error
101
Message not compatible with protocol
102
Recovery on timer expiry
111
Protocol error, unspecified
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 56
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Interworking class
127
Interworking, unspecified
2.4.7
SIEMENS release cause for L3 Call Control (CC)
Number
Description
1
Call dropped
2
Service not available
3
Hold procedure not available
4
Temporary no service, previous procedure not yet finished
5
No speech service available
6
Call reestablishment procedure active
7
Mobile received a release (complete) message during a modify procedure (modify reject)
8
Call clearing, because loss of radio connection, if no reestablishment is allowed (call not active)
10
Number not included in FDN list
Notifications
300
Called party barred incoming call
2.4.8
Number
1
2
3
4
5
SIEMENS release cause for L3 Advice of Charge (AOC)
Description
SIM data not available
SIM does not support AOC
SIM data access error
ACM limit almost reached ACM range overflow
ACM range overflow
2.4.9
GSM Release cause for Supplementary Service Call
Number
Description
0
No error (default)
1
UnknownSubscriber
9
IllegalSubscriber
10
BearerServiceNotProvisioned
11
TeleserviceNotProvisioned
12
NlegalEquipment
13
CallBarred
15
CUGReject
16
IllegalSSOperation
17
SSErrorStatus
18
SSNotAvailable
19
SSSubscriptionViolation
20
SSIncompatibility
21
FacilityNotSupported
27
AbsentSubscriber
29
ShortTermDenial
30
LongTermDenial
34
SystemFailure
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 57
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
35
DataMissing
36
UnexpectedData Value
37
PWRegistrationFailure
38
NegativePWCheck
43
NumberOfPWAttemptsViolation
71
UnknownAlphabet
72
USSDBusy
126
MaxNumsOfMPTYCallsExceeded
127
ResourcesNotAvailable
VERSION 1.01
General Problem Codes
300
Unrecognized Component
301
Mistyped Component
302
Badly Structured Component
Invoke Problem Codes
303
Duplicate Invoke ID
304
Unrecognized Operation
305
Mistyped Parameter
306
Resource Limitation
307
Initiating Release
308
Unrecognized Linked ID
309
Linked Response Unexpected
310
Unexpected Linked Operation
Return Result Problem Codes
311
Unrecognize Invoke ID
312
Return Result Unexpected
313
Mistyped Parameter
Return Error Problem Codes
314
Unrecognized Invoke ID
315
Return Error Unexpected
316
Unrecognized Error
317
Unexpected Error
318
Mistyped Parameter
2.4.10 SIEMENS release cause for Call-related Supplementary Services
(CRSS)
Number
Description
0
ECT procedure failed (timer expired)
1
Call has been cleared without receiving an answer to ECT request
2
Initial conditions not fulfilled (one active, one held call)
3
Received "return error"
4
Call has been cleared without receiving an answer to CCBS request
5
Initial conditions for CCBS not fulfilled (Idle CRSS)
Causes related to nature of request
25
LLC or SNDCP failure
26
Insufficient resources
27
Unknown or missing access point name
28
Unknown PDP address or PDP type
29
User authentification failed
30
Activation rejected by GGSN
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 58
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
31
Activation rejected, unspecified
32
Service option not supported
33
Requested service option not subscribed
34
Service option temporarily out of order
35
NSAPI already used
36
Regular PDP context deactivation
37
QoS not accepted
38
Network failure
39
Reactivation requested
40
Feature not supported
Causes related to invalid messages
81
Invalid transaction identifier value
95
Semantically incorrect message
96
Invalid mandatory information
97
Message type non-existant or not implemented
98
Message type not comaptible with protocol state
99
Information element non-existent or not implemented
100
Conditional information element error
101
Message not compatible with protocol
111
Protocol error, unspecified
2.4.11 SIEMENS release cause for Session Management (SM)
Number
3
4
5
6
7
Description
The MS has not got any answer to the ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT request message sent five times to the
network
A MT PDP context which is active or in the activation process is deactivated because another MT PDP
context with the same TI is requested by the network to be activated
A MT PDP context which is active or in the activation process is deactivated because another MT PDP
context with the same TI is requested by the network to be activated. The activation request is rejected by the
SM sending the cause 'insufficient resources' to the network because the SM was not able to perform the
necessary comparisons for a static PDP address collision detection.
A MT PDP context which is active or in the activation process is deactivated because another MT PDP
context with the same TI is requested by the network to be activated. As a static PDP address collision with
an MO activating PDP context has been detected by the SM the SM discards the activation request
A MT PDP context request has been indicated but could not be processed in time. The activation request is
rejected by the SM sending the cause 'insufficient resources' to the network.
2.4.12 GSM cause for L3 Protocol module or other local cause
Number
Description
2
No detailed cause
2.4.13 SIEMENS release cause for GPRS API
Number
0
1
2
3
4
255
Description
Regular deactivation of the call
Action temporarily not allowed
Wrong connection type
Specified data service profile invalid
PDP type or address is unknown
Undefined
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 59
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
2.4.14 SIEMENS release cause for Embedded Netcore
Number
0
1
255
Description
Regular call deactivation
LCP stopped
Undefined
2.5 ATS18 Extended call release report
Syntax
Read Command
ATS18?
Response(s)
<n>
OK
Write Command
ATS18=<n>
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
This command enables or disables the presentation of extended call release
reports for fax and data calls. The call release report is presented in numeric
format and includes the following parameters:
+CAUSE: <locationID>,<reason>
If enabled the message will be reported every time a fax or data call is
released or fails to be established.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
An odd number enables the presentation of the extended call release
report. An even number disables this feature.
0(&F)...255
<locationID>(num)
Location ID as number code (see also <locationID> of AT+CEER).
Location IDs are listed in section 2.4.1. Each ID is related to another table
that contains a list of <reason>s.
<reason>(num)
Reason for last call release as number code (see also <reason> of
AT+CEER). <reason> numbers and the associated descriptions are listed
in several tables, sorted by different categories in chapter AT+CEER. The
tables can be found proceeding from the Location IDs listed in 2.4.1.
Note
•
The command applies only to circuit switched data and fax calls. For voice
calls extended call release reports can be retrieved using the command
AT+CEER.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
ATS18=1
Enables the presentation of extended call release
reports.
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 60
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
ATD03012345678
Now, a mobile originated data call fails.
+CAUSE: 8:17
An extended error report is output, followed by the
result code BUSY.
BUSY
The Location ID 8 stated in section 2.4.1 points to
section 2.4.6, where 17 = "User busy".
EXAMPLE 2
ATS18=1
Enables the presentation of extended call release
reports.
OK
ATD03012345678
Now, a mobile originated data call is set up.
CONNECT 9600/RLP
Hello,....
+++
Call ends after remote party hung up.
+CAUSE: 8:16
Normal call release is reported, followed by the result
code NO CARRIER.
NO CARRIER
The Location ID 8 stated in section 2.4.1 points to
section 2.4.6, where 16 = "Normal call clearing".
2.6 AT+CPAS Mobile equipment activity status
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPAS=?
Exec Command
AT+CPAS
Response(s)
+CPAS: (list of supported<pas>s)
OK
Response(s)
+CPAS: <pas>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Command Description
TA returns the activity status of ME.
Parameter Description
<pas>(num)
0
ready
3
incoming call (ringing)
4
call in progress or call hold
2.7 AT+WS46 Select wireless network
Syntax
Test Command
AT+WS46=?
Response(s)
+WS46: (list of supported<n>s)
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 61
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Read Command
AT+WS46?
Response(s)
<n>
OK
Write Command
AT+WS46 = [<n>]
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
12
GSM digital cellular
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 62
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
3 SERIAL INTERFACE CONTROL COMMANDS
The AT commands described in this chapter allow the external application to
determine various settings related to the TANGO55/56's serial interface.
3.1 AT\Q Flowcontrol
Syntax
Exec Command
AT\Q[<n>]
Response(s)
OK
If RTS/CTS flow control is not supported by interface and <n> is 2 or
3:
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
disable flow control
1
XON/XOFF software flow control
2
only CTS by DCE
3
RTS/CTS hardware flow control Recommended for the
following procedures: incoming or outgoing data calls, fax
calls.
Often, the initialization routine of fax programs includes
enabling RTS/CTS handshake, eliminating the need to issue
AT\Q3 once again.
Notes
•
When using XON/XOFF flow control (AT\Q1) in online mode, +++ should not
be used while the data transmission is paused with XOFF. Before entering
the command mode with +++ the paused transmission should be resumed
using the XON character.
3.2 AT&C Set circuit Data Carrier Detect (DCD) function
mode
Syntax
Exec Command
AT&C[<value>]
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
This parameter determines how the state of circuit 109 (DCD) relates to the
detection of received line signal from the distant end.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 63
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
[0]
1(&F)
VERSION 1.01
DCD line is always ON
DCD line is ON in the presence of data carrier only
3.3 AT&D Set circuit Data Terminal Ready (DTR) function
mode
Syntax
Exec Command
AT&D[<value>]
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
This parameter determines how the TA responds when circuit 108/2 (DTR) is
changed from ON to OFF during data mode.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0]
TA ignores status of DTR.
1
ON->OFF on DTR: Change to command mode while retaining
the connected call.
2(&F)
ON->OFF on DTR: Disconnect data call, change to command
mode. During state DTR = OFF is auto-answer off.
3.4 AT&S Set circuit Data Set Ready (DSR) function mode
Syntax
Exec Command
AT&S[<value>]
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
This parameter determines how the TA sets circuit 107 (DSR) depending on the
communication state of the TA interfacing TE.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
DSR line is always ON
1
TA in command mode: DSR is OFF. TA in data mode: DSR is
ON.
3.5 ATE Enable command echo
Syntax
Exec Command
ATE[<value>]
Response(s)
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 64
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
This setting determines whether or not the TA echoes characters received from
TE during command state.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0]
Echo mode off
1(&F)
Echo mode on
Note
•
In case of using the command without parameter,<value> is set to 0.
3.6 AT+ILRR Set TE-TA local rate reporting
The command AT+ILRR controls whether or not the intermediate result code "+ILRR" is
transmitted from the DCE to the DTE.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+ILRR=?
Response(s)
+ ILRR: (list of supported <value>s)
OK
Response(s)
+ILRR: <value>
OK
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT+ILRR?
Write Command
AT+ILRR=<value>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Intermediate Result Code
+ILRR: <rate>
Indicates port rate setting on connection.
Command Description
The write command determines whether or not an intermediate result code of
local rate is reported at connection setup. The rate is reported before the final
result code of the connection is transmitted to the TE.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
0(&F)
Disables reporting of local port rate
1
Enables reporting of local port rate
<rate>(num)
0
port rate setting on connection (bps)
Autobauding (see chapter 3.7.1).
300
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 65
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
600
1200
2400
4800
9600
14400
19200
28800
38400
57600
115200
230400
3.7 AT+IPR Set fixed local rate
The command AT+IPR can be used to set or query the DTE-DCE interface bit rate.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+IPR=?
Response(s)
+ IPR: (list of supported auto-detectable <rate>s) , (list of supported
fixed-only <rate>s)
OK
Response(s)
+IPR: <rate>
OK
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT+IPR?
Write Command
AT+IPR=<rate>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
The test command returns the values of the supported automatically
detectable bit rates and the values of the supported fixed bit rates.
The read command returns the current bit rate of the interface.
The write command specifies the bit rate to be used for the interface. When
you set a fixed-rate, make sure that both DTE (TE) and DCE (TA) are configured
to the same rate. When you select autobauding, the DCE will automatically
recognize the bit rate currently used by the DTE.
The setting is stored in the non-volatile memory and will be used whenever the
engine is powered up again. However, in case of autobaud mode (AT+IPR=0)
the detected DCE bit rate will not be saved and, therefore, needs to be
resynchronized after restarting the GSM engine (see chapter 3.7.1).
Parameter Description
<rate>(num)(&V)
bit rate per second (bps)
0(D)
Activate autobauding (see chapter 3.7.1).
300
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 66
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
600
1200
2400
4800
9600
14400
19200
28800
38400
57600
115200
230400
Notes
•
The factory default is autobauding enabled (AT+IPR=0) on SERIAL. It will not
be restored with AT&F.
•
The current setting of AT+IPR will be preserved when you download
firmware (i.e. a firmware update does not restore the factory setting) or in
the event of power failure.
•
Generally, AT+IPR should be used as a standalone command. If
nethertheless combinations with other commands on the same command
line cannot be avoided, there are several constraints to be considered:
-
Avoid combinations with the AT commands listed in chapter 0.4.2.
-
Take into account, that a delay of 100 ms is required between the
response to the last command (e.g. OK) and the next command on
the same line.
-
When you enter AT+IPR=0, autobauding will be activated after the
response to the last command is received.
-
When local echo is active (ATE1) and you enter AT+IPR=X with other
commands you may encounter the following problem: if switching to
the new bit rate takes effect while a response is being transmitted, the
last bytes may be sent with the new bit rate and thus, not properly
transmitted. The following commands will be correctly sent at the new
bit rate.
•
In order to account for greater amounts of data it is recommended to
choose a minimum bit rate of 2400 bps.
•
A selected bit rate takes effect after the write commands returns OK.
3.7.1
Autobauding
To take advantage of autobaud mode specific attention must be paid to the
following requirements:
•
Synchronization between DTE and DCE
Ensure that DTE and DCE are correctly synchronized and the bit rate used
by the DTE is detected by the DCE (ME). To allow the bit rate to be
synchronized simply use an "AT" or "at" string. This is necessary
-
after you have activated autobauding
-
when you start up the GSM engine while autobauding is enabled. It is
recommended to wait 3 to 5 seconds before sending the first AT
character. Otherwise undefined characters might be returned.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 67
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
If you want to use autobauding and autoanswer at the same time, you
can easily enable the DTE-DCE synchronization, when you activate
autobauding first and then configure the autoanswer mode (ATSO ≠0).
•
•
Restrictions on autobauding operation
-
The serial interface shall be used with 8 data bits, no parity and 1 stop
bit (factory setting), e.g. 2 stop bits are not supported for autobaud
mode.
-
The command A/ cannot be used.
-
Only the strings "AT" or "at" can be detected (neither "At" nor "aT").
-
URCs that may be issued before the ME detects a new bit rate (by
receiving the first AT character) will be sent at the previously detected
bit rate or, after ME restart, at 57600 bps.
-
It is not recommended to switch to autobauding from a bit rate that
cannot be detected by the the autobaud mechanism (e.g. 300 bps).
Responses to AT+IPR=0 and any commands on the same line might be
corrupted.
Autobauding and bit rate after restart
The most recently detected bit rate is stored when the ME is powered
down (with Table 2.3). Therefore, each time the module is restarted the
correct bit rate must be found as described above. Unless the bit rate is
determined, the following constraints apply:
-
An incoming CSD call or a network initiated GPRS request cannot be
accepted. This must be taken into account when autobauding and
autoanswer mode (ATSO≠0) are enabled at the same time, especially
if SIM PIN 1 authentication is done automatically and the setting
ATS0≠0 is stored to the user profile with AT&W.
-
Until the bit rate is found, URCs generated after restart will be output
at 57600 bps. This applies only to user defined URCs, such as "+CREG",
"CCWA", "^SCKS" etc. The URCs "^SYSSTART" and "^SYSSTART ALARM
MODE" will not be indicated when autobauding is enabled.
Note: To avoid any problems caused by undetermined bit rates in the
direction from DCE to DTE we strongly recommend to configure a fixed bit
rate rather than autobauding.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 68
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
4 SECURITY COMMANDS
The AT commands described in this chapter allow the external application to
determine various security related settings.
4.1 AT+CPIN Enter PIN
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPIN=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CPIN?
Response(s)
+CPIN: <code>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<new pin>]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Command Description
The read command returns an alphanumeric string indicating whether or not a
password is required.
The write command lets the ME store the entered password. This may be for
example the SIM PIN1 to register to the GSM network, or the SIM PUK1 to
replace a disabled PIN with a new one, or the PH-SIM PIN if the client has taken
precautions for preventing damage in the event of loss or theft etc. See above
for the list of passwords.
If no PIN request is pending (for example if PIN authentication has been done
and the same PIN is entered again) ME responds + CME ERROR: operation not
allowed. No action is required from your part.
Parameter Description
<pin>(str)
Password (string type), usually SIM PIN1.
If the requested password was a PUK, such as SIM PUK1 or PH-SIM PUK or
PH-FSIM PUK or another password, then <pin> must be followed by <new
pin>.
<new pin>(text)
If the requested code was a PUK: specify a new password or restore the
former disabled password. See 4.1.1 for more information about when
you may need to enter the PUK.
<code>(text)
SIM PIN authentication
READY
SIM PIN
PIN has already been entered. No further entry
needed.
ME is waiting for SIM PIN1.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 69
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
SIM PUK
ME is waiting for SIM PUK1 if PIN1 was disabled
after three failed attempts to enter PIN1.
SIM PIN2
ME is waiting for PIN2, when the attempt to
access
PIN2
requiring
features
was
acknowledged with +CME ERROR:17 (e.g. if
client attempts to edit the FD phone book).
This is only applicable if the AT+CPIN read
command also prompts for SIM PIN2. Normally,
the AT+CPIN2 command is intended for SIM
PIN2.
SIM PUK2
ME is waiting for PUK2 to unblock a disabled
PIN2. Necessary if preceding command was
acknowledged with error + CME ERROR:18
and only if the AT+CPIN read command also
prompts for SIM PUK2. Normally, the AT+CPIN2
command is intended for SIM PUK2.
Phone security locks set by client or factory
PH-SIM PIN
ME is waiting for phone-to-SIM card password
if "PS" lock is active and user inserts other SIM
card than the one used for the lock. ("PS" lock
is also referred to as phone or antitheft lock).
PH-SIM PUK
ME is waiting for Master Phone Code, if the
above "PS" lock password was incorrectly
entered three times.
PH-FSIM PIN
ME is waiting for phone-to-very-first-SIM card.
Necessary when "PF" lock was set. When
powered up the first time, ME locks itself to the
first SIM card put into the card holder. As a
result, operation of the mobile is restricted to
this one SIM card (unless the PH-FSIM PUK is
used as described below).
PH-FSIM PUK
ME is waiting for phone-to-very-first-SIM card
unblocking password to be given. Necessary
when "PF" lock is active and other than first SIM
card is inserted.
PH-NET PIN
ME is waiting for network personalisation
password
PH-NET PUK
ME is waiting for network personalisation
unblocking password
PH-NS PIN
ME
is
waiting
for
personalisation password
PH-NS PUK
ME is waiting for network subset unblocking
password
PH-SP PIN
ME
is
waiting
for
personalisation password
PH-SP PUK
ME
is
waiting
for
service
provider
personalisation unblocking password
PH-C PIN
ME is waiting for corporate personalisation
password
network
service
subset
provider
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 70
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
PH-C PUK
VERSION 1.01
ME is waiting for corporate personalisation unblocking password
Notes
•
Caution: After entering a password with AT+CPIN all other commands that
need access to data on the SIM card may be blocked for up to 20
seconds!
•
Successful PIN authentication only confirms that the entered PIN was
recognized and correct. The output of the result code OK does not
necessarily imply that the mobile is registered to the desired network.
Typical example: PIN was entered and accepted with OK, but the ME fails
to register to the network. This may due to missing network coverage,
denied network access with currently used SIM card, no valid roaming
agreement between home network and currently available operators etc.
•
ME offers various options to verify the present status of network registration:
For example, the AT+COPS command indicates the currently used network.
With AT+CREG you can also check the current status and activate an
unsolicited result code which appears whenever the status of the network
registration changes (e.g. when the ME is powered up, or when the
network cell changes).
•
Wait 10 seconds after PIN input before using SMS related commands.
4.1.1
-
<pin> and <new pin> can also be entered in quotation marks (e.g.
"1234").
-
To check the number of remaining attempts to enter the passwords
use the AT^SPIC command.
-
See AT+CPWD and AT^SPWD for information on passwords.
-
See AT+CLCK and AT^SLCK for information on lock types.
What to do if PIN or password authentication fails?
PIN1/PUK1:
After three failures to enter PIN 1, the SIM card is blocked (except for
emergency calls). + CME ERROR: 12 will prompt the client to unblock the SIM
card by entering the associated PUK (= PIN Unblocking Key/Personal
Unblocking Key). After ten failed attempts to enter the PUK, the SIM card will
be invalidated and no longer operable. In such a case, the card needs to be
replaced. PIN1 consists of 4 to 8 digits, PUK1 is an 8-digit code only. To unblock
a disabled PIN1 you have two options:
-
You can enter AT+CPIN=PUK1 ,new PIN1.
-
You can use the ATD command followed by the GSM code
**05*PUK*newPIN*newPIN#;.
PIN2/PUK2:
PIN2 prevents unauthorized access to the features listed in AT+CPIN2. The
handling of PIN2 varies with the provider. PIN2 may either be a specific code
supplied along with an associated PUK2, or a default code such as 0000. In
either case, the client is advised to replace it with an individual code. Incorrect
input of PUK2 will permanently block the additional features subject to PIN2
authentification, but usually has no effect on PIN1. PIN2 consists of 4 digits,
PUK2 is an 8-digit code only. To unblock a disabled PIN2 you have two options:
-
You can enter AT+CPIN2=PUK2,new PIN2.
-
You can use the ATD command followed by the GSM code
**052*PUK2*newPIN2*newPIN2#;.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 71
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Phone lock:
If the mobile was locked to a specific SIM card (= "PS" lock or phone lock), the
PUK that came with the SIM card cannot be used to remove the lock. After
three failed attempts to enter the correct password, ME returns +CPIN: PH-SIM
PUK (= response to read command AT+CPIN?), i.e. it is now waiting for the
Master Phone Code. This is an 8-digit device code associated to the IMEI
number of the mobile which can only by obtained from the manufacturer or
provider. When needed, contact Siemens AG and request the Master Phone
Code of the specific module. There are two ways to enter the Master Phone
code:
-
You can enter AT+CPIN=Master Phone Code,new password.
-
You can use the ATD command followed by the GSM code
*#0003*Master Phone Code#;.
Usually, the Master Phone Code will be supplied by mail or e-mail. If the
received number is enclosed in the *# codes typically used for the ATD option,
it is important to crop the preceding *#0003* characters and the appended #.
Example: You may be given the string *#0003*12345678#. When prompted for
the PH-SIM PUK simply enter 12345678.
If incorrectly input, the Master Phone Code is governed by a specific timing
algorithm: (n-1)*256 seconds (see table below). The timing should be
considered by system integrators when designing an individual MMI.
Number of failed attempts
1st failed attempt
2nd failed attempt
3rd failed attempt
4th failed attempt
5th failed attempt
6th failed attempt
Time to wait before next input is allowed
No time to wait
4 seconds
3* 256 seconds
4* 256 seconds
5* 256 seconds
6* 256 seconds and so forth
SIM locks:
These are factory set locks, such as "PF", "PN", "PU", "PP", "PC". An 8-digit
unlocking code is required to operate the mobile with a different SIM card, or
to lift the lock. The code can only be obtained from the provider.
Failure to enter the password is subject to the same timing algorithm as the
Master Phone Code (see table above).
Call barring:
Supported modes are "AO", "Ol", "OX", "AI", "IR", "AB", "AG", "AC". If the call
barring password is entered incorrectly three times, the client will need to
contact the service provider to obtain a new one.
Summary of related chapters:
Related +CME errors are listed in 1.11.1. For further instructions and examples
see AT+CLCK, AT^SLCK, AT+CPWD and AT^SPWD. A complete list of *# codes is
provided in List of *# Codes.
4.2 AT+CPIN2 Enter PIN2
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPIN2=?
Response(s)
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 72
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
Read Command
AT+CPIN2?
Write Command
AT+CPIN2 = <pin>[,<new pin>]
VERSION 1.01
Response(s)
+CPIN2: <code>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
The read command returns an alphanumeric string indicating whether some
password is required or not.
The write command lets the ME store the entered password. This may be for
example the SIM PIN2 to benefit from the features listed below, or the SIM PUK2
to replace a disabled PIN2 with a new one. Note that PIN2 can only be
entered if PIN1 authentication was done.
If the ME is requesting SIM PUK2, use <pin> to enter the PUK2, followed by <new
pin> to specify your new PIN2.
Parameter Description
<pin>(str)
Password (string type), usually SIM PIN2 or, if requested, SIM PUK2.
<new pin>(str)
If the requested code was SIM PUK2: new password (PIN2).
See Chapter 4.1.1 for more information about when you may need to
enter the PUK.
<code>(text)
READY
ME is not pending for any password.
SIM PUK2
ME is waiting for SIM PIN2. This <code> is returned only
when PIN2 authentication has not yet been done or
has failed (+CME ERROR:"!7).
SIMPIN2
ME is waiting for SIM PUK2.
This <code> is returned only when PIN2 authentication
has failed and ME is pending for SIM PUK2 (i.e. +CME
ERROR:18).
Note
•
Functions accessible only after PIN2 authentication:
AT+CACM: Accumulated call meter (ACM) reset or query
AT+CAMM: Accumulated call meter maximum (ACMmax) set or query
AT+CLCK: Facility lock to "FD" (Fixed dialing phone book)
AT^SLCK: Facility lock to "FD" (Fixed dialing phone book)
AT+CPWD: Change "P2"password
AT^SPWD: Change "P2"password
AT+CPUC: Price per unit and currency table
AT+CPIN2: Enter SIM PIN2 or SIM PUK2 if requested.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 73
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
For example, SIM PIN2 will be needed when you attempt to edit the
"FD" phone book and ME returns +CME Error17or+CPIN:SIM PIN2.
Once the required <pin> has been entered correctly, PIN2
authentication code changes to READY. After 300 s, a repetition of the
authentication process is required (PIN2 authentication code changes
from READY to SIM PIN2).
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
To change PIN2:
AT+CPWD="P2","0000", "8888" (where "0000" = old PIN2 and "8888" = new
PIN2)
OK
EXAMPLE 2
To unblock a disabled PIN2:
AT+CPIN2?
+CPIN2: SIM PUK2
PIN2 has been disabled, PUK2 must be
entered to define a new PIN2,
OK
AT+CPIN2=123456 78,8 888
where "12345678" is the PUK2, and
"8888" the new PIN2.
EXAMPLE 3
To write to "FD" phone book:
AT+CPBS="FD"
OK
AT+CPBW=2,"+4 93012345678",145,"Charly"
+CME ERROR 17
access denied due to missing PIN2
authentication
AT+CPIN2=8888
OK
AT+CPBW=2,"+4 93012345678",145,"Charly"
OK
4.3 AT^SPIC Display PIN counter
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPIC=?
Read Command
AT^SPIC?
Response(s)
OK
Response(s)
^SPIC: <code>
OK
Exec Command
AT^SPIC
Response(s)
^SPIC: <counter>
OK
Response(s)
^SPIC: <counter>
OK
Write Command
AT^SPIC=<facility>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 74
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
○
SIEMENS
●
Command Description
The read command returns an identification of the currently required
password, e.g. the PIN, PUK, PH-SIM PUK etc. The <counter> returned by the
execute command refers to this password. In case there is no currently
required password (the responses to "AT+CPIN?" and "AT+CPIN2?" both read
"READY"), the read command nevertheless identifies the password to which the
execute command response refers.
The execute command returns the number of attempts still available for
entering the currently required password, e.g. the PIN, PUK, PH-SIM PUK etc. To
check whether or not you need to enter a password use commands AT+CPIN? ,
Read command AT^SPIC? and AT+CPIN2?.
If the responses to "AT+CPIN?" and "AT+CPIN2?" both read "READY", there is no
currently required password, and the referrerof the execute command
"AT^SPIC" is explicitly undefined.
In these cases, the read command "AT^SPIC?" may be used to determine,
which password the response of the execute command actually refers to. Also,
the write command may be used in order to retrieve the counter for a specific
password.
The write command returns the number of attempts still available for entering
the password identified by <facility>, e.g. the PIN, PIN 2, PH-SIM PIN etc.
Parameter Description
<counter>(num)
Number of attempts for the currently required password. This number will
be counted down after each failure.
<facility>(str)
Password for which the corresponding PIN counter is to be displayed
"SC"
SIM PIN or SIM PUK. If the SIM PIN has been
deactivated after three failed attempts, the counter
for SIM PUK will be returned instead.
"PS"
"phone code" or "device code" (cf. AT+CLCK and
AT+CPWD). If incorrectly entered three times, the
Master Phone Code is required to lift the lock and the
number of remaining attempts for the master
phonecode will be returned.
"P2"
SIM PIN 2 or SIM PUK 2. If the SIM PIN 2 has been
deactivated after three failed attempts, the counter
for SIM PUK 2 will be returned instead.
"PN"
Network Personalisation
<code>(text)
Identification of the currently required password.
SIM PIN
ME is waiting for SIM PIN1.
SIM PUK
ME is waiting for SIM PUK1 if PIN1 was disabled
after three failed attempts to enter PIN1.
SIM PIN2
ME is waiting for PIN2, when the attempt to
access
PIN2
requiring
features
was
acknowledged with +CME ERROR:17 (e.g. if client
attempts to edit the FD phone book).
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 75
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
SIM PUK2
ME is waiting for PUK2 to unblock a disabled PIN2.
Necessary
if
preceding
command
was
acknowledged with error+CME ERROR: 18.
PH-SIM PIN
ME is waiting for phone-to-SIM card password if
"PS" lock is active and user inserts other SIM card
than the one used for the lock. ("PS" lock is also
referred to as phone or antitheft lock).
PH-SIM PUK
ME is waiting for Master Phone Code, if the above
"PS" lock password was incorrectly entered three
times.
PH-NET PIN
ME is waiting for network personalisation password
PH-NET PUK
ME is waiting for
unblocking password
network
personalisation
Notes
•
Whenever the required password changes,<counter> changes to reflect
that change. Please refer to the examples below.
•
Use the read commands "AT+CPIN?" and "AT+CPIN2?" to check which
password is currently required. If the responses to "AT+CPIN?" and
"AT+CPIN2?" both read "READY", there is no currently required password,
and the referrerof the execute command "AT^SPIC" is explicitly undefined.
•
In these cases, the read command "AT^SPIC?" may be used to determine,
which password the response of the execute command actually refers to.
Also, the write command may be used in order to retrieve the counter for a
specific password.
•
For passwords associated to the phone lock ("PS" lock set by client or
factory) or other factory set locks, such as "PF", "PN", "PU", "PP", "PC" the
number of attempts is subject to a timing algorithm explained in AT+CPIN. If
these passwords are incorrectly entered the counter first returns 3, 2 and 1
remaining attempt(s), but then gives the total number of attempts which
amounts to 63 (see example below).
•
See also chapters AT+CLCK, AT+CPIN, AT+CPIN2, AT+CPWD, AT^SLCK for
further information on locks and passwords.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
The client fails to provide a correct SIM PIN three times. The counter
decreases each time. After the counter reaches zero, the SIM PUK is
required. After failure to enter a correct SIM PUK, the counter
decreases.
at+cpin?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
PIN1)
(currently required password is
OK
at^spic
^SPIC:
3
(3 attempts left)
OK
at+cpin=9999
+CME ERROR:
incorrect password
at^spic
^SPiC:
2
(2 attempts left)
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 76
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
at+cpin=9999
+CME ERROR:
incorrect password
OK
At^spic
OK
at+cpin=9999
+CME ERROR:
incorrect password
at+cpin?
+CPIN: SIM PUK
(now required password is PUK 1)
OK
at^spic
^SPIC:
10
(10 attempts left for PUK 1)
OK
at+cpin=0123456 7,12 34
+CME ERROR:
incorrect password
at^spic "SPIC: 9
(9 attempts left for PUK1)
OK
EXAMPLE 2
Though a mobile is locked to a specific SIM card (phone lock), the
client attempts to operate it with another SIM card. The client correctly
enters the SIM PIN of the SIM card currently inserted, but then fails to
give the "PS" lock password (PH-SIM PUK):
at+cpin=9999
OK
at+cpin?
+CPIN: PH-SIM PIN
ME is waiting for the phone lock
password
OK
at spic
^SPIC:
3 OK
at+cpin=4711
+CME ERROR: PH-SIM PIN required
at+cpin=4712
+CME ERROR:
incorrect password
at^spic
^SPIC:
1
OK
at^spic?
^SPIC:
PH-SIM PIN
The counter displayed refers to the
phone lock password
OK
at+cpin=4713
+CME ERROR:
incorrect password
at^spic
^SPIC: 63
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 77
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
at^spic?
^SPIC:
PH-SIM PUK
The counter displayed refers to the
master phone code
OK
at+cpin=4714
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
at^spic
^SPIC:
63
OK
4.4 AT+CLCK Facility lock
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CLCK=?
Response(s)
+CLCK: list of supported <facility>s
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
AT+CLCK=<facility>,<mode>[,<password>][,<class> if <mode> is not equal 2 and command successful:
]
OK
if <mode>= 2 and command successful:
+CLCK: <status>,<class>
[+CLCK: <status>,<class>]
[+CLCK: ...]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07, GSM 02.04, GSM 02.88,
GSM 03.88, GSM 04.88
●
●
Command Description
The Test command returns the supported parameters.
Use this command to lock, unlock or interrogate a network or ME <facility>. The
command can be aborted when network facilities are being set or
interrogated.
Parameter Description
<facility>(str)
Phone security locks set by client or factory
Primarily intended for the client to take safety precautions, "SC", "PS" and
"FD" can be configured individually.
"PS" may also be factory set.
Parameter <class> is not applicable to security locks.
See examples below for further details.
"SC"
SIM (lock SIM cards). SIM requests password upon ME
power-up and when this lock command is issued.
<password>: SIM PIN1.
"PS"
Phone locked to SIM card. ME requests password
when other than current SIM card is inserted.
"PS" lock is frequently referred to as "phone lock", or
"device lock". Accordingly, the password may be
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 78
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
called "phone code" or "device code". The "PS"
password is not associated with the PUK of the SIM
card. If incorrectly entered three times, the Master
Phone Code is required to lift the lock. This is an 8-digit
device code associated to the IMEI number of the
mobile which can only by obtained from the
manufacturer of the module. Once the Master Phone
Code has been acctepted, the mobile is operational,
and the "PS" lock is no longer active. If needed it must
be set once again.
<password>: User defined password. It is needed
before the first use of <facility> "PS" and, therefore,
must first be specified with AT+CPWD or AT^SPWD, if it
has not been predefined by factory settings. If set by
factory (e.g. for a prepaid mobile), the password is
supplied by the provider or operator.
"FD"
SIM fixed dialling memory: If the mobile is locked to
"FD", only the phone numbers stored to the "FD"
memory can be dialled. (Capacity of FD phone book
depending on the SIM card.) <password>: SIM PIN 2. If
a lock on the SIM fixed dialing memory is active, the
following applies:
Outgoing voice, data or fax calls can be made only to
numbers stored in "FD" phone book.
Result code depends on the type of the call:
for voice calls, indication is "+CME Error 257: Call barred".
For data and fax calls, indication is "NO CARRIER".
Access to defined Supplementary Services such as call
barring, call waiting, call forwarding, call hold and Multiparty
is possible only if the exact corresponding public MMI *#
code for the desired service is stored in the fixed dialing
number phone book, and used with ATD.
AT commands for supplementary service control are barred
while "FD" lock is active.
Indication is "+CME Error 257: Call barred".
Access to Unstructured Supplementary Services ("USSD") is
possible only if the exact desired USSD string is stored in the
fixed dialling number phone book, and used with ATD.
AT commands for USSD are barred while "FD" lock is active.
Indication is "+CME Error 257: Call barred".
SMS can be sent only to phone numbers which are stored in
the "fixed dialling numbers" phone book "FD".
Indication is "+CMS Error 302: operation not allowed".
GPRS commands can be used only if the "fixed dialling
numbers" phone book "FD" contains an entry with phone
number "*99#". This single entry enables all GPRS commands,
including AT commands and modem compatibility
commands like "ATD*99***1#" or "ATD*98***1#". Indication is
"+CME Error 257: Call barred".
Factory defined SIM locks:
Typical examples of factory set SIM locks are prepaid phones or
network locks, used to restrict the operation of a mobile to a specific
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 79
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
provider or operator. The client should be aware that each of these
lock types can only be unlocked if the associated password is
available. For example, a mobile can be locked to accept only SIM
cards from the respective provider, or even one single SIM card.
Once a different SIM card is inserted the ME will prompt the client to
enter a specific code. This is not the PUK of the SIM card, but usually
an 8-digit code which needs to be requested from the provider.
The locks can only be set by the manufacturer and need to be
agreed upon between the parties concerned, e.g. provider,
operator, distributor etc. on the one side and the manufacturer on
the other side. For details contact your local dealer or Siemens AG.
Parameter <class> is not applicable to SIM locks.
<password> and instructions for unlocking must be obtained from the
network provider.
"PF"
lock Phone to the very First SIM card
"PN"
Network Personalisation
"PU"
Network subset Personalisation
"PP"
Service Provider Personalisation
"PC"
Corporate Personalisation
Supplementary Service Call Barring:
Supplementary Service "Call Barring" allows to specify conditions
under which calls will be disallowed by the network.
The availability of the Supplementary Services varies with the
network. To benefit from call barring the client will need to subscribe
them, though a limited number of call barring types may be included
in the basic tariff package.
When you attempt to set a <facility> or <class> which is not
provisioned, not yet subscribed to, or not supported by the module,
the setting will not take effect regardless of the response returned.
The responses in these cases vary with the network (for example "OK",
"+CME ERROR: Operation not allowed", "+CME ERROR: Operation not
supported" etc.). To make sure check the extended error response
with AT+CEER and the lock status with <mode>=2.
<password>: Network password supplied from the provider or
operator. Usually there is one password which applies to all call
barring options. For details contact your provider.
"AO"
BAOC (Bar All Outgoing Calls)
"OI"
BOIC (Bar Outgoing International Calls)
"OX"
BOIC-exHC (Bar Outgoing International Calls
except to Home Country)
"AI"
BAIC (Bar All Incoming Calls)
"IR"
BIC-Roam (Bar Incoming Calls when Roaming
outside the home country)
"AB"
All Barring services
<mode>=0)
"AG"
All outGoing barring services (applicable only
for <mode>=0)
"AC"
All inComing barring services (applicable only
for <mode>=0)
(applicable
only
for
<mode>(num)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 80
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
0
VERSION 1.01
unlock
1
lock
2
query status
<status>(num)
0
lock is inactive
1
lock is active
<password>(str)
Password string used to lock and to unlock a <facility>. Length and
authority for passwords depend on the <facility> in question and are
therefore listed in the section on parameter <facility>. Passwords can be
modified with AT+CPWD or AT^SPWD.
<class>(num)
Integer or sum of integers each representing a class of information, i.e. a
bearer service, telecommunication service or bearer service group as
defined in "GSM 02.04".
1
voice
2
class 2 ("data") comprises all those individual data
classes between 16 and 128, that are supported both
by the network and the MS. This means, a setting
made for class 2 applies to all individual data classes
(if supported). In addition, you can assign a different
setting to a specific class. For example, you can
activate Call Forwarding for all data classes, but
deactivate it for data class 64, "dedicated packet
access".
4
fax
8
SMS
16
data circuit sync
32
data circuit async
64
dedicated packet access
128
dedicated PAD access
1...[7]...255
combination of some of the above classes.
For example, the default setting 7 represents the sum
of the integers 1, 2 and 4 (voice, data and fax).
The value 255 covers all classes.
If parameter "class" is omitted, the default value 7 is
used.
Notes
•
The AT+CLCK command offers the full range of <class> parameters
according to the GSM specifications. However, when you attempt to use a
service option which is not provisioned or not yet subscribed to, the setting
will not take effect regardless of the response returned.
•
The responses in these cases vary with the network (for example "OK",
"Operation not allowed", "Operation not supported" etc.). To make sure
check the extended error response with AT+CEER and the lock status with
<mode>=2.
•
The command has been implemented with the full set of <class>
parameters according to GSM 07.07. For actual applicability of a desired
Call barring service to a specific service or service group (a specific <class>
value) please consumable A.1 of GSM 02.04.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 81
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
•
If an outgoing Fax or Data Call is rejected due to an active "call barring"
supplementary service, the call will be terminated with result code NO
CARRIER.
•
Under the same conditions, an outgoing Voice call will be terminated with
result code NO DIALTONE.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
Lock SIM card (<facility>= "SC")
AT+CLCK="SC", 1, "9999"
The"SC" parameter enables or disables the
SIM PIN authentication (PIN 1) when you
power up the GSM engine SIM card
locked. As a result, SIM PIN 1 must be
entered to enable ME to register to the
GSM network.
OK
AT+CLCK="SC",0, "9999"
Unlocks SIM card.
When powered up, ME registers to the
GSM network without requesting SIM PIN1.
Note: Depending on the services offered
by the provider, this feature is not
supported by all SIM card types. If so, the
command returns ERROR when you
attempt to unlock the card.
OK
To query the status of the SIM card lock:
AT+CLCK="SC",2
Query the status of SIM card lock.
SIM card is locked. SIM PIN1 must be
entered to enable ME to register to the
GSM network.
+CLCK: 1
OK
EXAMPLE 2
Phone lock (<facility>="PS")
AT+CPIN?
Make sure that PIN1 authentication is
valid.
OK
To lock the ME to the currently insertd SIM card, first specify a password for
<facility> "PS":
AT+CPWD="PS",,"1234"
If "PS" lock has not been set before: enter
new password.
OK
Optionally, if "PS" password was defined before, change existing
password:
AT+CPWD="PS","1234","3333" To replace existing "PS" password: Enter
old and new password.
OK
Then, activate the Phone Lock:
AT+CLCK="PS",1, "333 3"
Locks the mobile to the current SIM card.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 82
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
OK
To operate the mobile with the SIM card for which "PS" lock was
activated:
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
OK
AT+CPIN="9999"
No additional password is required for
operation (SIM recognized by mobile).
OK
To operate the mobile with other SIM card than the one used for the "PS"
lock: Enter SIM PIN of present card, followed by "PS" lock password.
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
OK
AT+CPIN="1111"
PIN authentication accepted.
OK
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: PH-SIM PIN
"PS" lock password is required.
OK
AT+CPIN="3333"
"PS" Lock password has been accepted.
ME is fully operational now.
OK
To deactivate the Phone Lock:
AT+CLCK="PS",0,
"333 3"
OK
Phone Lock password has to be provided
again.
Now the mobile can be used with any SIM
card, without the need of the phone lock
password.
4.5 AT^SLCK Facility lock
AT command AT^SLCK provides the "Facility lock" function as described for AT
command AT+CLCK defined in GSM 07.07.
It is identical in every respect to AT+CLCK, except that the command syntax and
response prefix is "^SLCK" instead of "+CLCK".
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SLCK=?
Response(s)
^SLCK: list of supported <facility>s
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
AT^SLCK=<facility>,<mode>[,<password>][,<class>] if <mode> is not equal 2 and command successful:
OK
if <mode>= 2 and command successful:
^SLCK: <status>,<class>
[^SLCK: <status>,<class>]
[^SLCK: ...]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
+CME ERROR
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 83
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS, GSM 07.07, GSM 02.04, GSM
02.88, GSM 03.88, GSM 04.88
●
●
Command Description
The test command returns the supported parameters.
Use this command to lock, unlock or interrogate a network or ME <facility>. The
command can be aborted when network facilities are being set or
interrogated.
Note
•
For further details please refer to AT+CLCK.
4.6 AT+CPWD Change Password
Use this command when you want to change the passwords defined for the "facility
lock" functions available from AT+CLCK. A password consists of a string of numeric
digits with a length in the range specified by <password length>.
Specifically the command can be used to change PIN1 orPIN2, change the
password supplied from your provider for the "call barring" supplementary service, set
individual phone security passwords, enter the unblocking key (Master Phone Code)
to restore a disabled "PS" password.
See AT commands AT+CLCK and AT^SLCK for more information on the various lock
features.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPWD=?
Write Command
AT+CPWD=<facility>,<old password>[,<new
password>]
Response(s)
+ CPWD: (list of supported (<facility>,<password length>)
OK
Response(s)
New password has been registered for the facility lock function.
OK
If parameter <old password> was not correct:
+CME ERROR 16 (+CME ERROR: incorrect password)
If the password for the selected <facility> has been invalidated due to
too many failed attempts:
+CME ERROR ...
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
The test command returns a list of pairs which represent the available facilities
and the maximum length of the associated password.
The write command allows to define a new password for a password
protected <facility> lock function. Each password is a string of digits, the length
of which varies with the associated <facility>.
Parameter Description
<facility>(str)
Phone security locks set by client or factory:
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 84
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Primarily intended for the client to take safety precautions, passwords
"SC" (SIM PIN) and "P2" (SIM PIN2) are usually predefined, but can be
configured individually. The password for lock facility "PS" may also be
factory set.
"SC"
SIM PIN. SIM requests password upon ME power-up
and when this lock command is issued.
If incorrectly entered three times, the SIM PUK is
required to perform authentication. Input of the SIM
PUK password is possible only with AT command
AT+CPIN or ATD. For further details please refer to
chapter 4.1.1. <password length>: 4 to 8 digits.
"PS"
Phone locked to SIM card. ME requests password
when other than current SIM card is inserted.
"PS" lock is frequently referred to as "phone lock", or
"device lock". Accordingly, the password may be
called "phone code" or "device code". The "PS"
password is not associated with the PUK of the SIM
card. It must be defined before the first use of
<facility> "PS" with AT+CLCK. <password length>: 4
digits.
If incorrectly entered three times, the Master Phone
Code is required to lift the lock. This unblocking
procedure is performed with AT+CPWD using the
following parameters: <facility>="PS",<old password>=
Master Phone Code (to be obtained from the module
manufacturer), and <new password>= the new
phone code ("PS" password for lock facility), if desired.
Mind that successful PIN authentication is a
prerequisite for use of AT command AT+CPWD. If Pin
authentication has not been completed, input of the
Master Phone code password is possible only with AT
command AT+CPIN or ATD. For further detail please
refer to chapter 4.1.1.
Once the Master Phone Code has been acctepted,
the mobile is operational, and the "PS" lock is no
longer active. If needed it must be set once again
with AT+CLCK.
"P2"
SIM PIN 2, e.g. required for authentication with q
facility lock "FD" (cf. AT+CLCK).
If incorrectly entered three times, the SIM PUK 2 is
required to perform authentication. Input of the SIM
PUK 2 password is possible only with AT command
AT+CPIN2 or ATD. For further detail please refer to
chapter 4.1.1. <password length>: 4 to 8 digits.
Factory defined SIM locks:
Typical examples of factory set SIM locks are prepaid phones or
network locks, used to restrict the operation of a mobile to a specific
provider or operator. The client should be aware that each of these
lock types can only be unlocked if the associated password is
available. For example, a mobile can be locked to accept only SIM
cards from the respective provider, or even one single SIM card. Once
a different SIM card is inserted the ME will prompt the client to enter a
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 85
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
specific code. This is not the PUK of the SIM card, but usually an 8-digit
code which needs to be requested from the provider.
The locks can only be set by the manufacturer and need to be agreed
upon between the parties concerned, e.g. provider, operator,
distributor etc. on the one side and the manufacturer on the other side.
For details contact your local dealer or Siemens AG.
"PF"
lock Phone to the very First SIM card
"PN"
Network Personalisation
"PU"
Network subset Personalisation
"PP"
Service Provider Personalisation
"PC"
Corporate Personalisation
Supplementary Service Call Barring:
Supplementary Service "Call Barring" allows to specify conditions under
which calls will be disallowed by the network.
The availability of the Supplementary Services varies with the network.
To benefit from call barring the client will need to subscribe them,
though a limited number of call barring types may be included in the
basic tariff package.
<password length>: The Network Password needs to be supplied from
the network provider or network operator. Usually there is one 4 digit
password which applies to all call barring options. For details contact
your provider.
"AO"
BAOC (Bar All Outgoing Calls)
"OI"
BOIC (Bar Outgoing International Calls)
"OX"
BOIC-exHC (Bar Outgoing International Calls
except to Home Country)
"AI"
BAIC (Bar All Incoming Calls)
"IR"
BIC-Roam (Bar Incoming Calls when Roaming
outside the home country)
"AB"
All Barring services
"AG"
All outGoing barring services
"AC"
All inComing barring services
<password
length>(num)
4...8
length of password. The range of permitted
length for a password depends on the
associated <facility>. It is available from the test
command response, or in the description of
parameter <facility>.
<old password>(str)
Password specified for the facility.
Parameter <old password> can be ignored if no old password was
allocated to the facility. Take into account that a password may have
already been set by factory, or that the service is subject to a password
issued by the provider. See notes above or contact provider.
<new password>(str)
New password. Mandatory, if <old password> was an unblocking key
(such as the Master Phone Code).
Note
•
To delete a password use the following syntax:
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 86
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
at+cpwd=<facility>,<old password>
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
To change PIN2
AT+CPWD="P2","0000", "8888"
(where "0000" = old PIN2 and "8888"
= new PIN2) PIN2 password has
been changed to "8888"
OK
EXAMPLE 2
To set password used to enable or disable barring of all outgoing calls:
AT+CPWD="AO","0000","3333"
Requests the network to change the
password for supplementary service
"call barring". Usually this request will
affect all barring services, even
though the request is issued for
Supplementary
Service
BAOC
("Barring of all outgoing calls") only.
Refer to the respective network
provider for detail.
OK
EXAMPLE 3
Handling of the "PS" lock password
AT+CMEE=2
Enable text output of CME Error
information
AT+CPWD="PS","1111","2222"
(where "1111" = old password and
"2222" = new password)
OK
Password for facility "PS" is now "2222"
AT+CPWD="PS","1111","2222"
Repeat command to provoke error
"incorrect password"
+CME ERROR: incorrect password ("1111" is no longer the correct
password)
EXAMPLE 4
To specify a new "PS" lock password, after the old password was disabled
(e.g. after three failed attempts to change the "PS" password): use the
master phone code.
CAUTION: THIS TEST SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY IF THE CORRECT MASTER
PHONE CODE FOR THE INDIVIDUAL ME USED IS DEFINITELY AVAILABLE!
Otherwise the module used will be rendered useless until the correct
master phone code is entered!:
AT+CPWD="PS","12345678","1111"
where 12345678 is the Master Phone
Code and 1111 is the new password.
You may also use <new password> to
restore the former disabled password.
OK
Alternatively, without giving a new password:
AT+CPWD="PS","12345678"
(where 12345678 is the Master Phone
Code). Deactivates the present
phone lock.
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 87
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
4.7 AT^SPWD Change Password
Use this command when you want to change the passwords defined for the "facility
lock" functions available from AT+CLCK. Specifically the command can be used to
change PIN1 orPIN2, change the password supplied from your provider for the "call
barring" supplementary service, set individual phone security passwords, enter the
unblocking key (Master Phone Code) to restore a disabled "PS" password.
See AT commands AT+CLCK and AT^SLCK for more information on the various lock
features.
AT command AT^SPWD is identical in every respect to AT+CPWD, except that the
command syntax and response prefix is "^SPWD" instead of "+CPWD".
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPWD=?
Write Command
AT^SPWD=<facility>,<old password>[,<new
password>]
PIN
SERIAL
○
●
Response(s)
^SPWD: (list of supported (<facility>,<password length>)
OK
Response(s)
New password has been registered forthe facility lock function.
OK
If parameter <old password> was not correct:
+CME ERROR 16 (+CME ERROR: incorrect password)
If the password forthe selected <facility> has been invalidated due to
too many failed attempts:
+CME ERROR ...
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR
Command Description
The test command returns a list of pairs which represent the available facilities
and the maximum length of the associated password.
The write command allows to define a new password for a password
protected <facility> lock function. Each password is a string of digits, the length
of which varies with the associated <facility>.
Note
•
For further description please refer to AT+CPWD.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 88
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
5 IDENTIFICATION COMMANDS
The AT commands described in this chapter allow the external application to obtain
various identification information related to the TANGO55/56 and linked entities.
5.1 ATI Display product identification information
Syntax
Exec Command
ATI
Response(s)
SIEMENS TANGO55/56 REVISION xx.yy
OK
Response(s)
[SIEMENS Gipsy Soft Protocolstack V2.550]
OK
Exec Command
ATI [<value>]
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
●
●
Command Description
ME issues product information text.
Explanation of' Revision' parameter: Version xx and variant yy of software
release.
ME issues additional identification information, after using with optional
parameter. ATI9 delivers the information above. Other values are not
supported and only return OK.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
SIEMENS Gipsy Soft Protocol stack V2.550
5.2 AT+CGMI Request manufacturer identification
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGMI=?
Exec Command
AT+CGMI
Response(s)
OK
Response(s)
SIEMENS
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Command Description
TA returns manufacturer identification text.
Note
•
See also: AT+GMI.
5.3 AT+GMI Request manufacturer identification
Syntax
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 89
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Test Command
AT+GMI=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+GMI
Response(s)
SIEMENS
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
TA reports information to identify the manufacturer.
Note
•
See also: AT+CGMI
5.4 AT+CGMM Request model identification
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGMM=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CGMM
Response(s)
TANGO55/56
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Command Description
TA returns product model identification text.
Note
•
See also: AT+GMM.
5.5 AT+GMM Request TA model identification
Syntax
Test Command
AT+GMM=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+GMM
Response(s)
TANGO55/56
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
TA reports one or more lines of information text which permit the user to identify
the specific model of device.
Note
•
See also: AT+CGMM
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 90
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
5.6 AT+CGMR Request revision identification of software
status
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGMR=?
Exec Command
AT+CGMR
Response(s)
OK
Response(s)
REVISION <xx.yy>
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Command Description
TA returns product firmware version identification text.
Parameter Description
Version xx and variant yy of software release.
Note
•
See also: AT+GMR.
5.7 AT+GMR Request TA revision identification of software
status
Syntax
Test Command
AT+GMR=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+GMR
Response(s)
REVISION <xx.yy>
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
TA returns product software version identification text.
Parameter Description
<xx.yy>(text)
Version xx and variant yy of software release.
Note
•
See also: AT+CGMR
5.8 AT+CGSN Request product serial number
identification (IMEI) identical to GSN
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGSN=?
Response(s)
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 91
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Exec Command
AT+CGSN
Response(s)
<sn>
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Command Description
TA returns identification text for determination of the individual ME.
Parameter Description
<sn>(str)
IMEI of the telephone (International Mobile station Equipment Identity)
Note
•
See also: AT+GSN.
5.9 AT+GSN Request TA serial number identification (IMEI)
Syntax
Test Command
AT+GSN=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+GSN
Response(s)
<sn>
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
TA reports one or more lines of information text which permit the user to identify
the individual device.
Parameter Description
<sn>(str)
IMEI of the telephone (International Mobile station Equipment Identity)
Note
•
The serial number (IMEI) varies for every individual ME device.
5.10 AT+CIMI Request international mobile subscriber
identity
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CIMI=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CIMI
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 92
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
●
GSM 07.07
●
Command Description
TA returns IMSI for identifying the individual SIM which is attached to ME.
Parameter Description
<imsi>(str)
International Mobile Subscriber Identity (string without quotes).
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 93
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
6 CALL RELATED COMMANDS
The AT commands described in this chapter are related to Mobile Originated (MOC,
i.e. outgoing) Calls and Mobile Terminated (MTC, i.e. incoming) Calls.
6.1 Call Status Information
For circuit switched calls, including voice, fax and data calls, call status information is
available with URC ""+CIEV": call" (configurable via AT commands AT+CIND and
AT+CMER) or - in more detail - from the list of current calls. This list can be displayed
on request via AT commands AT+CLCC and AT^SLCC. It can also be issued by the
ME in the form of an unsolicited result code "^SLCC" if configured with AT^SLCC and
AT+CMER. URC ""+CIEV": call" and URC "^SLCC" can be configured using AT
command AT^SCFG. An overview of the possible configurations and their
consequences for the availability of call status information will be given here.
Generally speaking, the call status values recognized by the ME are as follows:
•
active
•
held
•
dialing (MOC)
•
alerting (MOC)
•
incoming (MTC)
•
waiting (MTC)
•
terminating: The call is not active anymore, but inband information is still
available.
•
dropped: The call has been suspended by the network, but may be
resumed later.
The values "terminating" and "dropped" are not standardized for AT command
AT+CLCC, and therefore only available for command AT^SLCC. A call in any of
these two states will not appear in the list of current calls as displayed with AT+CLCC.
A call that is not recognized by the ME is considered to be in "unknown" state. Some
networks may schedule a traffic channel for a call that is not yet in the "active" state.
This is reflected in parameter <traffic channel assigned> of AT command AT^SLCC
and the corresponding URC.
Depending on the value of AT^SCFG setting <succ>, Indicator "+CIEV" will be issued (if
configured with AT+CIND and AT+CMER) when a state transition ends in state
"active" or in state "unknown" (if AT^SCFG setting <suco="restricted">).
When any state transition (including transitions beginning or ending in state
"unknown") occurs in the list of active calls, or when a traffic channel is established (if
AT^SCFG setting <suco="verbose">).
The indicator value for indicator ""+ciEV":call" will be "1" if at least one call is in states
"held" or "active", and "0" otherwise.
Depending on the value of AT^SCFG setting <sucs>, indicator "^SLCC" will be issued (if
configured with write command AT^SLCC and AT+CMER) when a state transition
ends in state "active" or in state "unknown" (if AT^SCFG setting <sucs>="restricted")
when any state transition (including transitions beginning or ending in state
"unknown") occurs in the list of active calls, or when a voice channel is established (if
AT^SCFG setting <sucs>="verbose").
Due to compatibility considerations, the power up default for AT^SCFG setting
<succ> is "restricted", offering compatibility to the standard behaviour of indicator
""+CIEV": call", while the default for setting <sucs> is "verbose".
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 94
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
In order to see the URCs, event reporting for both indicators must be explicitely
configured with the appropriate AT commands.
6.2 ATA Answer a call
Syntax
Exec Command
ATA
Response(s)
In case of data call, if successfully connected:
CONNECT <text> TA switches to data mode. In case of voice call, if
successfully connected:
OK
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If no connection:
NO CARRIER
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
●
●
Command Description
TA causes remote station to go off-hook (e.g. answer call).
Parameter Description
<text>(str)
Connection status
<text>
output only if ATX parameter setting with value greater 0.
Notes
•
Any additional commands on the same command line are ignored.
•
The command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during
execution. It can't be aborted in some connection setup states, such as
handshaking.
•
If AT+FCLASS setting is 1 or 2, all incoming calls will be answered as fax calls.
For calls explicitly signalled as voice or data calls, this procedure will fail
with result code "NO CARRIER", but the call in question will continue to ring.
•
It is possible to change the setting for AT+FCLASS to 0 while the call is
ringing, and accept the call normally afterwards with ATA.
•
The ATA command may be used also to accept a network request for a
PDP context activation (see ATA).
•
See also ATX for <text>.
6.3 ATD Mobile originated call to dial a number
Syntax
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 95
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Exec Command
ATD<n>[<mgsm>][;]
Response(s)
If no dialtone (parameter setting ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE
If busy (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If a connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER OK
If successfully connected and non-voice call (TA switches to online
data mode):
CONNECT <text>
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected and voice call:
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
◑
●
Command Description
This command can be used to set up outgoing voice, data or fax calls. It also
serves to control Supplementary Services. The termination character ";" is
mandatory to set up voice calls or to send *# codes for Supplementary
Services. It must not be used for data and fax calls.
Additional notes on the responses returned after dialing with ATD:
For voice calls, you have the choice of two different response modes
that can be selected with AT^SM2 0: AT^SM2 0=1 (factory default)
causes the ME to respond once the call setup is completed either
successfully ("OK") or unsuccessfully ("NO CARRIER", "NO DIAL TONE",
"BUSY").
-
AT^SM2 0=0 causes the ME to return "OK" immediately after dialing was
completed (i.e. before call setup terminates successfully or
unsuccessfully).
For data connections, call setup always terminates when the call has
been established (indicated by the result code "CONNECT <text>), or
when it fails (indicated by "NO CARRIER"). The settings of AT^SM20 do
not apply.
-
Different call release indications:
Upon termination, an outgoing fax or data call may show a different
result code than a voice call would show under identical conditions. In
order to track down the actual reason for call termination, AT+CEER or
ATS18 should be used for all applicable connections.
-
Using ATD during an active call:
-
When a user originates a second voice call while there is already an
active voice call, the first call will automatically put on hold. The second
call attempt is acknowledged with "OK" immediately after dialing with
ATD has completed, without relation to a successful call setup. In case
of failure, the additional result codes "NO CARRIER", "NO DIAL TONE",
"NO CARRIER" will be presented afterwards (see example below).
Parameter Description
<n>(text)
String of dialing digits and optional V.25ter modifiers: 0-9, *, #, +, A, B, C.
The following V.25ter modifiers are ignored: ,(comma), T, P, !, W ,@
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 96
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Emergency call: <n> = 112 , 911 or 08, standardized GSM emergency
number (no SIM needed).
<mgsm>(str)
String of GSM modifiers:
I
Activates CLIR (disables presentation of own phone number
to called party)
i
Deactivates CLIR (enables presentation of own phone
number to called party)
G
Activate Closed User Group explicit invocation for this call
only.
g
Deactivate Closed User Group explicit invocation for this call
only.
Notes
•
The command may be aborted generally when receiving an ATH
command during execution. It cannot be aborted in some connection
setup states, such as handshaking.
•
Parameter "I" and "i" only if no *#-code is within the dial string.
•
<mgsm> is not supported for data calls.
•
<n> is default for last number that can be dialled by ATDL.
•
See also ATX for <text>.
•
If ATD is used with a USSD command (e.g. ATD*100#;) an AT+CUSD=1 is
executed implicitly (see AT+CUSD).
•
Parameter 'G' or 'g' will be ignored if Closed User Group was already
activated, respectively deactivated with AT+CCUG command before. Call
by call invocation of CUG uses the settings provisioned by the provider or, if
available, the settings of the parameters <index> and <info> made with
AT+CCUG.
•
The ME is equipped with a "Blacklist" function according to GSM02.07
Annex A:
After a predefined number of failed call attempts, the dialed number is
entered into a read-only phone book called "blacklist" (phone book "BL").
Call attempts to numbers contained in the blacklist will be barred by ME
and not signalled to the network.
An attempt to start a voice call to a barred phone number will be stopped
with a CME ERROR 257 "Call Barred".
An attempt to start a data or fax call to a barred phone number will be
answered immediately with result code "NO CARRIER".
The barred numbers are automatically removed from the blacklist
according to the timing conditions specified in GSM02.07 Annex A.
Example
The following example shows the call setup procedure when a call is
already active and a second call attempt fails because the line of the
called party is busy:
atd03012345678
Dialing out the first party's number.
OK
The first call is established.
ATD03022222222
The number of the second party is
dialed.
OK
The response "OK" is issued immediately
though no call is established (same
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 97
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
behavior as is you had chosen
0=0.)
AT^SM2
Line of the second called party is busy.
BUSY
6.4 ATD><mem><n> Originate call to phone number in
memory
Syntax
Exec Command
ATD><mem><n>[<mgsm>];
Response(s)
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
If no dialtone (parameter ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE
If busy (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected:
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
●
●
Command Description
TA attempts to set up an outgoing call to the specified number. The
termination character ";" is mandatory since dialing from a phone book is only
supported for voice calls and for sending *# codes of Supplementary Services
or other functions.
Parameter Description
<mem>(str)
Phone book storage:
For detailed description of storages see AT+CPBS.
"FD"
Fixed dialing phone book
"SM"(&F)
SIM phone book
"ON"
MSISDN list
"ME"
Mobile Equipment Phone book
"LD"
Last number dialed phone book
"MC"
Missed (unanswered received) calls list
"RC"
Received calls list
<n>(num)
Integer type memory location in the range of locations available in the
selected memory, i.e. the index number returned by AT+CPBR.
<mgsm>(str)
String of GSM modifiers:
I
Activates CLIR (disables presentation of own phone number
to called party)
i
Deactivates CLIR (enables presentation of own phone
number to called party)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 98
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Notes
•
This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during
execution. Abortion is not possible during some states of connection setup
such as handshaking.
•
There is no <mem> for emergency call ("EN").
•
The command is not applicable to data calls. Any attempt to dial a data
call number from <mem> causes the result code "NO CARRIER" to appear.
•
Parameter <mgsm> only if no *# code is within the dialing string.
•
See ATX for setting result code and call monitoring parameters.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
To query the location number of the phone book entry:
AT+CPBR=1,xx
TA returns the entries available in the active phone book.
EXAMPLE 2
To dial a number from the SIM phone book, for example the number
stored to location 15:
ATD>SM15;
OK
EXAMPLE 3
To dial a phone number stored in the last dial memory on the SIM card:
ATD>LD9;
OK
6.5 ATD><n> Originate call to phone number selected
from active memory
Syntax
Exec Command
ATDxn>[<mgsm>];
Response(s)
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
If no dialtone (parameter ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE
If busy (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected:
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
●
●
Command Description
TA attempts to set up an outgoing call to the stored number. The termination
character ";" is mandatory since dialing from a phone book is only supported
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 99
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
for voice calls and for sending *# codes of Supplementary Services or other
functions.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
Integer type memory location in the range of locations available in the
selected memory, i.e. the index number returned by AT+CPBR.
<mgsm>(str)
String of GSM modifiers:
I
Activates CLIR (disables presentation of own phone
number to called party)
i
Deactivates CLIR (enables presentation of own phone
number to called party)
Notes
•
This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during
execution. Abortion is not possible during some states of connection setup
such as handshaking.
•
The command is not applicable to data calls. Any attempt to dial a data
call number from <n> causes the result code "NO CARRIER" to appear.
•
Parameter <mgsm> only if no *# code is within the dialing string.
6.6 ATD><str> Originate call to phone number in memory
with corresponding field
Syntax
Exec Command
ATDxstr>[<mgsm>];
Response(s)
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
If no dialtone (parameter ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE
If busy (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected:
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
●
●
Command Description
This command searches the active phone book for a given string <str> and
dials the assigned phone number. The termination character ";" is mandatory
since dialing from a phone book is only supported for voice calls and for
sending *# codes of Supplementary Services or other functions.
Parameter Description
<str>(str)(+CSCS)
String type value ("x"), which should equal an alphanumeric field in at
least one phone book entry in the searched memories; used character
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 100
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
set should be the one selected with AT+CSCS. <str> can contain escape
sequences as described in chapter "Supported character sets".
<str> must be wrapped in quotation marks (" "), if escape sequences or
parameter <mgsm> are used or if the alphanumeric strings contains a
blank. If not, quotation marks are optional.
If AT+CSCS is set to "UCS2", with respect to the coding of UCS2-characters
only phone book entries that contain an alphanumeric string with assize
less than the half of the paramter <tlength> from AT+CPBW can be
dialed.
<mgsm>(str)
String of GSM modifiers:
I
Activates CLIR (disables presentation of own phone
number to called party)
i
Deactivates CLIR (enables presentation of own phone
number to called party)
Notes
•
This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during
execution. Abortion is not possible during some states of connection setup
such as handshaking.
•
The command is not applicable to data calls. Any attempt to dial <str>
without semicolon ";" causes the result code "NO CARRIER" to appear.
•
Parameter <mgsm> only if no *# code is within the dialing string.
6.7 ATDI Mobile originated call to dialable ISDN number
<n>
Syntax
Exec Command
ATDI<n>[<; >]
Response(s)
If no dialtone (parameter ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE
If busy (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER
All other error reasons:
+CME ERROR
If successfully connected and non-voice call (TA switches to data
state):
CONNECT <text>
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected and voice call:
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
●
●
Command Description
TA attempts to set up an outgoing call to ISDN number.
Parameter Description
<n>(str)
ISDN number [+]<d>
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 101
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
String with maximum length of 20 characters. Allowed characters:
+: international dialing format
<d>: 0-9, A, B, C
<;>(str)
voice call.
Note
•
This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during
execution. Abortion is not possible during some states of connection setup
such as handshaking.
6.8 ATDL Redial last telephone number used
Syntax
Exec Command
ATDL[;]
Response(s)
If there is no last number or number is not valid:
+CME ERROR
If no dialtone (parameter ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE
If busy (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER
If successfully connected and non-voice call (TA switches to online
data mode):
CONNECT <text>
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected and voice call:
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
●
●
Command Description
This command redials the last voice and data call number used in the ATD
command. If terminated with semicolon ";" ATDL dials the last voice call
number stored in the "LD" phone book. Otherwise, the last dialed data or fax
number will be used (not contained in the "LD" phone book).
Notes
•
This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during
execution. Abortion is not possible during some states of connection setup
such as handshaking.
•
Parameter "I" and "i" only if no *#-code is within the dial string.
6.9 ATH Disconnect existing connection
Syntax
Exec Command
ATH[<n>]
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 102
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
○
V.25ter
●
Command Description
Disconnect existing call from command line by local TE and terminate call.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
[0]
disconnect from line and terminate call
Notes
•
OK is issued after circuit 109 (DCD) is turned off, if it was previously on.
•
ATH terminates every circuit switched call (voice, data or fax), even if it is
issued via another interface. This behavior is in accordance with ITU-T V.25
ter; (07/97, "Hook control": "ATH is terminating any call in progress.").
•
ATH clears any active PDP context or terminates any existing PPP
connection, but only if issued on the same interface where GPRS is used
and if there is no pending network request for PDP context activation. It
does not affect PDP contexts and PPP connections on other interfaces (see
also chapter "ATH Manual rejection of a network request for PDP context
activation").
6.10 AT+CHUP Hang up call
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CHUP=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CHUP
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
Cancels all active and held calls.
Note
•
AT+CHUP implements the same behaviour as ath.
6.11 ATS0 Set number of rings before automatically
answering the call
Syntax
Read Command
ATS0?
Write Command
ATS0=<n>
Response(s)
<n>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 103
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
◑
V.25ter
●
Command Description
This parameter setting determines the number of rings before automatic
answering.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
000(&F)
automatic answering is disabled
001-255
enable automatic answering on the specified ring number
Notes
•
This command works for MT data and fax calls.
•
Autoanswering of CSD data and fax calls is supported on SERIAL.
•
A CSD call will not be answered automatically if the module is in GPRS
online mode. However, this is possible in GPRS command mode. The
application can detect a call by evaluating the RING line and distinguish
to change into GPRS command mode or stay in GPRS online mode until
GPRS is available again. To answer, to reject or to wait for automatic
answering the incoming call the application has to switch into GPRS
command mode.
•
If <n> is set to higher values, the calling party may terminate the call
establishment before the call can be automatically answered.
•
The correlation between ATS7 and ATS0 is important.
•
Example: ATS7=30 and ATS0=20 may not allow call establishment.
•
Setting is local to the interface. It is allowed to have different settings on
different interfaces. In such cases the interface 'wins', which is idle and uses
the smallest <n> value.
•
ATSO write command is PIN protected.
•
The command ATS0 is also used as GPRS compatibility command to
answer automatically to a network request for PDP context activation (for
details see ATS0 for GPRS). So using ATS0=<n> with n > 0, will perform a GPRS
attach, if the ME is not already GPRS attached and if ME is configured to
do this (see AT^SCFG, parameter <gaa>). If the GPRS attach fails (e.g. the
network rejects the attach request), the write command returns with error,
but the value of <n> is changed anyway.
The GPRS attach will not be performed on recalling a stored user profile
with ATZ or on power up, if a n > 0 setting was stored in the user profile with
AT&W.
6.12 ATS6 Set pause before blind dialing
Syntax
Read Command
ATS6?
Write Command
ATS6=<n>
Response(s)
<n>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 104
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Command Description
No effect for GSM.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
000(&F)...255
6.13 ATS7 Set number of seconds to wait for connection
completion
Syntax
Read Command
ATS7?
Write Command
ATS7=<n>
Response(s)
<n>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
This parameter setting determines the amount of time to wait for the
connection completion when answering or originating a call.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
no. of seconds to wait for connection completion 000...060(&F)
Notes
•
Values bigger than 60 cause no error, but <n> will be set down to
maximum value of 60.
•
In <n> of ATS0 of the called party is set to higher values the call
establishment may not be successful.
•
The correlation between ATS7 and ATS0 is important.
Example: ATS7=30 and ATS0=20 may not allow call establishment.
6.14 ATS8 Set number of seconds to wait for comma
dialing modifier
Syntax
Read Command
ATS8?
Write Command
ATS8=<n>
Response(s)
<n>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
No effect for GSM.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 105
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
6.15 ATS10 Set disconnect delay after indicating the
absence of data carrier
Syntax
Read Command
ATS10?
Write Command
ATS10=<n>
Response(s)
<n>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
This parameter setting determines the amount of time, that the TA remains
connected in absence of a data carrier. If the data carrier is detected before
disconnect, the TA remains connected.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
number of tenths of seconds of delay
001...2(&F)...255
6.16 ATP Select pulse dialing
Syntax
Exec Command
ATP
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Note
•
No effect for GSM.
6.17 ATO Switch from command mode to data mode/PPP
online mode
Syntax
Exec Command
ATO[<n>]
Response(s)
If connection is not successfully resumed:
NO CARRIER
or
TA returns to data mode from command mode
CONNECT <text>
Note: <text> output only if ATX parameter setting with value > 0.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 106
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
ATO is the corresponding command to the +++ escape sequence: When you
have established a CSD call or a GPRS connection and TA is in command
mode, ATO causes the TA to resume the data or GPRS connection and takes
you back to data mode or PPP online mode.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
[0]
Switch from command mode to data mode
6.18 +++ Switch from data mode to command mode
Syntax
Exec Command
+++
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
This command is only available during a CSD call or a GPRS connection. The
+++ character sequence causes the TA to cancel the data flow over the AT
interface and switch to command mode. This allows you to enter AT
commands while maintaining the data connection to the remote device or,
accordingly, the GPRS connection. To prevent the +++ escape sequence from
being misinterpreted as data, it must be preceded and followed by a pause of
at least 1000 ms. The +++ characters must be entered in quick succession, all
within 1000 ms.
Note
•
To return from command mode to data or PPP online mode: Enter ATO.
6.19 ATT Select tone dialing
Syntax
Exec Command
ATT
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Note
•
No effect for GSM.
6.20 AT+CBST Select bearer service type
Syntax
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 107
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
Test Command
AT+CBST=?
Read Command
AT+CBST?
Write Command
AT+CBST=<speed>[, name>[,<ce>]]
VERSION 1.01
Response(s)
+CBST: (list of supported<speed>s), (list of supported<name>s), (list
of supported<ce>s)
OK
Response(s)
+ CBST: <speed>,<name>,<ce>
OK
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Command Description
The write command selects the bearer service <name>, the data rate
<speed> and the connection element <ce> to be used when data calls are
originated. The settings also apply to mobile terminated data calls, especially
when single numbering scheme calls or calls from analog devices are
received (see also: AT+CSNS).
Parameter Description
<speed>(num)(&W)(&V)
0
auto bauding
4
2400 bps (V.22bis)
6
4800 bps (V.32)
[7](&F)
9600 bps (V.32)
14
14400 bps(V. 34)
68
2400 bps(V. 110)
70
4800 bps(V. 110)
71
9600 bps(V. 110)
75
14400 bps(V. 110)
<name>(num)(&W)
0(&F)
asynchronous modem
<ce>(num)(&W)
Transparent mode is not supported.
1(&F)
non-transparent
Note
•
GSM 02.02[1]: List of allowed combinations of subparameters.
6.21 AT+CRLP Select radio link protocol param. for orig.
non-transparent data call
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CRLP=?
Read Command
AT+CRLP?
Response(s)
+CRLP: (list of supported<iws>s), (list of supported <mws>s), (list of
supported<Ti>s), (list of supported<N2>s)
OK
Response(s)
+ CRLP: <iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>[,<verx>] OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 108
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Write Command
AT+CRLP=[<iws>[,<mws>[,<T1>[,<N2>[,<verx>]]]]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Command Description
Read command returns current settings for the supported RLP version 0.
The Write command sets radio link protocol (RLP) parameters used when nontransparent data calls are originated.
Parameter Description
<iws>(num)(&W)(&V)
Interworking window size (IWF to MS)
<mws>(num)(&W)(&V)
Mobile window size (MS to IWF)
<T1>(num)(&W)(&V)
Acknowledgement timer (T1 in 10 ms units)
48...[78](&F)...255
<N2>(num)(&w)(&v)
Re-transmission attempts N2
1...[6](&F)...255
<verx>(num)
0
RLP version number in integer format; when version indication is not
present it shall equal 0.
Notes
•
RLP version 0: single-link basic version;
•
RLP version 1: single-link extended version (e.g. extended by data
compression);
•
RLP version 2: multi-link version.
•
Compression and multi-link are not supported.
6.22 AT+CLCC List current calls of ME
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CLCC=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CLCC
Response(s)
[+CLCC:
<idx>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>[,<number>,<type>[,<alpha>]]]
[+CLCC:
<idx>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>[,<number>,<type>[,<alpha>]]]
[+CLCC: ...]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 109
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
●
GSM 07.07
●
Command Description
The exec command returns a list of current calls of ME. If command is
successful, but no calls are available, no information response is sent to TE.
Parameter Description
<idx>(num)
call identification number as described in GSM02.30 subclause 4.5.5.1;
this number can be used in AT+CHLD command operations
<dir>(num)
0
mobile originated call (MOC)
1
mobile terminated call (MTC)
<stat>(num)
state of the call
0
active
1
held
2
dialing (MOC)
3
alerting (MOC)
4
incoming (MTC)
5
waiting (MTC)
<mode>(num)
bearer/teleservice
0
voice
1
data
2
fax
3
voice followed by data, voice mode (only in connection with
4
single numbering scheme AT+CSNS)
4
alternating voice/data, voice mode (only in connection with
single numbering scheme AT+CSNS)
5
alternating voice/fax, voice mode (only in connection with
single numbering scheme AT+CSNS)
6
voice followed by data, data mode (only in connection with
single numbering scheme AT+CSNS)
7
alternating voice/data, data mode (only in connection with
single numbering scheme AT+CSNS)
8
alternating voice/fax, fax mode (only in connection with
single numbering scheme AT+CSNS)
9
unknown
<mpty>(num)
0
call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties call is
one of
1
multiparty (conference) call parties
<number>(str)
phone number in format specified by <type>
<type>(num)
type of address octect
145
dialling string <number> includes international access code
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 110
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
129
VERSION 1.01
character'+' otherwise
<alpha>(str)(+cscs)
Alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry
found in phone book; used character set should be the one selected
with command AT+CSCS (Select TE Character Set).
The maximum displayed length of <alpha> is 16 characters. If the
<alpha> has more than 16 characters, only the first 15 characters will be
displayed. To indicated an overflow, a special character will be used as
the 16th character. This will be a space if the character set selected with
AT+CSCS is 'GSM', or'E400' if the character set is 'UCS2'.
Due to time constraints on the necessary evaluation of the phone book,
this parameter may show a default value during early call phases (e.g.
for <stat>= "dialling", "incoming" or "alerting"), even if a phone book entry
is present for the number concerned.
Note
•
Teleservices other than voice, data, fax are not fully supported by ME. They
are used only in connection with the handling for AT+CSNS, and may
therefore occur in parameter <mode> for mobile terminated calls.
6.23 AT^SLCC Siemens defined command to list the current
calls of the ME
Command ^SLCC covers essentially the same information as GSM 07.07 command
AT+CLCC, with the following additions:
•
The execute command response contains an additional parameter <traffic
channel assigned> indicating whether the call has been assigned a traffic
channel by the network (transmission of data or inband information is
possible).
•
The additional write command allows to activate event reporting for the list
of current calls. If event reporting is active for an interface, a call status
transition (see 6.1) and (if desired) the assignment of a traffic channel will
generate an event report indication to this interface. In order to receive
this event report as an URC, the URC presentation mode for this interface
has to be configured with AT+CMER.
•
The frequency of event report generation can be configured with AT
command AT^SCFG. Refer to Call Status Information for further detail on
the configuration options.
•
The additional read command allows to determine the event reporting
mode <n> which indicates whether the interface receives event report
indications for the list of current calls. Mind that the URC will be displayed
only if the URC presentation mode for the interface concerned has been
configured with AT+CMER.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SLCC=?
Read Command
AT^SLCC?
Response(s)
OK
Response(s)
^SLCC: <n>
OK
Exec Command
AT^SLCC
Response(s)
^PSLCC: <idx>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,<traffic channel
assigned>[,<number>,<type>[,<alpha>]]]
^PSLCC: <idx>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,<traffic channel
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 111
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
assigned>[,<number>,<type>[,<alpha>]]]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT^SLCC=[<n>]
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Unsolicited Result Code
Unsolicited Call Status information
if the list of current calls is empty:
^SLCC:
if one or more calls are currently in the list:
^SLCC:
<idx>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,<traffic
assigned>[,<number>,<type>[,<alpha>]]
channel
[^SLCC: <idx>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,<traffic
assigned>[,<number>,<type>[,<alpha>]]]
channel
[. . . ]
^SLCC:
URC "^SLCC" displays the list of current calls as displayed with the execute
command AT^SLCC. The list is displayed in the state it has at the time of
display, not in the state it had when the signal was generated. The URC's
occurrence indicates call status changes for any of the calls in the list of
current calls. Please refer to 6.1 and AT^SCFG for further information
about the configuration of this URC.
Event reporting can be enabled separately for each interface. Interface
settings are saved with AT&W and can be displayed with AT&V.
Additionally, the URC presentation mode for the interface must be
configured with AT+CMER.
Depending on the value of AT^SCFG setting <sucs>, Indicator "^SLCC" will
be issued (if configured with write command AT^SLCC and AT+CMER)
when a state transition ends in state "active" or in state "unknown"
(if AT^SCFG setting <sucs>="restricted")
when any state transition (including transitions beginning or ending
in state "unknown") occurs in the list of active calls, or when a traffic
channel is established (if AT^SCFG setting <sucs>="verbose").
If multiple displays of identical list configurations occur, this happens
because of short intermediate states of the list, that have already been
overridden by new transitions and states. Thus, it is guaranteed that the
configuration displayed is always the current configuration at the time of
the last display.
The list of active calls displayed with this URC will always be terminated
with an empty line preceded by prefix "^SLCC:", in order to indicate the
end of the list.
Command Description
The read command returns an indication whether event reporting is active for
the current interface.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 112
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
The exec command returns a list of current calls of ME. If command is
successful, but no calls are available, no information response is sent to TE.
Use the write command to activate or deactivate event reporting for URC
"^SLCC". Event reporting can be enabled separately for each interface.
Interface settings are saved with AT&W and can be displayed with AT&V.
Parameter Description
<idx>(num)
call identification number as described in GSM02.30 subclause 4.5.5.1;
this number can be used in AT+CHLD command operations
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
0
presentation of URC "^SLCC" disabled
1
presentation of URC "^SLCC" enabled
<dir>(num)
0
mobile originated call (MOC)
1
mobile terminated call (MTC)
<stat>(num)
state of the call
0
active
1
held
2
dialing (MOC)
3
alerting (MOC)
4
incoming (MTC)
5
waiting (MTC)
6
terminating: The call is not active anymore, but inband
information is still available.
7
dropped: The call has been suspended by the network, but
may be resumed later.
<mode>(num)
bearer/teleservice
0
voice
1
data
2
fax
3
voice followed by data, voice mode (only in connection with
single numbering scheme AT+CSNS)
4
alternating voice/data, voice mode (only in connection with
single numbering scheme AT+CSNS)
5
alternating voice/fax, voice mode (only in connection with
single numbering scheme AT+CSNS)
6
voice followed by data, data mode (only in connection with
single numbering scheme AT+CSNS)
7
alternating voice/data, data mode (only in connection with
single numbering scheme AT+CSNS)
8
alternating voice/fax, fax mode (only in connection with
single numbering scheme AT+CSNS)
9
unknown
<mpty>(num)
0
call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 113
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
1
VERSION 1.01
call is one of multiparty (conference) call parties
<traffic channel assigned>(num)
0
No traffic channel is available to the call
1
mobile has been assigned a traffic channel.
It is now possible to send or receive inband information, e.g.
to send DTMF tones (cf. AT+VTS), or to receive network
announcements.
<number>(str)
phone number in format specified by <type>
<type>(num)
type of address octect
145
dialing string <number> includes international access code
character'+'
129
otherwise
<alpha>(str)
Alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry
found in phone book; used character set should be the one selected with
command AT+CSCS (Select TE Character Set).
The maximum displayed length of <alpha> is 16 characters. If <alpha> has
more than 16 characters, only the first 15 characters will be displayed. To
indicate an overflow, a special character will be used as the 16th
character. This will be a space if the character set selected with AT+CSCS is
'GSM', or 'E400' if the character set is 'UCS2'.
Due to time constraints on the necessary evaluation of the phone book,
this parameter may show a default value during early call phases (e.g. for
<stat>= "dialing", "incoming" or "alerting"), even if a phone book entry is
present for the number concerned.
Notes
•
Teleservices other than voice, data, fax are not fully supported by ME. They
are used only in connection with the handling for AT+CSNS, and may
therefore occur in parameter <mode> for mobile terminated calls.
•
If a URC "^SLCC" in verbose mode (see AT^SCFG) has been buffered while
the interface was in dedicated mode (depending on the settings of
AT+CMER parameter <bfr>), each buffered event indicator will be output
as a separate URC after the interface returns to idle mode.
•
However, the output will deliver the list of current calls in the "current" state
(at the time when the output is generated), possibly leading to multiple
displays of identical list configurations.
•
Some parameters of AT command AT+CHLD, as well as some situations
where the call status in the network changes very quickly (e.g. the
transition between <stat>= "unknown", "dialing" and "alerting" for a call to a
reachable subscriber within the registered network) may lead to quasisimultaneous changes to the states of one or several calls in the list, possibly
leading to multiple displays of identical list configurations.
•
If multiple displays of identical list configurations occur, this happens
because of intermediate states of the list, that have already been
overridden by new transitions and states. Thus, it is guaranteed that the
configuration displayed in such cases is the current configuration at the
time of the last display.
•
It is adviseable to receive URC "^SLCC" on an interface that is not used for
call initiation, if verbose output is configured. If only voice calls are
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 114
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
expected, a setting of AT^SM20=0 may be used alternatively in order to
keep the call from blocking the interface.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
^SYSSTART
at+cpin=9999
OK
+CREG: 2
+ CREG: 1, ' '0145' ', ' '0016'
We are now registered command
at^sm20=0
"ATD" for an outgoing voice call will
terminate immediately with response
"OK"
OK
atd''1234567'' ;
We start a voice call.
OK
"OK" response is issued immediately
because of setting "^SM20=0"
^SLCC:
MO call starts, paging B-party
1,0,2,0,0,0,''1234567'',129,''Called
Party''
^SLCC:
End of current list
^SLCC:
Traffic channel established,
1,0,2,0,0,1,''1234567'',129,''Called network may now transmit network
Party''
announcements, ME may now transmit
DTMF tones.
^SLCC:
End of current list
^SLCC:
Call is now ringing at B-Party
1,0,3,0,0,1,''1234567'',129,''Called
Party''
^SLCC:
End of current list
^SLCC:
B-Party has accepted
connection established
the
call,
1,0,0,0,0,1,''1234567'',129,''Called
Party''
^SLCC:
End of current list
atd23456;
We start a second voice call.
OK
"OK" response is issued immediately
because another call is already active
(cf. ATD)
SLCC:
The active call is automatically put on
hold, triggering the display of the list
1,0,1,0,0,0,''1234567'',129, ''Called
Party''
^SLCC: 2,0,2,0,0,1,"23456",129
The second call has already started
before the indication for the held call
could be displayed
^SLCC:
End of current list
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 115
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
^SLCC:
VERSION 1.01
The identical list is displayed again,
triggered by the start of the second
voice call
1,0,1,0,0,0,''1234567'',129,''Called
Party''
^SLCC: 2,0,2,0,0,1,"23456",129
The status of the second list entry has
already been displayed with the
previous URC
^SLCC:
End of current list
^SLCC:
The held call doesn't change status
right now
1,0,1,0,0,0,''1234567'',129,''Called
Party''
^SLCC: 2,0,3,0,0,1,"23456",129
The second call is now alerting the BParty
^SLCC:
End of current list
^SLCC:
The held call doesn't change status
right now
1,0,0,0,0,1,''1234567'',129,''Called
Party''
^SLCC:
End of current list: the B-Party of the
second call has not accepted the call
in time, the second call has ended.
NO CARRIER
The second call has ended
^SLCC:
list is now empty: B-Party has ended the
first call
NO CARRIER
The second call has ended
EXAMPLE 2
^SLCC: 1,1,4,0,0,1,''1234567'',12 9 Incoming call is signalled.
Display is triggered by the incoming
call, but the current status of the call at
the time of display already comprises
an active traffic channel.
^SLCC:
End of current list
RING
Incoming call is signalled.
^SLCC: 1,1,4,0,0,1, ''12 34567' ',129 The incoming call had a traffic channel
assigned from the start.
This second
triggered by
assignment.
identical display is
the traffic channel
Since the traffic channel was already
indicated in the previous URC, both
instances of the URC contain identical
information.
^SLCC:
End of current list
RING
Incoming call is signalled.
ata
Incoming call is accepted,
OK
call is established.
^SLCC: 1,1,0,0,0,1,' '1234567' ',12 9 The call is now active.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 116
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
^SLCC:
End of current list
ATH
Hang up the call.
Hang up complete.
OK
^SLCC
:
The list of current calls is empty again
6.24 AT+CR Service reporting control
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CR=?
Response(s)
+CR: (list of supported<mode>s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
+CR: <mode>
OK
ERROR +CME ERROR
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT+CR?
Write Command
AT+CR=<mode>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Intermediate Result Code
If enabled, an intermediate result code is transmitted at the point during
connect negotiation when the TA has determined the speed and quality of
service to be used, before any error control or data compression reports are
transmitted, and before any final result code (e.g. CONNECT) appears.
+CR: <serv>
Command Description
Configures the TA whether or not to transmit an intermediate result code+CR:
<serv> to TE when a call is being set up.
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&W)(&V)
0(&F)
disable
1
enable
<serv>(str)
"REL ASYNC" "GPRS- asynchronous non-transparent GPRS »
Notes
•
The PLMN influences the second air interface (to the terminator), therefore
another mode may be established from the network.
•
Setting the value of <mode> to 1 may lead to connection failure, if the
application (e.g. WinFax) waits for default result code/URC.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 117
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
6.25 AT+CRC Set Cellular Result Codes for incoming call
indication
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CRC=?
Response(s)
+CRC: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
+CRC: <mode>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT+CRC?
Write Command
AT+CRC=[<mode>]
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Unsolicited Result Code
When enabled, an incoming call is indicated to the TE with unsolicited result
code + CRING: <type> instead of the normal RING.
+CRING: <type>
Command Description
The command controls whether or not the extended format of incoming call
indication is used.
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
disable extended format
1
enable extended format
“REL ASYNC”
asynchronous non-transparent
<type>(str)
“FAX”
facsimile
“VOICE”
voice
“GPRS”
<PDP_type>,<PDP_addr>[,[<L2P>][,<APN>]]
network request for PDP context activation
GPRS
Note
•
Setting the value of <mode> to 1 may lead to connection failure, if the
application (e.g. WinFax) waits for default result code/URC.
6.26 AT+CSNS Single Numbering Scheme
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSNS=?
Response(s)
+CSNS: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 118
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Read Command
AT+CSNS?
Response(s)
+CSNS: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+CSNS=[<mode>]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Command Description
The AT+CSNS command enables the ME to accept incoming calls when no
bearer capability information is provided with the call, e.g. single numbering
scheme calls or calls originitating from analog devices.
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)
[0](D)
Voice: Each call received without bearer element is
assumed to be speech.
2
Fax: Each call received without bearer element is
assumed to be an incoming fax.
4
Data: Each call received without bearer element is
assumed to be a data call.
Please take into account that the bearer service
parameters set with AT+CBST apply to all data calls
including those received without bearer capability.
Notes
•
The command must be set before the call comes. By default, when you do
not modify the settings, all calls received without bearer element are
assumed to be voice.
•
The setting will be automatically saved when you power down the GSM
engine with Table 2.3, provided that PIN authentication has been done.
This value will be restored when PIN authentication is done again.
6.27 AT^SCNI List Call Number Information
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCNI=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SCNI
Response(s)
^SCNI: <id>-|[,<cs>[,<number>,<type>]] ^SCNI:
<id>2[,<cs>[,<number>,<type>]]
[…]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Command Description
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 119
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
TA returns a list of current calls of ME.
Parameter Description
<id>(num)
call identification number as described in GSM 02.30 [19] subclause 4.5.5.1;
this number can be used in AT+CHLD command operations
1...7
<cs>(num)
call status of respective call number (first parameter)
0
call hold
1
call in progress
2
waiting call
<number>(str)
string type phone number in format specified by <type>
<type>(num)
type of address octet in integer format; 145 when dialling string includes
international access code character"+", otherwise 129
Note
•
See also GSM 07.07: AT+CLCC
6.28 AT^SLCD Display Last Call Duration
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SLCD=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
^SLCD: <time>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Exec Command
AT^SLCD
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Command Description
TA returns last call duration or current call duration.
Parameter Description
<time>(str)
Format is "hh:mm:ss", where characters indicate hours, minutes, seconds;
E.g. 22:10:00 "22:10:00" Max value is 9999:59:59
6.29 AT^STCD Display Total Call Duration
Syntax
Test Command
AT^STCD=?
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 120
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Exec Command
AT^STCD
Response(s)
^STCD: <time>
OK
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Command Description
TA returns total call duration (accumulated duration of all calls).
Parameter Description
<time>(str)
Format is "hh:mm:ss", where characters indicate hours, minutes, seconds;
E.g. 22:10:00 "22:10:00" Max value is 9999:59:59
Note
•
The Total Call Duration will not be reset by power off or other means.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 121
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
7 NETWORK SERVICE COMMANDS
The AT commands described in this chapter are related to various network services.
More commands related to this area can be found in chapter Supplementary
Service Commands.
7.1 AT+COPN Read operator names
Syntax
Test Command
AT+COPN=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+COPN
Response(s)
+ COPN: <numericn>,<alphan>
+ COPN: ...
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
TA returns the list of operator names from the ME. Each operator code
<numericn> that has an alphanumeric equivalent <alphan> in the ME memory
is returned. See also: AT^SPLM.
Parameter Description
<nuraericn>(str)
Operator in numeric form; GSM location area identification number.
<alphan>(str)
Operator in long alphanumeric format; can contain up to 16 characters.
7.2 AT+COPS Operator selection
This command can be used to query the present status of the ME's network
registration and to determine whether automatic or manual network selection shall
be used.
Automatic mode:
Lets the ME automatically search for the home operator. If successful the ME
registers to the home network and enters the IDLE mode. If the home network
is not found, ME goes on searching. If then a permitted operator is found, ME
registers to this operator. If no operator is found the ME remains unregistered.
Manual mode: Desired operator can be manually entered, using the
AT+COPS write command syntax. If operator is found, ME registers to this
operator immediately. If the selected operator is forbidden, the ME remains
unregistered.
Manual/automatic:
In this mode, the ME first tries to find the operator that was manually entered.
If the ME fails to register to this operator, then it starts to select automatically
another network.
Syntax
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 122
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
Test Command
AT+COPS=?
VERSION 1.01
Response(s)
+C0PS:[list of supported:( <stat>, long alphanumeric <oper>, ,
numeric <oper>)][, , list of supported <mode>s, list of supported
<format>s]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
+ COPS : <mode>[,<format>[,<oper>]]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT+COPS?
Write Command
AT+COPS=<mode>[,<format>[,<oper>]]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Command Description
The test command returns a list of quadruplets, each representing an operator
present in the network. Any of the formats may be unavailable and will then
be an empty field (,,). The list of operators comes in the following order: Home
network, networks referenced in SIM, and other networks.
The read command returns the current <mode> and the currently selected
operator. If no operator is selected,<format> and <oper> are omitted.
The write command forces an attempt to select and register the GSM network
operator. If the selected operator is not available, no other operator will be
selected (except <mode>=4). The selected operator name format will apply to
further read commands (+COPS?), too.
Parameter Description
<stat>(num)
Status
0
unknown
1
operator available
2
operator current
3
operator forbidden
(&V)
<oper>
Operator
Parameter is stored non-volatile to the SIM. Operator as per <format>.
The numeric format is the GSM Location Area Identification number
which consists of a 3-digit country code plus a 2- or 3-digit network
code.
<mode>(num)(&V)
Parameter values 0 and 1 are stored non-volatile in the ME
0(D)
automatic mode; <oper> field is ignored
1
manual operator selection
Write command requires <oper>.<format> value shall be 2.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 123
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Read command returns the current <mode> and the
currently selected <oper>. If no operator is selected,<format>
and <oper> are omitted.
2
manual deregister from network and remain unregistered
until <mode>=0,1,4 is selected
3
set only <format > (for read command +COPS?)
4
automatic,
manual selected; if manual selection fails,
automatic mode (<mode>=0) is entered (<oper> field will be
present)
<format>(num)(&W)(&V)
parameter can be stored non-volatile in the user profile using AT&W
0(&F)
long format alphanumeric <oper>; up to 16 characters
2
numeric <oper>; GSM Location Area Identification number
Notes
•
AT+COPS settings are effective over all interfaces of the TANGO55/56.
•
When using the AT+COPS=? command during an ongoing GPRS transfer,
the transfer will be interrupted for up to 1 minute.
7.3 AT+CREG Network registration
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CREG=?
Response(s)
+CREG: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Response(s)
+CREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Read Command
AT+CREG?
Write Command
AT+CREG=[<n>]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC1
If <n>=1 and there is a change in the ME network registration status:
+CREG: <stat>
URC2
If <n>=2 and there is a change in the ME network registration status or a
change of the network cell:
+CREG: <stat>[, <lac>, <ci>]
Command Description
Read command returns the URC presentation mode <n> and an integer <stat>
that shows the registration status of the ME. The location information elements
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 124
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
<lac> and <ci> are returned only when <n>=2 and ME is registered to the
network.
Use the write command to select the type of URC. Two types of URCs are
available:
<n>=1: +CREG:<stat>
<n>=2: +CREG:<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)(&F)
0(&F)
disable URCs
1
enable URC +CREG:<stat> to report status of network
registration
2
enable URC +CREG:<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] to report status of
network registration including location information. Please
note that optional parameters will not be displayed during
call.
<stat>(num)(&V)
0
Not registered, ME is currently not searching for new operator
There is a technical problem. User intervention is required. Yet,
emergency calls can be made if any network is available.
Probable causes.
-
No SIM-card available
-
No PIN entered
-
No valid Home PLMN-Entry found on the SIM
1
Registered to home network
2
Not registered, but ME is currently searching for a new
operator.
The ME searches for an available network. Failure to log in
until after more than a minute may be due to one of the
following causes:
-
No network available or insufficient Rx level.
-
The ME has no access rights to the networks available.
-
Networks from the SIM list of allowed networks are
around, but login fails due to one of the following
reasons:
-
#11 ... PLMN not allowed
-
#12 ... Location area not allowed
-
#13 ... Roaming not allowed in this location area
After this, the search will be resumed (if automatic
network search is enabled).
-
The Home PLMN or an allowed PLMN is available, but
login is rejected by the cell (reasons: Access Class or
LAC).
If at least one network is available, emergency calls can be
made.
3
Registration denied
-
If automatic network search is enabled:
Authentication or registration fails after Location Update
Reject due to one of the following causes:
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 125
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
-
#2 ... IMSI unknown at HLR
-
#3 ... Illegal MS
-
#6 ... Illegal ME
Either the SIM or the MS or the ME are unable to log into any
network. User intervention is required. Emergency calls can
be made, if any network is available.
-
Only if manual network search is enabled:
Manual registration fails after Location Update Reject due to
the following causes:
-
#2 ... IMSI unknown at HLR
-
#3 ... Illegal MS
-
#6 ... Illegal ME
-
#11 ... PLMN not allowed
-
#12 ... Location area not allowed
-
#13 ... Roaming not allowed in this location area
No further attempt is made to search or log into a net-work.
Emergency calls can be made if any network is available.
4
Unknown
(not used)
5
Registered, roaming
The ME is registered at a foreign network (national or
international network)
<lac>(str)
Two byte location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00C3" equals
193 in decimal).
<ci>(str)
Two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format.
Note
•
Optional parameters will not be displayed during a call.
Example
at+creg=2
Activates extended URC mode.
OK
at+cops=0
Forces ME to automatically search
network operator
OK
+CREG: 2
+CREG: 1, "0145", "291A"
URC reports
searching.
that
ME
is
currently
URC reports that operator has been
found.
7.4 AT+CSQ Signal quality
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSQ=?
Response(s)
+CSQ: (list of supported <rssi>s), (list of supported <ber>s)
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 126
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Exec Command
AT+CSQ
Response(s)
+ CSQ: <rssi>,<ber>
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Command Description
TA returns received signal strength indication <rssi> and channel bit error rate
<ber> from the ME.
Parameter Description
<rssi>(num)
0
-113dBmorless
1
-111 dBm
2..30
-109...-53 dBm
31
-51 dBm or greater
99
not known or not detectable
<ber>(num)
To check the bit error rate there must be a call in progress to obtain
realistic values. If no call is set up, there is no BER to be determined. In this
case the indicated value may be 0 or 99, depending on the SIM card.
0..7
as RXQUAL values in the table in GSM 05.08 section 8.2.4.
99
not known or not detectable
Note
•
After using network related commands such as AT+CCWA, AT+CCFC,
AT+CLCK, users are advised to wait 3s before entering AT+CSQ. This is
recommended to be sure that any network access required for the
preceding command has finished.
7.5 AT^SMONC Cell Monitoring
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SMONC=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SMONC
Response(s)
^SMONC:
<MCC>1,<MNC>1,<LAC>1,<cell>1,<BSIC>1,<chann>1,<RSSI>1,<C
1>1,<C2>1,<MCC>2,<MNC>2,<LAC>2,<cell>2,<BSIC>2,<chann>2,<
RSSI>2,<C1>2,<C2>2, ...
OK
CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS, 3GPPTS 05.08
●
●
Command Description
The output of the exec command contains 9 values from a maximum of 7
base stations. The first base station is the serving cell.
Parameter Description
<MCC>(num)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 127
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Mobile country code
3 digits, e.g. 232
000
not decoded
<MNC>(num)
Mobile network code
3 digits, e.g.
003 000
not decoded
<LAC>(num)
Location area code
4 digits, e.g. 3010
0000
not decoded
<cell>(num)
Cell identifier
4 hexadecimal digits, e.g. 4EAF
0000
not decoded
<BSIC>(num)
Base station identity code
2 digits, e.g. 32
00
not decoded
<chann>(num)
ARFCN (Absolute Frequency Channel Number)
0
not decoded. In this case, all remaining parameters
related to the same channel are neither decoded.
For example, a non-existing cell appears as follows:
000,000,0000,0000,00,0,0,-,-
<RSSI>(num)
Received signal level of the BCCH carrier (0..63). The indicated value is
composed of the measured value in dBm plus an offset. This is in
accordance with a formula specified in 3GPP TS 05.08
<Cl>(num)
Coefficient for base station reselection, e.g. 30. In dedicated mode,
under certain conditions the parameter cannot be updated. In such
cases a '-' is presented.
<C2>(num)
Coefficient for base station reselection, e.g. 30. In dedicated mode,
under certain conditions the parameter cannot be updated. In such
cases a '-' is presented.
Note
•
To some extent, the cell monitoring commands AT^MONI, AT^MONP and
AT^SMONC cover the same parameters. The receiving level, for example,
can be queried with all three commands. Yet the resulting values may be
slightly different, even though obtained over a time period of a few
seconds. This is quite normal and nothing to worry about, as the cell
information is permanently updated.
7.6 AT^MONI Monitor idle mode and dedicated mode
Syntax
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 128
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Test Command
AT^MONI=?
Response(s)
^MONI : (list of supported <period>s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^MONI
Response(s) See: 7.6.1
OK
Write Command
AT^MONI=<period>
Response(s) See: 7.6.1
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
The execute command can be used to retrieve the cell parameters of the
serving/dedicated cell on request.
The write command can be used to retrieve information of the
serving/dedicated cell automatically every <period> seconds. To stop the
presentation type "AT" or "at".
Parameter Description
<period>(num)
Display period in seconds
1...254
Notes
•
The two header lines (see 7.6.1) are output after every ten data lines.
•
The length of following output lines exceeds 80 characters. Therefore a
terminal program may draw a carriage return on a screen. However, this is
not part of the response.
7.6.1
AT^MONI responses
ME is not connected:
a) ME is camping on a cell and registered to the network:
Serving Cell
I Dedicated channel
chann rs dBm PLMN LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1
I chann TS timAdv PWR
dBm Q ChMod
1013 21 -71 00101 1001 0103 7 7 33 -105 33
I No connection
b) ME is camping on a cell but not registered to the network (only
emergency call allowed):
Serving Cell
I Dedicated channel
chann rs dBm PLMN LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1
I chann TS timAdv PWR
dBm Q ChMod
1013 21 -71 00101 1001 0103 7 7 33 -105 33
I Limited Service
c) ME camping on a cell, but searching for a better cell (cell reselection):
Serving Cell
I Dedicated channel
chann rs dBm PLMN LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 129
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
I chann TS timAdv PWR
dBm Q ChMod
1013 21 -71 00101 1001 0103 7 7 33 -105 33
I Cell Reselection
d) ME is searching and could not (yet) find a suitable cell:
Serving Cell
I Dedicated channel
chann rs dBm PLMN LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1
I chann TS timAdv PWR
dBm Q ChMod
Searching
e) ME is connected (Call in progress):
Serving Cell
I Dedicated channel
chann rs dBm PLMN LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1
I chann TS timAdv PWR
dBm Q ChMod
1013 19 -76 00101 1001 0103 7 7 33 -105 33 I 1015 1 0 5 -76 0 S_HR
Columns for Serving Cell:
Column
chann
rs
dBm
PLMN
LAC
cell
NCC
BCC
PWR
RXLev
C1
Description
ARFCN (Absolute Frequency Channel Number) of the BCCH carrier
RSSI value 0 - 63 (RSSI = Received signal strength indication)
receiving level of the BCCH carrier in dBm
PLMN ID code
location area code, see note below
cell ID, see note below
PLMN colour code
base station colour code
maximal power level used on RACH channel in dBm
minimal receiving level (in dBm) to allow registration
coefficient for base station selection
Columns for Dedicated channel:
Column
chann
Description
ARFCN (Absolute Frequency Channel Number) of the TCH carrier Note: <chann> =
h indicates frequency hopping.
timeslot number
timing advance in bits
current power level
receiving level of the traffic channel carrier in dBm
receiving quality (0-7)
channel mode (S_HR: Half rate, S_FR: Full rate, S_EFR: Enhanced Full Rate)
TS
timAdv
PWR
dBm
Q
ChMod
7.6.2
Service states
Depending on the service state, an additional textual output is generated (refer also
to the response examples):
•
'Searching' - The MS is searching, but could not (yet) find a suitable cell. This
output appears after restart of the MS or after loss of coverage.
•
'No connection' - The MS is camping on a cell and registered to the
network. The service state is 'idle', i.e. there is no connection established or
a dedicated channel in use.
•
'Cell Reselection' - The MS has not yet lost coverage but is searching for a
better cell, since the cell reselection criterion is fulfilled.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 130
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
•
VERSION 1.01
'Limited Service' - The MS is camping on a cell but not registered to the
network. Only emergency calls are allowed. The MS enters this state, for
example, when
7.6.3
-
no SIM card is inserted, or PIN has not been given,
-
neither Home PLMN nor any other allowed PLMN are found,
-
registration request was not answered or denied by the network
(use command AT+CREG to query the registration status),
-
authentication failed.
Notes
•
The parameters LAC and cell are presented as hexadecimal digits, the
remaining parameters are composed of decimal digits.
•
If the radio cell changes during a connection, the parameters PWR, RXLev
and C1 of the 'Serving Cell' part cannot be updated under certain
conditions and therefore, are displayed as "-" (for conditions see also
AT+CREG). This is because the MS does not update the cell selection and
reselection parameters since, in this mode, they are not relevant for
operation. When the connection ends, and the mobile is back to IDLE
mode, correct values will be given.
•
If the radio cell changes during a connection, it normally takes 1 or 2
seconds to update the parameters cell, NCC and BCC. Until the
information is received from the new base station, the default values will be
shown instead: cell="0000", NCC="-", BCC="-".
If the BS supports frequency hopping during a connection, the dedicated
channel (parameter chann) is not stable. This mode is indicated by chann
= 'h'.
•
To some extent, the cell monitoring command AT^SMONC covers the
same parameters. The receiving level, for example, can be queried with
both commands. Yet the resulting values may be slightly different, even
though obtained over a time period of a few seconds. This is quite normal
and nothing to worry about, as the cell information is permanently
updated.
•
For compatibility with earlier products and to support legacy applications,
any input character may be used to stop the output in certain cases
(depending on the settings of 3.7).
7.7 AT^MONP Monitor neighbour cells
Syntax
Test Command
AT^MONP=?
Response(s)
^MONP: (list of supported <period>s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^MONP
Response(s) See: 7.7.1
OK
Write Command
AT^MONP=<period>
Response(s) See: 7.7.1
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 131
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
This command can be used to obtain information of up to six neighbour cells
on request.
This command can be used to retrieve information of up to six neighbour cells
automatically every n seconds. To stop the presentation type "at" or "AT".
Parameter Description
<period>(num)
Display period in seconds
1...254
Note
•
7.7.1
Due to the fact that not all necessary information of the neighbour cells
can be decoded during a connection, there are several constraints to be
considered:
-
Only neighbour cells that have already been visible in IDLE mode
will be further updated, as long as they are still included in the list.
-
Though new neighbour cells can be added to the list (e.g. due to
handover), their C1 and C2 parameters cannot be displayed until
the connection is released. In this case "-" is presented for C1 and
C2.
-
To some extent, the cell monitoring command AT^SMONC covers
the same parameters. The receiving level, for example, can be
queried with both commands. Yet the resulting values may be
slightly different, even though obtained over a time period of a few
seconds. This is quite normal and nothing to worry about, as the cell
information is permanently updated.
AT^MONP responses
Response of AT^MONP (Example):
Column
chann
rs
dBm
MCC
MCC
BCC
C1
C2
Chann
rs
dBm
MCC MNC
BCC
C1
C2
653
26
-84
262
07
0
22
22
660
20
-90
262
07
3
16
16
687
19
-91
262
07
1
15
15
678
14
-96
262
07
3
10
10
671
14
-96
262
07
1
10
10
643
10
-100
262
07
7
6
6
Description
ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the BCCH carrier RSSI
value 0 - 63
RSSI value 0 - 63 (RSSI = Received signal strength indication)
receiving level in dBm
Mobile Country Code (first part of the PLMN code)
Mobile Network Code (second part of the PLMN code)
Base Station colour code
cell selection criterion
cell reselection criterion
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 132
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
7.8 AT^SMONG GPRS Monitor
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SMONG=?
Response(s)
^SMONG: (list of supported <table>s), (list of supported <period>s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SMONG
Response(s)
GPRS Monitor
Cell Info Table (see: 7.7.1)
OK
Write Command
AT^SMONG=<table>[,<period>]
Response(s)
^SMONG: GPRS Monitor Cell Info Table (see: 7.7.1)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Command Description
The execute command can be used to retrieve GPRS specific cell information
directly on request. The cell data will be output only once on a single line.
The write command can be used to retrieve GPRS specific cell information
directly on request or automatically every n seconds. To stop the presentation
type "at" or "AT".
Parameter Description
<table>(num)
1
Cell Info Table
<period>(num)
Display period in seconds
If <period> is omitted the cell data will be presented only once on a
single line (as if Execute command was issued).
If <period> is given, the cell data will be listed repeatedly on 10 data
lines. Every 10th data line is followed by the header, simply to repeat the
column titles.
1...100
Note
•
7.8.1
For compatibility with earlier products and to support legacy applications,
often any input character will stop the periodic output of the write
command. But since this applies only in certain cases (depending on the
settings of chapter 3.7, it is recommended to always use "at" or "AT".
AT^SMONG Cell Info Table
Example output for AT^SMONG:
GPRS Monitor
BCCH
G PBCCH PAT
MCC MNC NOM TA
RAC # Cell #
0637
1
234
0B
-
4
05
2
00
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 133
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Columns of the cell info table:
Column
BCCH
G
PBCCH
PAT
Description
ARFCN of BCCH carrier
GPRS supported ("1") or not supported "-"
If PBCCH is present, indication of ARFCN, else "-" or if Frequency Hopping is used "H"
Priority Access Threshold (GSM Rec. 04.08 /10.5.2.37b)
0
Packet access is not allowed in the cell
1
Spare, shall be interpreted as "000" (packet access not allowed)
2
Spare, shall be interpreted as "000" (packet access not allowed)
3
Packet access is allowed for priority level 1
4
Packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 2
Mobile Country Code
Mobile Network Code
Network Operation Mode (1 ...3)
Timing Advance Value
Routing Area Code (as hexadecimal value)
MCC
MNC
NOM
TA
RAC
7.9 AT^SALS Alternate Line Service
The AT^SALS command is designed to support Alternate Line Service. This allows the
subscriber to use two voice numbers on the same SIM card (service requires a dual
line SIM card).
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SALS=?
Response(s)
^SALS: (list of supported <^SALS>S), (list of supported <line>s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SALS?
Response(s)
^SALS: <^SALS>,<line>
OK
ERROR
Write Command
AT^SALS=<^SALS>[,<line>]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Unsolicited Result Code
If switched on with <^SALS>=1:
Indicates the line used by an incoming call.
Command Description
The read command returns the presentation mode of <^SALS> and the
currently selected <line>. The write command enables or disables the
presentation mode of <^SALS> and selects the preferred <line>.
Parameter Description
<^SALS>(num)
view
Controls the presentation mode of the URC "^SALS" which indicates the
line number used by an incoming call:
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 134
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
0(&F)
Disables indication of the called line
1
Enables indication of the called line
<line>(num)
Selects the line to be used for outgoing calls.
[1]
ALSLinei
2
ALS Line 2
Notes
•
The selected <line> will be saved at non-volatile Flash memory and thus
retained after Power Down.
•
The <line> will be reset by AT&F and ATZ and afterwards saved at nonvolatile memory too.
•
The <^sals> will be reset after Power Down as well as by ATZ or AT&F.
•
If a non ALS SIM is inserted, the <line> will be reset to line 1 as well.
Example
at^sals=1, 1
Line 1 has been selected for outgoing calls. "^SALS" URC is
enabled.
ring
You receive a notification that you have an incoming call on
line 2.
^SALS: 2
7.10 AT^SHOM Display Homezone
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SHOM=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SHOM
Response(s)
^SHOM: <homezonestate>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
TA returns homezone state. Result is valid only, if network registration state
<stat> is 1 (registered) (see AT+CREG).
Feature is available only for supported network operators (Viag, One2One,
Orange and LCI) and requires a suitable SIM card. If the homezone feature is
not supported by the network operator or SIM card, result is always 0.
Parameter Description
<homezonestate>(num)
0
ME is out of Homezone
1
ME is within the Homezone
7.11 AT^SPLM Read the PLMN list
Syntax
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 135
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Test Command
AT^SPLM=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Exec Command
AT^SPLM
Response(s)
^SPLM: <numeric>, long <alpha>[... ]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Command Description
TA returns the list of operator names from the ME. Each operator code
<numeric> that has an alphanumeric equivalent <alpha> in the ME memory is
returned.
Parameter Description
<numeric>(str)
Operator in numeric form; GSM location area identification number
<alpha>(str)
Operator in long alphanumeric format; can contain up to 16 characters
Note
•
See also GSM 07.07: AT+COPN, AT+COPS
7.12 AT^SPLR Read entry from the preferred operators list
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPLR=?
Response(s)
^SPLR: (list of supported) <indexa>s
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT^SPLR=<indexl>[,<index2>]
Response(s)
R: <index1><oper> : <index2><oper>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Command Description
The test command returns the whole index range supported by the SIM.
The write command returns used entries from the SIM list of preferred operators
with <indexa> between <index1> and <index2>. If <index2> is not given, only
entry at <index1> is returned.
Parameter Description
<indexl>(num)
Location number to start reading from
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 136
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
<index2>(num)
Location number where to stop reading
<indexa>(num)
Index range supported by the SIM card (between <index1> and
<index2>)
<oper>(str)
Operator in numeric form; GSM location area identification number
Note
•
See also GSM 07.07: AT+CPOL
7.13 AT^SPLW Write an entry to the preferred operators list
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPLW=?
Response(s)
^SPLW: (list of supported) <index>s
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR:
Write Command
AT^SPLW=<index>[,<oper>]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Command Description
Test command returns the whole index range supported by the SIM
Write command writes an entry to the SIM list of preferred operators at location
number <index>. If <index> is given but <oper> is left out, the entry is deleted. If
<oper> is given but <index> is left out,<oper> is inserted in the next free
location.
Parameter Description
<index>(num)
location number
<oper>(str)
Operator in numeric format (GSM Location Area Identification number
which consists of a 3-digit country code plus a 2- or 3-digit network
code).
Note
•
See also GSM 07.07: AT+CPOL
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 137
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
8 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE COMMANDS
The AT commands described in this chapter are related to the Supplementary
Services offered by the GSM network.
8.1 AT+CACM Accumulated call meter (ACM) reset or
query
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CACM=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CACM?
Response(s)
+CACM: <acm>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CACM=[<passwd>]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
The read command returns the current ACM value.
The write command resets the Advice of Charge related to the accumulated
call meter (ACM) value in SIM file EF(ACM). ACM contains the total number of
home units for both the current and preceding calls.
Parameter Description
<acm>(str)
Three bytes of the current ACM value in hexadecimal format (e.g.
"00001E" indicates decimal value 30) 000000 - FFFFFF.
<passwd>(str)
SIM PIN2
8.2 AT^SACM Advice of charge and query of ACM and
ACMmax
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SACM=?
Response(s)
^SACM:(list of supported <n>s)
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 138
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Exec Command
AT^SACM
Response(s)
^SACM: <n>,<acm>,<acmMax>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT^SACM=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Unsolicited Result Code
+CCCM: <ccm>
When activated, an unsolicited result code is sent when the CCM value
changes, but not more often than every 10 seconds.
Command Description
The execute command can be used to query the current mode of the Advice
of Charge supplementary service, the SIM values of the accumulated call
meter (ACM) and accumulated call meter maximum (ACMmax).
The write command enables or disables the presentation of unsolicited result
codes to report the call charges.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F) suppress unsolicited result code
1
display unsolicited result code
<acm>(str)(W)
Three bytes of the current ACM value in hexadecimal format FFFFFF (e.g.
"00001E" indicates decimal value 30) 000000<acnmax>(str)(SV)
Three bytes of the max. ACM value in hexadecimal format disable
ACMmax feature 000001-FFFFFF (e.g. "00001E" indicates decimal value
30) 000000
<ccm>(str)
Three bytes of the current CCM value in hexadecimal format (e.g.
"00001E" indicates decimal value 30); bytes are coded in the same way
as ACMmax value in the SIM 000000-FFFFFF
Notes
•
When you power down or reset the ME with AT+CFUN=1,1 the URC
presentation mode will be reset to its default. To benefit from the URC it is
recommended to have the setting included in the user profile saved with
AT&W, or to select <n>=1 every time you reboot the ME.
•
See also GSM07.07: AT+CACM, AT+CAMM, AT+CAOC.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 139
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
8.3 AT+CAMM Accumulated call meter maximum
(ACMmax) set or query
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CAMM=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CAMM?
Response(s)
+CAMM: <acmmax>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CAMM=[<acmmax>[,<passwd>]]
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
The read command returns the current ACMmax value.
The write command sets the Advice of Charge related to the accumulated
call meter maximum value in SIM file EF (ACMmax). ACMmax contains the
maximum number of home units allowed to be consumed by the subscriber.
Parameter Description
<acmmax>(str)
Three bytes of the max. ACM value in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00001E"
indicates decimal value 30) 000000 disable ACMmax feature 000001FFFFFF.
<passwd>(str)
SIMPIN2
8.4 AT+CAOC Advice of Charge information
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CAOC=?
Read Command
AT+CAOC?
Exec Command
AT+CAOC
Response(s)
+CAOC: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Response(s)
+CAOC: <mode>
OK
Response(s)
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err> If <mode>=0, TA returns the current call meter value:
+CAOC: <ccm>
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 140
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
Write Command
AT+CAOC=[<mode>]
VERSION 1.01
Response(s)
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
If <mode>=0, TA returns the current call meter value.
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
Execute command returns the current call meter value.
The write command sets the Advice of Charge supplementary service function
mode.
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&V)
0
query CCM value
<ccm>(str)
Three bytes of the current CCM value in hexadecimal format (e.g.
"00001E" indicates decimal value 30); bytes are similarly coded as
ACMmax value in the SIM 000000-FFFFFF.
8.5 AT+CCUG Closed User Group
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CCUG=?
Read Command
AT+CCUG?
Write Command
AT+CCUG=[[<n>][,<index>][,<info>]]
Response(s)
+CCUG: list of supported <n>, range of supported <index>, range of supported
<info>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
+CCUG: <n>,<index>,<info>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07, GSM 02.85, GSM 03.85,
GSM 04.85
●
●
Command Description
The Test command returns the supported parameters.
The Read command returns if the Explicit CUG invocation is activated (in
parameter <n>), which CUG <index> is chosen, and if Preferential Group or
Outgoing Access is suppressed (in parameter <info>).
The write command serves to activate or deactivate the explicit CUG
invocation, to set the desired index, and to specify if Preferential Group or
Outgoing Access shall be suppressed.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 141
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
explicit CUG invocation options
0(D)
Deactivate explicit CUG invocation
1
Activate explicit CUG invocation
<index>(num)
0-9
explicit selection of CUG index
10(D) No index (preferred CUG taken from subscriber data)
<info>(num)
state of the call
0(D)
no information
1
suppress outgoing access
2
suppress preferential CUG
3
Suppress preferential CUG and Outgoing Access.
Notes
•
The active settings for omitted parameters are retained without changes.
•
Explicit CUG invocation means that at each call setup, CUG information is
added to the called number.
•
Upon
delivery,
<n>=0,
settings
are
predefined
with
<index>=10,
<info>=0.
•
These delivery defaults cannot be recalled automatically.
•
When starting a call with ATD, Parameter 'G' or 'g' of command ATD will
have no effect if the option selected for this single call is identical to the
option already selected with AT+CCUG.
•
Current settings are saved in the ME automatically.
•
ATZ or AT&F do not influence the current settings.
•
Some combinations of parameters may lead to rejection of CUG calls by
the network. For more information, please consult GSM 04.85
8.6 AT+CCFC Call forwarding number and conditions
control
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CCFC=?
Response(s)
+CCFC: (list/range of supported <reason>s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
AT+CCFC=
if <mode> is not equal 2 and command successful:
reason>,<mode>[,<number>[,<type>[,< OK
class>[,<time>]]]]
if <mode>= 2,<reason> is not equal 2 and command successful:
+ CCFC: <status>,<class>[,<number>,<type>]
OK
if <mode>= 2,<reason>= 2 and command successful:
+ CCFC: <status>,<class>[,<number>,<type>,<time>]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
+CME ERROR
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 142
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07, GSM 02.04, GSM 02.82,
GSM 03.82, GSM 04.82
○
●
Command Description
The Test command returns the supported parameters.
The write command controls the call forwarding supplementary service.
Registration, erasure, activation, deac-tivation and status query are supported.
Parameter Description
<reason>(num)
reason for call forwarding
0
unconditional
1
mobile busy
2
no reply
3
not reachable
4
all call forwarding (includes reasons 0,1,2 and 3)
5
all conditional call forwarding (includes reasons 1, 2 and 3)
<mode>(num)
network operation to be performed for Supplementary service "call
forwarding"
0
disable call forwarding (disable service)
1
enable call forwarding (enable service)
2
query status of call forwarding (query service status)
3
register <number> and activate call forwarding (register
service)
4
erase <number> and deactivate call forwarding (erase
service)
<number>(str)
string type phone number of forwarding address in format specified by
<type>. If you select <mode> = 3, the phone <number> will be registered
in the network. This allows you to disable/enable CF to the same
destination without the need to enter the phone number once again.
Depending on the services offered by the provider the registration may
be mandatory before CF can be used. The number remains registered in
the network until you register another number or erase it using <mode> =
4.
<type>(num)
type of address octect
145
dialling string <number> includes international access code
character'+'
129
otherwise
<class>(num)
integer or sum of integers each representing a class of information, i.e. a
bearer service, telecommunication service or bearer service group as
defined in "GSM 02.04"
1
voice
2
data
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 143
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
<class> 2 (data) comprises all those <class> values
between 16 and 128, that are supported both by the
network and the MS. This means, a setting made for
<class> 2 applies to all remaining data classes (if
supported). In addition, you can assign a different
setting to a specific class. For example, you can
activate Call Forwarding for all data classes, but
deactivate it for a specific data class.
4
fax
[7]
voice, data and fax (1+2+4)
8
SMS
16
data circuit sync
32
data circuit async
64
dedicated packet access
128
dedicated PAD access
1...[7]...255
combination of some of the above classes. For
example, the default setting 7 represents the sum of
the integers 1, 2 and 4 (CF for voice, data and fax).
The value 255 covers all classes. If the <class>
parameter is omitted, the default value 7 is used.
<time>(num)
5...[20]...30
time to wait before call is forwarded, rounded to a
multiple of 5 sec. (only for <reason>=no reply)
<status>(num)
0
Call Forwarding not active
1
Call Forwarding active
Notes
•
You can register, disable, enable and erase <reason> 4 and 5 as described
above. However, querying the status of <reason> 4 and 5 with AT+CCFC
will result in an error ("CME error: Operation not supported"). As an
alternative, you may use the ATD command followed by *'# codes to
check the status of these two reasons. See List of *# Codes for a complete
list of *# GSM codes. See also examples below.
•
Most networks will not permit registration of new parameters for conditional
call forwarding (reasons 1,2,3,5) while unconditional call forwarding is
enabled.
•
The AT+CCFC command offers a broad range of call forwarding options
according to the GSM specifications. However, when you attempt to set a
call forwarding option which is not provisioned or not yet subscribed to, the
setting will not take effect regardless of the response returned. The
responses in these cases vary with the network (for example "OK",
"Operation not allowed", "Operation not supported" etc.). To make sure
check the call forwarding status with <mode>=2.
•
Some networks may choose to have certain call forwarding conditions
permanently enabled (e.g. forwarding to a mailbox if the mobile is not
reachable). In this case, erasure or deactivation of call forwarding for these
conditions will not be successful, even if the CCFC request is answered with
response "OK".
•
The command has been implemented with the full set of <class>
parameters according to GSM 07.07. For actual applicability of SS "call
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 144
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
forwarding" to a specific service or service group (a specific <class> value)
please consult table A.1 of GSM 02.04.
•
There is currently no release of GSM standard "GSM 02.04", in which the
"Call Forwarding" Supplementary Service is defined as applicable to SMS
services.
Example
Please note that when you configure or query call forwarding without
specifying any classes, the settings will refer to classes 1, 2 and 4 only
(=default). The handling of classes is equivalent to AT+CLCK.
•
To register the destination number for unconditional call forwarding
(CFU):
at+ccfc=0,3,"+4 93012345678",145
OK
The destination number will be registered for voice, data and fax
services (default <class> 7).
In most networks, the registration will also cause call forwarding to be
activated for these <class> values.
•
To query the status of CFU without specifying <class>:
at+ccfc=0,2
+CCFC: 1,1,"+493012345678",145
+CCFC: 1,2,"+493012345678",145
+CCFC: 1,4,"+493012345678",145
OK
•
To deactivate CFU without specifying <class>:
at+ccfc=0,0
OK
To check whether CFU was successfully deactivated (note that the
destination number remains registered in the network when you disable
CFU):
at+ccfc=0,2
+CCFC: 0,1,"+493012345678",145
+CCFC: 0,2,"+493012345678",145
+CCFC: 0,4,"+493012345678",145
OK
•
To erase the registered CFU destination number:
at+ccfc=0,4
OK
Now, when you check the status, no destination number will be
indicated:
at+ccfc=0,2
+CCFC: 0,1
+CCFC: 0,2
+CCFC: 0,4
OK
To query the status of CFU for all classes:
at + ccfc = 0,2,, ,255
+CCFC:0,1
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 145
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
+CCFC:0,2
+CCFC:0,4
+CCFC:0,8
+CCFC:0,16
+CCFC:0,32
+CCFC:0,64
+CCFC:0,128
OK
•
<reason> 4 or 5 cannot be used to query the status of all call
forwarding reasons (see also notes above):
at+ccfc=4,2
+CME error: operation not supported
at+ccfc=5,2
+CME error: operation not supported
8.7 AT+CCWA Call Waiting
This command controls the "Call Waiting" supplementary service according to GSM
02.83. Activation, deactiva-tion and status query are supported.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CCWA=?
Read Command
AT+CCWA?
Write Command
AT+CCWA=[[<n>][,<mode>][,<class>]]
Response(s)
+ccwA:(list of supported <n>s)
OK
Response(s)
+CCWA:<n>
OK
Response(s)
if <mode> is not equal 2 and command successful:
OK
if <mode>= 2 and command successful:
+CCWA: <status>,<class> [+CCWA: <status>,<class>] [+CCWA: ...]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07, GSM 02.04, GSM 02.83,
GSM 03.83, GSM 04.83
●
●
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC1
Indication of a call that is currently waiting and can be accepted.
+CCWA: <calling number>,<type of number>,<class>,<CLI validity>
If <n>=1 and the call waiting supplementary service is enabled in the
network, URC "+CCWA" indicates a waiting call to the TE. It appears while
the waiting call is still ringing.
URC 2
Indication of a call that has been waiting.
If <n>=1 and the call waiting supplementary service is enabled in the
network, this URC indicates that a waiting call rang when the ME was in
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 146
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
online mode during a CSD call, but the calling party hung up before the
ME went back to command mode.
Command Description
The test command returns the list of supported "<n>"s.
The read command returns the current value of parameter <n>.
The write command controls the call waiting supplementary service.
Activation, deactivation and status query are supported.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
Switch URCs "+CCWA" and "^SCWA" for call waiting on/off
0
Disable display of URCs "+CCWA" and
1
Enable display of URCs "+CCWA" and "
<mode>(num)
Network operation to be performed for Supplementary service call
waiting
0
Disable call waiting (disable service)
1
Enable call waiting (enable service)
2
Query status of call waiting (query service status)
<class>(num)
Integer or sum of integers each representing a class of information, i.e. a
bearer service, telecommunication service or bearer service group as
defined in "GSM 02.04".
In the write command, parameter <class> specifies the class of the
active call during which an incoming call of any class is to be regarded
as a waiting call.
In URC "+CCWA: <calling number>,<type of number>,<class>,<CLI
validity>", parameter <class> specifies the class of the waiting call.
1
voice
2
data
<class> 2 (data) comprises all those <class> values
between 16 and 128, that are supported both by the
network and the MS. This means, a setting made for
<class> 2 applies to all remaining data classes (if
supported). In addition, you can assign a different
setting to a specific class. For example, you can
activate call waiting for all data classes, but
deactivate it for a specific data class.
4
fax
8
SMS
16
data circuit sync
32
data circuit async
64
dedicated packet access
128
dedicated PAD access
1...[7]...255
Combination of some of the above classes. For
example, the default setting 7 represents the sum of
the integers 1, 2 and 4 (CF for voice, data and fax).
The value 255 covers all classes. If parameter "class" is
omitted, the default value 7 is used.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 147
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
<status>(num)
0
Call waiting service is not active
1
Call waiting service is active
<calling number>(str)
Phone number of waiting caller in the format specified by parameter
<type of number>.
<type of number>(num)
Type of address octet in integer format (refer to GSM 04.08, subclause
10.5.4.7)
145
<calling number>
character'+'
129
Otherwise
includes
international
access
code
<CLIvalidity>(num)
0
CLI valid
1
CLI has been withheld
2
CLI is not available
Notes
•
If the active call is a CSD call, and a waiting call is received, then the ME
produces a BREAK while still in online mode, and displays
-
the +CCWA URC (as above) when the ME goes back to command
mode while the waiting call is still active and can be accepted;
-
or the ^SCWA URC (as above) when the ME goes back to
command mode after the waiting call has ended.
-
With the AT+CHLD command, it is possible to establish a multiparty
call or to set the active voice call on hold and then accept a
waiting voice call (not possible with fax and data call). See also
AT+CHLD
•
Users should be aware that if call waiting is activated (<mode>=1), the
presentation of URCs needs to be enabled, too (<n>=1).
•
Otherwise, on the one hand, awaiting caller would be kept waiting due to
lack of BUSY signals, while, on the other hand, the waiting call would not be
indicated to the called party.
•
The AT+CCWA command offers a broad range of options according to the
GSM specifications. However, when you attempt to enable call waiting for
a <class> for which the service is not provisioned or not supported , the
setting will not take effect regardless of the response returned. The
responses in these cases vary with the network (for example "OK",
"Operation not allowed", "Operation not supported" etc.). To make sure
check the current call waiting settings with <mode>=2.
•
The AT+CCWA command has been implemented with the full set of
<class> parameters according to GSM 07.07. For actual applicability of SS
call waiting to a specific service or service group (a specific <class> value)
please consult table A.1 of GSM 02.04.
•
Despite the specifications stated in GSM 02.04 call waiting is not handled
uniformly among all networks: GSM 02.04, Annex A, provides the following
specification:
•
"The applicability of call waiting refers to the telecommunication service of
the active call and not of the waiting call. The incoming, waiting, call may
be of any kind." Nevertheless, networks do differ on the actual
implementation of the service. For example, the activation of call waiting
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 148
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
for <class> 4, "fax", causes some networks to send a call waiting indication
if a call "of any kind" comes in during an active fax call, but others may
(with the same settings active) indicate a waiting fax call during any kind
of active call. Thus, the only reliable way to receive or prevent a call
waiting indication under any circumstances and in any network, is to
activate or deactivate call waiting for all tele- and bearer services (<class>
255).
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
Parameter <n>
at+ccwa=1
To enable the presentation of the URC
OK
EXAMPLE 2
Parameter <mode>
at+ccwa=,1
To activate the supplementary service in the network
for voice, data, and fax calls (default classes). Note
that parameter <n> is left out. In this case, the current
value of <n> will be retained.
OK
at+ccwa=,2
To query the network status of call waiting for default
classes.
at+ccwa=1,1
Call Waiting is activated during voice calls.
at+ccwa=1,2
Call Waiting is activated during data calls.
at+ccwa=1,4
Call Waiting is activated during fax calls.
OK
EXAMPLE 3
Parameter <class>
AT+CCWA=,0,1
To deactivate call waiting for voice calls.
OK
8.8 AT+CHLD Call Hold and Multiparty
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CHLD=?
Write Command
AT+CHLD=[<n>]
Response(s)
+CHLD: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
TA controls the Supplementary Services Call Hold and Multiparty. Calls can be
put on hold, recovered, released, and added to a conversation.
Like for all Supplementary Services, the availability and detailed functionality of
Call Hold and Multiparty services depends on the configuration of the GSM
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 149
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
network. The TANGO55/56 can only request the service, but the network
decides whether and how the request will be answered.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0
1
Release all held calls or set User Determined User Busy (UDUB) for a
waiting call:
•
If a call is waiting, release the waiting call. The calling party will
receive a "BUSY" indication (Supplementary Service User
Determined User Busy "UDUB")
•
Otherwise, terminate all held calls (if any).
Terminate all active calls (if any) and accept "the other call" as the
active call:
•
If a call is waiting, the waiting call will be accepted.
•
Otherwise, if a held call is present, the held call becomes
active.
1X
Terminate a specific call X (X= 1-7). The call may be active, held or
waiting. The remote party of the terminated call will receive a "NO
CARRIER" indication. Parameter X is the call number <idx> of the
targeted call in the list of current calls available with AT command
AT+CLCC.
2
Place all active calls on hold (if any) and accept "the other call" as
the active call:
•
If a call is waiting, the waiting call will be accepted.
•
Otherwise, if a held call is present, the held call becomes
active.
2X
Place all active calls except call X (X= 1-7) on hold. Parameter X is
the call number <idx> of the targeted call in the list of current calls
available with AT command AT+CLCC.
3
Add a held call to the active calls in order to set up a conference
(multiparty) call.
Notes
•
The AT+CHLD command offers a broad range of options according to the
GSM specifications. However, if you attempt to invoke an option which is
not provisioned by the network, or not subscribed to, invocation of this
option will fail. The responses in these cases may vary with the network (for
example "Operation not allowed", "Operation not supported" etc.).
•
This Supplementary Service is only applicable to Teleservice 11 (Speech
telephony), that is, voice calls can be put on hold, while data or fax calls
cannot. For example, with AT+CHLD=2 you can simultaneously place a
voice call on hold and accept another waiting voice call. But it is possible
to place a voice call on hold in order to accept a waiting data of fax call,
and afterwards recover the voice call. In this case, the only difference over
speech telephony is that the data or fax call needs to be manually
accepted via ATA (see example below).
•
In conflict situations, e.g. when a waiting call comes while there are
already held calls, the above procedures apply to the waiting call only. For
example,<n>=0 rejects the waiting call, but does not affect the held calls.
•
See also the AT+CCWA command for details on how to display waiting
calls.
Example
^SYSSTART
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 150
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
at+cpin="9999"
OK
+CREG: 2
+CREG: 1,"0145","0016"
The mobile is now registered.
at+ccwa=1,1,1
You activate the indication of waiting
calls during voice calls.
OK
atd"1234567";
You make a voice call.
OK
+CCWA: "+491791292364",145,32,,0
You receive a URC indicating a
waiting data call.
at+chld=2
You put the voice call on hold.
RING
You now receive the RING of the data call.
OK
RING
RING
ATA
You accept the data call.
CONNECT 9600/RLP
hello
OK
"+++"
With "+++" you go in command mode.
at+clcc
You interrogate the status of all established
calls.
+CLCC: 1,0,1,0,0, "03038639268",129
+ CLCC: 2,1,0,1,0,"+491791292364",145
OK
at+chld=1
The active data call is terminated and the
held voice call becomes active.
OK
at+clcc
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0, "03038639268",129
OK
8.9 AT+CLIP Calling line identification presentation
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CLIP=?
Response(s)
+CLIP: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CLIP?
Response(s)
+ CLIP: <n>,<m>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 151
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Write Command
AT+CLIP=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC1
Voice call response format:
+CLIP: <number>,<type>, , , ,<CLI validity>
URC2
Data/FAX call response format:
+CLIP: <number>,<type>
When CLIP is enabled at the TE (and is permitted by the calling
subscriber), an unsolicited result code is returned after every RING (or
+CRING: <type>) at a mobile terminating call.
Command Description
This command refers to the GSM supplementary service CLIP (Calling Line
Identification Presentation) that enables a called subscriber to get the calling
line identity (CLI) of the calling party when receiving a mobile terminated call.
Write command enables or disables the presentation of the CLI at the TE. It has
no effect on the execution of the supplementary service CLIP in the network.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
suppress unsolicited result codes
1
display unsolicited result codes
<m>(num)(&V)
0
CLIP not provisioned
1
CLIP provisioned
2
unknown
<number>(str)
string type phone number of calling address in format specified by
<type>
<type>(num)
type of address octet in integer format; 145 when dialling string includes
international access code character "+", otherwise 129.
<CLIvalidity>(num)
0
CLI valid
1
CLI has been withheld by the originator.
2
CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of
originating network. <number> shall be an empty string ("") and
<type> value will not be significant.
When CLI is not available (<CLIvalidity>=2),<number> shall be an empty string
("") and <type> value will not be significant. Nevertheless, TA shall return the
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 152
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
recommended value 128 for <type> (TON/NPI unknown in accordance with
GSM 04.08 subclause 10.5.4.7).
When CLI has been withheld by the originator, (<CLIvalidity>=1) and the CLIP is
provisioned with the "override category" option (refer GSM 02.81 and GSM
03.81),<number> and <type> is provided. Otherwise, TA shall return the same
setting for <number> and <type> as if the CLI was not available.
8.10 AT+CLIR Calling line identification restriction
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CLIR=?
Response(s)
+CLIR: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CLIR?
Response(s)
+ CLIR<n>,<m>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CLIR=[<n>]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
◑
●
Command Description
This command refers to the GSM supplementary service CLIR (Calling Line
Identification Restriction).
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
Parameter shows the settings for outgoing calls:
[0](P)
Presentation indicator is used according to the subscription
of the CLIR service
2
LIR invocation
3
LIR suppression
<m>(num)
Parameter shows the subscriber CLIR service status in the network:
0
IR not provisioned
1
IR provisioned in permanent mode
2
known (e.g. no network, etc.)
3
IR temporary mode presentation restricted
4
IR temporary mode presentation allowed
Note
•
The settings made with AT+CLIR=1 or AT+CLIR=2 are used for all outgoing
calls until the ME is switched off or AT+CLIR=0 is used.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 153
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
8.11 AT+CPUC Price per unit and currency table
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPUC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CPUC?
Response(s)
+ CPUC: <currency>,<ppu>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CPUC=<currency>,<ppu>[,<passwd>]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
Read command returns the current parameters of PUC.
Write command sets the parameters of Advice of Charge related price per
unit and currency table. SIM PIN2 is usually required to set the parameters.
Parameter Description
<currency>(str)(+CSCS)
Three-character currency code (e.g. "GBP", "EUR"). If the currency name
is longer than three characters, all characters will be cut off after the
third position. Before they are written to the SIM card, these characters
are converted to the standard GSM alphabet.
<ppu>(str)
Price per unit; dot is used as a decimal separator (e.g. "2.66"). The length
is limited to 20 characters. If the string length is exceeded, the command
is terminated with an error. This string may only contain digits and a dot.
Leading zeros are removed from the string. The minimum and maximum
value are determined by the structure of the SIM-PUCT file. The maximum
price per unit value is 999 999 999.00. When successfully entered, this
value is rounded to maximum accuracy. Note: Due to storage in
mantisse (range 0-4095) and exponent (-7 to 7) it is possible that rounding
errors occur.
<passwd>(str)
SIM PIN2. String parameter which can contain any combination of
characters. The maximum string length is limited to 8 characters. If this
value is exceeded, the command terminates with an error message. If
the PIN2 is incorrect, a CME error (+CME ERROR: incorrect password) is
output.
Example
To change currency and/or price per unit you have two ways:
You can enter PIN2 along with the AT+CPUC command:
AT+CPUC="EUR","0.10","8888"
(where "8888" = PIN2)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 154
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
OK
Alternatively, you can first use the AT+CPIN2 command to enter PIN2. When
you execute the AT+CPUC command, subsequently, take into account that
PIN2 authentication expires after 300 ms (see notes in AT+CPIN2).
AT+CPUC="EUR","0.10"
OK
successful
AT+CPUC="EUR","0.10"
+CME ERROR: SIM PIN2 required
Attempt not successful.
authentication has expired.
PIN2
8.12 AT+CSSN Supplementary service notifications
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSSN=?
Response(s)
+CSSN: (list of supported <n>s), (list of supported <m>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSSN?
Response(s)
+ CSSN: <n>,<m>
OK
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
AT+CSSN=<n>[,<m>]
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
+CSSI: <code 1>
When <n>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a
mobile originated call setup, intermediate result code "+cssi": <code 1> is
sent to TE before any other MO call setup result codes
URC 2
+CSSU: <code 2>
When <m>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received during
a mobile terminated call setup or during a call, unsolicited result code
"+cssu": <code 2> is sent to TE.
Command Description
The write command enables or disables the presentation of URCs for
supplementary services.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0(&F)
Suppress "+CSSI" URCs
1
Activate "+CSSI" URCs
0(&F)
Suppress "+CSSU" URCs
<m>(num)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 155
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
1
<code
VERSION 1.01
Activate "+CSSU" URCs
l>(num)
3
Waiting call is pending
<code 2>(num)
0
The incoming call is a forwarded call.
5
Held call was terminated
Note
•
The URCs will be displayed only if the call concerned is a voice call.
8.13 AT+CUSD Supplementary service notifications
This command allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD)
according to GSM 02.90. Both network and mobile initiated operations are
supported.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CUSD=?
Response(s)
+CUSD: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CUSD?
Response(s)
+CUSD: <n>
OK
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
Write Command
AT+CUSD=<n>[,<str>[,<dcs>]]
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07, GSM 02.90, GSM 03.90,
GSM 04.90
●
●
Unsolicited Result Code
+ CUSD: <m>[<str>[<dcs>] ]
URC "+CUSD" indicates an USSD response from the network, or network
initiated operation
Command Description
The read command returns the current <n> value
Write command parameter <n> is used to disable/enable the presentation of
an unsolicited result code (USSD response from the network, or network
initiated operation) "+CUSD: <m>[<str>[<dcs>]]" to the TE.
When <str> is given, a mobile initiated USSD string or a response USSD string to a
network initiated operation is sent to the network. The response USSD string
from the network is returned in a subsequent unsolicited result code "+CUSD".
The interaction of this command with other commands based on other GSM
supplementary services is described in the GSM standard.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0(&F)
Disable the result code presentation in the TA
1
Enable the result code presentation in the TA
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 156
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
2
VERSION 1.01
Cancel session (not applicable to read command response)
<str>(str)
Stringtype USSD-string (when <str> parameter is not given, network is not
interrogated).
If <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used TA converts
GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to rules of GSM
07.05 Annex A.
<dcs>(num)
GSM 03.38 Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format
(default 15)
<m>(num)
0
No further user action required (network initiated USSD-Notify,
or no further information needed after mobile initiated
operation)
1
Further user action required (network initiated USSD-Request,
or further information needed after mobile initiated
operation).
If <m>=1, then the URC ends with ">" to prompt the user for
input. The user action is finished with <CTRL-Z> or aborted with
<ESC>.
2
USSD terminated by network.
Notes
•
For the write command, only <dcs>= 15 is supported.
•
When a USSD string is sent via ATD, a "AT+CUSD=1" is executed implicitly.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 157
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
9 GPRS COMMANDS
This chapter describes AT commands that a TE (Terminal Equipment, e.g. an
application running on a controlling PC) may use to control the TANGO55/56 acting
as GPRS Mobile Termination (MT). Please use chapter "Using GPRS AT commands
(Examples)" as a first guidance.
9.1 AT+CGACT PDP context activate or deactivate
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGACT=?
Read Command
AT+CGACT?
Write Command
AT+CGACT=[<state>[,<cid>[,<cid>[,... ]]]]
Response(s)
+CGACT: (list of supported <state>s)
OK
Response(s)
+ CGACT: <cid>,<state>
[+CGACT: <cid>,<state>]
OK
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
The test command is used for requesting information on the supported PDP
context activation states. The read command returns the current activation
states for all the defined PDP contexts.
The write command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP
context(s). After the command has completed, the MT remains in V.25ter
command state. If any PDP context is already in the requested state, the state
for that context remains unchanged. If the MT is not GPRS attached when the
activation form of the command is executed, the MT first performs a GPRS
attach and them attempts to activate the specified contexts. If no <cid>s are
specified
the
activation/deactivation
form
of
the
command
activates/deactivates all defined contexts. If the MT is not able to activate a
context because of a failed attach, command returns with "ERROR" or with
"+CME ERROR: unknown" after 385 seconds (timer T3310 expired).
If the MT is attached but is not able to activate a context for more than 160
seconds (timer T3380 expired), command returns with "ERROR" or with "+CME
ERROR: unspecified GPRS error. In this case AT+CEER returns "+CEER:51,3,0".
Parameter Description
<state>(num)
Indicates the state of PDP context activation.
0
detached
[1]
attached
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 158
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
<cid>(num)
PDP Context Identifier is a numeric parameter which specifies a
particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT
interface and is used in other PDP context-related commands.
1...2
Notes
•
ATH will deactivate any PDP context.
•
If the MT is in dedicated mode, write command returns with "+CME ERROR:
operation temporary not allowed.
•
A maximum of 2 contexts can be activated at the same time, no matter
on which interface. Trying to activate more than 2 contexts will cause
"+CME ERROR: operation temporary not allowed. Note that, depending on
the provider, the number of activated contexts may be further restricted. In
such cases "+CME ERROR: unspecified GPRS error" will be returned and
AT+CEER returns "+CEER: 50,26,0".
Remember that contexts may be activated implicitly by using the ATD*98#
or ATD*99# GPRS compatibility commands without specifying a <cid>.
9.2 AT+CGANS Manual response to a network request for
PDP context activation
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGANS=?
Response(s)
+CGANS: (list of supported <response>s), (list of supported <L2P>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+ CGANS=[<response>[,<L2P>[,<cid>]]]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
The write command requests the MT to respond to a network request for GPRS
PDP context activation which has been signaled to the TE by the RING or
CRING unsolicited result code. The <response> parameter allows the TE to
accept or reject the request.
Parameter Description
<response>(num)
[0]
the request is rejected and the MT returns OK to the TE
1
accept and request that the PDP context be activated
<L2P>(str)
a string parameter which indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used
(see AT+CGDATA command)
<cid>(num)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 159
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition (see AT+CGDCONT command).
Note
•
If <response> is 1, the following procedure is followed by the MT:
•
If the <L2P> parameter value is unacceptable to the MT, the MT will return
an ERROR or +CME ERROR response. Otherwise, the MT issues the
intermediate result code CONNECT and enters V.25ter online data state.
•
A <cid> may be specified for use in the context activation request.
During the PDP startup procedure the MT has the PDP type and the PDP
address provided by the network in the Request PDP context activation
message. If this is in conflict with the information provided by a specified
<cid>, the command will fail. There will be no conflict, if the PDP type
matches exactly and the PDP address given by the context definition for
<cid> is empty or matches exactly with the address specified with the
network PDP context activation message.
The context will be activated using the values for PDP type and address
provided by the network, together with all other information found in the
PDP context definition. An APN may or may not be required, depending
on the application.
If no <cid> is given or if there is no matching context definition, the MT will
attempt to activate the context using the values for PDP type and address
provided by the network. The other parameters will be set to their default
values (see AT+CGDCONT). If activation is successful, data transfer may
proceed.
After data transfer is completed, and the layer 2 protocol termination
procedure has completed successfully, the V.25ter command state is
reentered and the MT returns the final result code OK. In the event of an
erroneous termination or a failure to start up, the V.25ter command state is
reentered and the MT returns the final result code NO CARRIER, or if
enabled, +CME ERROR. Attach, activate and other errors may be
reported. It is also an error to issue the AT+CGANS command when there is
no pending network request. The command may be used in both normal
and modem compatibility modes.
9.3 AT+CGATT GPRS attach or detach
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGATT=?
Response(s)
+CGATT: (list of supported <state>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGATT?
Response(s)
+CGATT: <state>
OK
Write Command
AT+CGATT=[<state>]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 160
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
●
GSM 07.07
●
Command Description
The test command is used for requesting information on the supported GPRS
service states. The read command returns the current GPRS service state.
The write command is used to attach the MT to, or detach the MT from the
GPRS service. After the command has completed, the MT remains in V.25ter
command state. If the MT is already in the requested state, the command is
ignored and the OK response is returned. Any active PDP contexts will be
automatically deactivated when the attachment state changes to detached.
If the MT is not able to attach for more than 5 minutes, command returns with
"ERROR" or "+CME ERROR: unknown", but MT is still trying to attach.
If the MT is not able to detach for more than 1 minute, command returns with
"ERROR" or "+CME ERROR: unknown", but MT is still trying to detach. If an attach
is issued during a running detach, command returns with "ERROR" or "+CME
ERROR: unspecified GPRS error.
Parameter Description
<state>(num)
Indicates the state of GPRS attachement.
0(P)
detached
[1]
attached
Notes
•
If the MT is in dedicated mode, write command returns with "+CME ERROR:
operation temporary not allowed.
•
When the module is GPRS attached and a PLMN reselection occurs to a
non-GPRS capable network or to a network where the SIM is not subscribed
to for using GPRS, the resulting GMM (GPRS mobility management) state
according to GSM 24.008 is REGISTERED/NO CELL, meaning that the read
command will still show <state>=1.
9.4 AT+CGAUTO Automatic response to a network request
for PDP context activation
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGAUTO=?
Response(s)
+CGAUTO : (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGAUTO?
Response(s)
+CGAUTO: <n>
OK
Write Command
AT+CGAUTO=[<n>]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 161
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
The test command returns the values of <n> supported by the MT as a
compound value.
The write command disables or enables an automatic positive response (autoanswer) to the receipt of a Request PDP Context Activation message from the
network. It also provides control over the use of the V.25ter basic commands
ATSO, ATA and ATH for handling network requests for PDP context activation.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0
Disable automatic response for network requests for
GPRS PDP context activation. GPRS network requests
are manually accepted or rejected by the AT+CGANS
command.
1
Enable automatic response for network requests for
GPRS PDP context activation. GPRS requests are
automatically accepted according to the description
below.
3(P)
Modem
compatibility
mode.
The
automatic
acceptance of both GPRS and incoming CSD calls is
controlled by the ATS0command. Manual control uses
the ATA and ATH commands, respectively, to accept
or reject GPRS network requests or incoming CSD calls.
Notes
•
It is allowed to have different AT+CGAUTO settings on different interfaces.
•
When the AT+CGAUTO=0 command is received, the MT will not perform a
GPRS detach if it is attached. Subsequently, when the MT announces a
network request for PDP context activation by issuing the URC RING or
CRING, the TE may manually accept or reject the request by issuing the
AT+CGANS command or may simply ignore the network request.
•
When the AT+CGAUTO=1 command is received, the MT will attempt to
perform a GPRS attach if it is not yet attached. Failure will result in ERROR
or, if enabled +CME ERROR being returned to the TE. Subsequently, the MT
announces a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the
URC RING to the TE, followed by the intermediate result code CONNECT.
The MT then enters V.25ter online data state and follows the same
procedure as it would after having received a +CGANS=1 with no <L2P> or
<cid> values specified.
•
If a GPRS attach will be initiated by this command and the MT is not able to
attach for more than 385 seconds (timer T3310 expired), command returns
with "ERROR" or "+CME ERROR: unknown", but MT is still trying to attach and
the requested automatic mode <n> is in use.
•
If a network request for PDP context activation is answered automatically
and if another AT command is issued at the same time on the same
interface, then this AT command is not executed. Any response belongs to
the automatic context activation procedure. If the AT command which
caused the collision was a circuit switched data call, the CONNECT
response does not belong to this data call but to the GPRS. This can be
detected if ATX is not set to 0. CS data call will issue CONNECT <text>, GPRS
will issue CONNECT only.
9.5 AT+CGDATA Enter data state
Syntax
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 162
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Test Command
AT+CGDATA=?
Response(s)
+CGDATA: (list of supported <L2P>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CGDATA=[<L2P>[,<cid>[,<cid>[,... ]]]]
Response(s)
CONNECT
NO CARRIER
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
The test command is used for requesting information on the supported layer 2
protocols to be used between the TE and MT.
The write command causes the MT to perform all actions which are necessary
to establish communication between the TE and the network using one or
more GPRS PDP types. This may include performing a GPRS attach and one or
more PDP context activations. Commands following the AT+CGDATA
command in the AT command line will not be processed by the MT.
If no <cid> is given or if there is no matching context definition, the MT will
attempt to activate the context with PDP type IP and all other context
parameters set to their default values (see AT+CGDCONT, AT+CGQREQ,
AT+CGQMIN).
If the <L2P> parameter is omitted, the layer 2 protocol is unspecified and PPP
will be used.
If the write command is successful, the MT issues the intermediate result code
CONNECT and enters V.25ter online data state.
After data transfer is complete, and the layer 2 protocol termination
procedure has completed successfully, the command state is reentered and
the MT returns the final result code OK.
If the <L2P> parameter value is unacceptable to the MT, the MT returns ERROR
or +CME ERROR.
In the event of erroneous termination or a failure to start up, the command
state is reentered and the MT returns NO CARRIER, or if enabled +CME ERROR.
Parameter Description
<L2P>(str)
Layer 2 protocol to be used between the TE and MT.
["PPP"] layer 2 protocol PPP
"1"
layer 2 protocol PPP
<cid>(num)
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. The
parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is used in other PDP
context-related commands.
1...2
Notes
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 163
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
•
If the MT is in dedicated mode, write command returns with "+CME ERROR:
operation temporary not allowed".
•
It is possible to leave the GPRS data mode and enter the command mode
by using the V.25ter command +++. By using the command AT+CGDATA
again, the data mode is reentered. Which context is used to return to data
mode, depends on the supplied parameter <cid>.
•
If no <cid> is specified, this is equivalent to using the V.25ter command ATO,
which is usable for GPRS connections too. In this case the first context is
used, which is active and which was already in data mode since it was
activated (the internal context, which is used for GPRS connection without
explicitely specifiying a context identifier, has the highest priority).
•
It is possible, to use AT+CGDATA to enter the data mode for a context,
which was not in data mode since it was activated. With ATO this is not
possible.
9.6 AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGDCONT=?
Response(s)
+CGDCONT: (range of supported <cid>s),<PDP_type>,,,(list
of supported <d_comp>s), (list of supported <h_comp>s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT+CGDCONT?
Response(s)
+CGDCONT:<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_
comp>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
AT+CGDCONT=[<cid>[,<PDP_type>[,<APN>[,<PDP OK
_addr>]]]]
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
The test command returns supported values as a compound value.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined PDP context.
The write command specifies the parameters for a PDP context identified by
the context identifier <cid>. The number of contexts that may be in a defined
state at the same time is given by the range returned by the test command. A
special form of the write command (AT+CGDCONT=<cid>) causes the values
for context <cid> to become undefined.
Parameter Description
<cid>(num)
PDP Context Identifier
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 164
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. The
parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is used in other PDP
context-related commands.
1...2
<PDP_type>(str)
Packet Data Protocol type
Specifies the type of the packet data protocol.
"IP"
Internet Protocol (IETF STD 5)
<APN>(str)
Access Point Name
The logical name that is used to select the GGSN or the external
packet data network. If the value is null or omitted, then the
subscription value will be requested.
<PDP_addr>(str)
Packet Data Protocol address
Identifies the MT in the address space applicable to PDP (e.g. IP V4
address for PDP type IP). If the value is null or omitted, then a value
may be provided by the TE during the PDP startup procedure or,
failing that, a dynamic address will be requested. The read
command will continue to return the null string even if an address
has been allocated during the PDP startup procedure. The
allocated address may be read using AT+CGPADDR.
<d_comp>(num) Data Compression
Controls the PDP data compression (applicable for Subnetwork
Dependent Convergence Protocol (SNDCP) only) 3GPP TS 44.065
[0]
off
<h_comp>(num)
Header Compression
Controls the PDP header compression 3GPP TS 44.065, 3GPP TS
25.323
[0]
off
Notes
•
The MT supports PDP type IP only.
•
AT&F and ATZ will undefine every context which is not active or not online.
9.7 AT+CGPADDR Show PDP address
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGPADDR=?
Response(s)
+CGPADDR: (list of supported <cid>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CGPADDR=[<cid>[<cid>[...]]]
Response(s)
+ CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_address>
+ CGPADDR: ...
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 165
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
The test command returns a list of defined <cid>s.
The write command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context
identifiers.
Parameter Description
<cid>(num)
a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition (see AT+CGDCONTcommand).
<PDP address>(str)
a string that identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the
PDP. The address may be static or dynamic.
Note
•
If no <cid> is specified, the write command will return a list of all defined
contexts.
9.8 AT+CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile (Minimum
acceptable)
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGQMIN=?
Response(s)
+CGQMIN: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <precedence>s), (list of
supported <delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s), (list of
supported <peak>s), (list of supported <mean>s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
+ CGQMIN:
<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT+CGQMIN?
Write Command
Response(s)
AT+CGQMIN=[<cid>[,<precedence>[,<delay>[,<reliabili OK
ty>[,<peak> [,<mean>]]]]]]
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the MT
supports several PDP types, the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are
returned on a separate line.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context. If no
minimum profile was explicitly specified for a context, simply OK will be
returned, but default values will be used for that context.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 166
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
This command allows the TE to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is
checked by the MT against the negotiated profile returned in the Activate PDP
Context Accept message.
The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local)
context identification parameter, a special form of the set command,
AT+CGQMIN=<cid> causes the minimum acceptable profile for context
number <cid> to become undefined. In this case no check is made against
the negotiated profile. AT&F and ATZ will undefine the minimum QoS profiles of
every context which is not active or not online.
Parameter Description
<cid>(num)
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. The
parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is used in other PDP
context-related commands.
1...2
<precedence>(num)
Precedence class
[0]
network subscribed value
1
High Priority
Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of
precedence classes 2 and 3
2
Normal priority
Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of
precedence class 3
3
Low priority
Service commitments shall be maintained
<delay>(num)
Delay class
The delay parameter defines the end-to-end transfer delay incurred
in the transmission of SDUs through the GPRS network(s).
[0]
network subscribed value
1..4
SDU size: 128 octets:
Delay Class
Mean Transfer Delay
95 percentile
1 (Predictive)
<0.5
<1.5
2 (Predictive)
<5
<25
3 (Predictive)
<50
<250
4 (Best Effort)
Unspecified
SDU size: 1024 octets:
Delay Class
Mean Transfer Delay
95 percentile
1 (Predictive)
<0.5
<1.5
2 (Predictive)
<5
<25
3 (Predictive)
<50
<250
4 (Best Effort)
Unspecified
<reliability>(num)
Reliability class
[0]
network subscribed value
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 167
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
1
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that
cannot cope with data loss
2
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that
can cope with infrequent data loss
3
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that
can cope with data loss, GMM/SM, and SMS
4
Real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can
cope with data loss
5
Real-time traffic, error non-sensitive application that
can cope with data loss
<peak>(num)
Peak throughput class (in octets per second).
[0]
network subscribed value
1
Up to 1 000 (8 kbit/s).
2
Up to 2 000 (16 kbit/s).
3
Up to 4 000 (32 kbit/s).
4
Up to 8 000 (64 kbit/s).
5
Up to 16 000 (128 kbit/s).
6
Up to 32 000 (256 kbit/s).
7
Up to 64 000 (512 kbit/s).
8
Up to 128 000 (1024 kbit/s).
9
Up to 256 000 (2048 kbit/s).
<mean>(num)
Mean throughput class (in octets per hour).
[0]
network subscribed value
1
(-0.22 bit/s)
2
200 (-0.44 bit/s)
3
500 (-1.11 bit/s)
4
000 (-2.2 bit/s)
5
000 (-4.4 bit/s)
6
000 (-11.1 bit/s)
7
000 (-22 bit/s)
8
000 (-44 bit/s)
9
000 (-111 bit/s)
10
000 (-0.22 kbit/s)
11
200 000(~0.44 kbit/s)
12
500 000(~1.11 kbit/s)
13
000 000 (-2.2 kbit/s)
14
000 000 (-4.4 kbit/s)
15
000 000 (-11.1 kbit/s)
16
000 000 (-22 kbit/s)
17
000 000 (-44 kbit/s)
18
000 000 (-111 kbit/s)
31
best effort
<PDP_type>(str)
Packet Data Protocol Type
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 168
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
"IP"
Notes
•
If parameters are not defined, the parameter default values depend on
the HLR-stored subscribed default values.
•
Definitions of parameters in GSM 02.60 and GSM 03.60 paragraph 15.2
"Quality of Service Profile".
Example
If some of the QoS parameters are omitted, they will keep their current
value (orthe default value if not specified so far), e.g.:
AT+CGDCONT=1,''ip''
OK
AT+CGQMIN=
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
OK
AT+CGQMIN=1,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN:1,0,0,0,0,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN=1,0,0,0,1
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN:1,0,0,0,1,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN=1,1
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN:1,1,0,0,1,0
OK
9.9 AT+CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile (Requested)
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGQREQ=?
Read Command
AT+CGQREQ?
Response(s)
+CGQREQ: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <precedence>s), (list
of supported <delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s), (list of
supported <peak>s), (list of supported <mean>s)
OK
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
+ CGQREQ:
<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>
[+CGQREQ:
<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>]
…
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 169
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Write Command
Response(s)
AT+CGQREQ=[<cid>[,<precedence>[,<delay>[,<reliabil OK
ity>[,<peak>[,<mean>]]]]]]
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the MT
supports several PDP types, the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are
returned on a separate line.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context. If no
requested profile was explicitly specified for a context, simply OK will be
returned, but default values will be used for that context.
This command allows the TE to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used
when the MT sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the network.
The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local)
context identification parameter <cid>.
A special form of the set command, +CGQREQ=<cid> causes the requested
profile for context number <cid> to become undefined.
AT&F and ATZ will undefine the QoS profiles of every context which is not active
or not online.
Parameter Description
<cid>(num)
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. The
parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is used in other PDP
context-related commands.
1...2
<precedence>(num)
Precedence class
[0]
1
network subscribed value
High Priority
Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of
precedence classes 2 and 3
2
Normal priority
Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of
precedence class 3
3
Low priority
Service commitments shall be maintained
<delay>(num)
Delay class
This parameter defines the end-to-end transfer delay incurred in the
transmission of SDUs through the GPRS network(s).
[0]
1 ..4
network subscribed value
with SDU size = 128 octets:
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 170
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Delay Class
Mean Transfer Delay
95 percentile
1 (Predictive)
<0.5
<1.5
2 (Predictive)
<5
<25
3 (Predictive)
<50
<250
4 (Best Effort)
Unspecified
with SDU size = 1024 octets:
Delay Class
Mean Transfer Delay
95 percentile
1 (Predictive)
<0.5
<1.5
2 (Predictive)
<5
<25
3 (Predictive)
<50
<250
4 (Best Effort)
Unspecified
-
<reliability>(num)
Reliability class
[0]
network subscribed value
1
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that
cannot cope with data loss
2
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that
can cope with infrequent data loss
3
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that
can cope with data loss, GMM/SM, and SMS
4
Real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can
cope with data loss Real-time traffic, error non-sensitive
application that can cope with data loss
<peak>(num)
Peak throughput class
in octets per second
[0]
network subscribed value
1
Up to 1 000 (8 kbit/s)
2
Up to 2 000 (16 kbit/s)
3
Up to 4 000 (32 kbit/s)
4
Up to 8 000 (64 kbit/s)
5
Up to 16 000 (128 kbit/s)
6
Up to 32 000 (256 kbit/s)
7
Up to 64 000 (512 kbit/s)
8
Up to 128 000 (1024 kbit/s)
9
Up to 256 000 (2048 kbit/s)
<mean>(num)
Mean throughput class
in octets per hour
[0]
network subscribed value
1
100 (~0.22 bit/s)
2
200 (~0.44 bit/s)
3
500 (~1.11 bit/s)
4
1 000 (~2.2 bit/s)
5
2 000 (~4.4 bit/s)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 171
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
6
5 000 (~11.1 bit/s)
7
10 000 (~22 bit/s)
8
20 000 (~44 bit/s)
9
50 000 (~111 bit/s)
10
100 000 (~0.22 kbit/s)
11
200 000(~0.44 kbit/s)
12
500 000(~1.11 kbit/s)
13
1 000 000 (~2.2 kbit/s)
14
2 000 000 (~4.4 kbit/s)
VERSION 1.01
<PDP_type>(str)
Packet Data Protocol type
"IP"
Notes
•
If parameters are not defined, the parameter default values depend on
the HLR-stored subscribed default values.
•
Definitions of parameters in GSM 02.60 and GSM 03.60 paragraph 15.2
"Quality of Service Profile".
Example
If some of the QoS parameters are omitted, they will keep their current
value (or the default value if not specified so far), e.g.:
AT+CGDCONT=1,''ip''
OK
AT+CGQREQ=
OK
AT+CGQREQ?
OK
AT+CGQREQ=1,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQREQ:1,0,0,0,0,0
OK
AT+CGQREQ=1,0,0,0,1
OK
AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ:1,0,0,0,1,0
OK
AT+CGQREQ=1,1
OK
AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ:1,1,0,0,1,0
OK
9.10 AT+CGREG GPRS network registration status
Syntax
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 172
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
Test Command
AT+CGREG=?
VERSION 1.01
Response(s)
+CGREG: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Response(s)
+CGREG: <n>,<stat>
OK
Read Command
AT+CGREG?
Write Command
AT+CGREG=[<n>]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Unsolicited Result Code
+CGREG: <stat>
Indicates a change in the MT's GPRS network registration status.
Command Description
The read command returns the status of result code presentation and an
integer <stat> which shows whether the network has currently indicated the
registration of the MT.
The write command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code
"+CGREG" when <n>=1 and there is a change in the MT's GPRS network
registration status.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0(P)
disable network registration unsolicited result code
1
enable network registration unsolicited result code
"+CGREG"
1
not registered, ME is not currently searching an
operator to register to the MS is in GMM state GMMNULL or GMM-DEREGISTERED-INITIATED. The GPRS
service is disabled, the MS is allowed to attach for
GPRS if requested by the user.
2
registered, home network. The MS is in GMM state
GMM-REGISTERED or GMM-ROUTING-AREA-UPDATINGINITIATED initiated on the home PLMN.
3
not registered, but ME is currently trying to attach or
searching an operator to register to. The MS is in GMM
state
GMM-DEREGISTERED
or
GMM-REGISTEREDINITIATED. The GPRS service is enabled, but an
allowable PLMN is currently not available. The MS will
start a GPRS attach as soon as an allowable PLMN is
available.
4
registration denied. The MS is in GMM state GMM-NULL.
The GPRS service is disabled, the MS is not allowed to
attach for GPRS if requested by the user unknown.
5
registered, roaming. The MS is in GMM state GMMREGISTERED
or
GMM-ROUTING-AREA-UPDATINGINITIATED on a visited PLMN.
<stat>(num)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 173
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Note
•
When the module is GPRS attached and a PLMN reselection occurs to a
non-GPRS capable network or to a network where the SIM is not subscribed
to for using GPRS, the resulting GMM (GPRS mobility management) state
according to GSM 24.008 is REGISTERED/NO CELL, meaning that the read
command will still show <stat>=1 or <stat>=5.
9.11 AT+CGSMS Select service for MO SMS messages
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGSMS=?
Response(s)
+CGSMS: (list of supported <service>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGSMS?
Response(s)
+CGSMS: <service>
OK
Write Command
AT+CGSMS=[<service>]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Command Description
The test command is used for requesting information on which services and
service preferences can be set by using the AT+CGSMS write command.
The read command returns the currently selected service or service
preference.
The write command is used to specify the service or service preference that
the MT will use to send MO SMS messages. If parameter <service> is not given,
the current value remains unchanged.
Parameter Description
<service>(num)
A numeric parameter which indicates the service or service
preference to be used
0
GPRS
1
circuit switched
2
GPRS prefered (use circuit switched if mobile is not GPRS
attached)
[3]
circuit switched preferred (use GPRS if circuit switched is
not available)
Note
•
Parameter cannot be stored using AT&W
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 174
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
9.12 AT^SGAUTH Set type of authentication for PPP
connection
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SGAUTH=?
Response(s)
^SGAUTH: (list of supported <auth>s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
^SGAUTH: <auth>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT^SGAUTH?
Write Command
AT^SGAUTH=<auth>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Parameter Description
<auth>(num)
Indicates types of supported authentication.
0
none
1
PAP
2
CHAP
3(P)
PAP and CHAP
9.13 AT^SGCONF Configuration of GPRS related Parameters
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SGCONF=?
Response(s)
^SGCONF: (list of supported <llc_pdu_length>s), (list of supported
<class>es)
OK
Read Command
AT^SGCONF?
Response(s)
^SGCONF: <llc_pdu_length>,<class>
OK
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
AT^SGCONF=[<llc_pdu_length>][,<class>]
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Parameter Description
<llc_pdu_length>(num)
LLC-PDU-length
0
no negotiation with network (500 will be used)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 175
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
14O...152O(P)
VERSION 1.01
lower values diminish performance
<class>(num)
GPRS Multislot Class. The parameter can be changed only when the
MT is detached, otherwise "CME ERROR: operation temporary not
allowed" will be returned. The value can be one of the classes
indicated with the test command.
Notes
•
+CME ERROR: invalid index: Parameter is out of range.
•
+CME ERROR: operation temporary not allowed: The command is blocked
as long as GPRS is already in use (as long as mobile is GPRS attached).
•
Writing to user profile with AT&W and restoring with AT&F are not supported.
9.14 ATA Manual response to a network request for PDP
context activation
Syntax
Exec Command
ATA
Response(s)
CONNECT
NO CARRIER
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
The V.25ter ATA command may be used to accept a network request for a
PDP context activation announced by the unsolicited result codes RING or
"+CRING: GPRS". The MT responds with CONNECT, enters V.25ter online data
state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a
AT+CGANS=1 with no <L2P> or <cid> values specified.
If you try to answer a request which is no longer present or which is already
answered by another instance, NO CARRIER is returned.
9.15 ATD*99# Request GPRS service
Syntax
Exec Command
ATD*99[* [<called_address>][* [<L2P>][* [<cid>]]]]#
Response(s)
CONNECT
NO CARRIER
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
This command causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to
establish communication between the TE and the external PDN.
The V.25ter 'D' (Dial) command causes the MT to enter the V.25ter online data
state and, with the TE, to start the specified layer 2 protocol. No further
commands may follow on the AT command line. GPRS attachment and PDP
context activation procedures may take place prior to or during the PDP
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 176
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
startup if they have not already been performed using the AT+CGATT and
AT+CGACT commands. If the context to be used is already activated, it will be
deactivated first. This ensures that the right context parameters will be used
(e.g. QoS changes since the last context activation or the called address
specified by ATD*99#).
Examples on how to use this command are provided in chapter "using GPRS
commands (Examples)".
AT
To confirm acceptance of the command before entering the V.25ter online
data state command will respond with CONNECT.
When the layer 2 protocol has terminated, either as a result of an orderly
shutdown of the PDP or an error, the MT enters V.25ter command state and
returns NO CARRIER.
Parameter Description
<called_address>(str)
IP V4 address in the form w.x.y.z, which identifies the called party; if it
is provided, the MT will automatically set up a virtual call to the
specified address after the context has been activated. This
parameter is currently not used and needs not to be specified.
<L2P>(str)
Layer 2 protocol to be used between the TE and MT.
"PPP" layer 2 protocol PPP
"1"
layer 2 protocol PPP
<cid>(num)
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
AT+CGDCONT command). If no context is specified, an internal
context 0 with default properties is used (see AT+CGDCONT,
AT+CGQREQ and AT+CGQMIN).
1...2
Notes
•
If TANGO55/56 is in dedicated mode, command returns with "+CME ERROR:
phone busy".
•
ATD is used as a standard V.25ter AT command, too.
9.16 ATD*98# Request GPRS IP service
Syntax
Exec Command
ATD*98[* <cid>]#
Response(s)
CONNECT
NO CARRIER
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
This command causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to
establish a communication between the TE and the external PDN.
The V.25ter 'D' (Dial) command causes the MT to enter the V.25ter online data
state and, with the TE, to start the layer 2 protocol.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 177
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
GPRS attachment and PDP context activation procedures may take place
prior to or during the PDP startup if they have not already been performed
using the AT+CGATT and AT+CGACT commands. If the context to be used is
already activated, it will be deactivated first. This ensures that the right context
parameters will be used (e.g. QoS changes since the last context activation).
To confirm acceptance of the command before entering the V.25ter online
data state command will respond with CONNECT.
When the layer 2 protocol has terminated, either as a result of an orderly
shutdown of the PDP or an error, the MT enters V.25ter command state and
returns NO CARRIER.
Parameter Description
<cid>(num)
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
AT+CGDCONT command). If no context is specified, an internal
context 0 with default properties is used (see AT+CGDCONT,
AT+CGQREQ and AT+CGQMIN).
1...2
Notes
•
If TANGO55/56 is in dedicated mode, command returns with "+CME ERROR:
phone busy".
•
ATD is used as a standard V.25ter AT command, too.
9.17 ATH Manual rejection of a network request for PDP
context activation
Syntax
Exec Command
ATH
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
The V.25ter ATH command may be used to deactivate all PDP contexts which
are active or online on the same interface.
The ATH command may also be used to reject a network request for PDP
context activation announced by the unsolicited result codes "RING" or
"+CRING:GPRS".
Notes
•
In contrast to GSM 07.07 it is possible to cancel a connection with ATH after
a break. This is done for compatibility reasons due to the "dial-up network"
drivers of Microsoft Windows.
•
ATH is used as a standard V.25ter AT command, too.
•
If ATH is used to reject a network request for PDP context activation, then
other PDP contexts on the same interface which are active or online will
not be deactivated.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 178
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
9.18 ATS0 Automatic response to a network request for PDP
context activation
Syntax
Read Command
ATS0?
Write Command
ATS0=<n>
Response(s)
<n>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
◑
●
Command Description
The V.25ter ATS0=<n> (Automatic answer) command may be used to turn off
(n=0) and on (n>0) the automatic response to a network request for a PDP
context activation.
When the ATS0=<n> (<n> > 0) command is received, the MT will attempt to
perform a GPRS attach if it is not yet attached and if ME is configured to do this
(see AT^SCFG, parameter <gaa>). Failure will result in ERROR being returned to
the TE. Subsequently, the MT will announce a network request for PDP context
activation by issuing the URC RING or CRING to the TE, followed by the
intermediate result code CONNECT. The MT then enters V.25ter online data
state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a
AT+CGANS=1 command with no <L2P> or <cid> values specified. ATS0=O does
not perform an automatic GPRS detach.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
000(&F)automatic answering is disabled
001-255
enable automatic answering on the specified
ring number
Notes
•
If different settings are used on each interface, and a request for PDP
context activation is received, the interface 'wins' which is idle and uses the
smallest ATS0 value.
•
If a network request for PDP context activation is answered automatically
and another AT command is issued at the same time on the same
interface then this AT command will not be executed. Any response
belongs to the automatic context activation procedure. If the AT
command which caused the collision was a CS data call, the CONNECT
response does not belong to this data call but to the GPRS. This can be
detected if ATX is not set to 0. CS data call will issue CONNECT <text>, GPRS
will issue CONNECT only.
•
A network request for PDP context activation has a maximum duration of
approximately 40 seconds (for details see GSM 04.08). A RING/CRING URC
is issued every 5 seconds, so setting parameter <n> to values greater than 7
will not allow a successful context activation and is not recommended.
•
The automatic GPRS attach will not be performed on recalling a stored
user profile with ATZ or on power up, if an > 0 setting was stored in the user
profile with AT&W.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 179
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
•
If the automatic GPRS attach fails (e.g. the network rejects the attach
request), the write command returns with error, but the value of <n> is
changed anyway. This is necessary because ATS0 is used for circuit
switched calls too (see ATS0).
•
ATSO write command is PIN protected.
9.19 Using GPRS AT commands (Examples)
Examples:
EXAMPLE 1
Defining and using a Context Definition ID (CID):
Every time a CID is used as a parameter for a GPRS command the CID
has to be defined before by using the AT+CGDCONT command. To get
the parameter of a CID use the AT+CGDCONT read option. If the
response of ‘ AT+CGDCONT? ' is OK only, there is no CID defined.
AT+CGDCONT?
OK
There is no CID defined.
All parameters of the CID are initiated by NULL or not present values,
and the CID itself is set to be undefined. To define a CID use the
AT+CGDCONT command with at least one CID parameter. At the
moment the mobile supports CID 1 and CID 2 by using the
AT+CGDCONT command.
Define CID 1 and set the PDP type to IP, access point name and IP
address are not set:
AT + CGDCONT=1, "IP"
OK
Define CID 2 and sets PDP type, APN and IP addr:
AT+CGDCONT=2,"IP","internet.t-d1.gprs",111.222.123 . 234
OK
A following read command will respond:
AT+CGDCONT?
+ CGDCONT:1,"IP","", "",0,0
+CGDCONT:2,"IP","internet.t-d1.gprs",111.222.123 . 234
OK
Set the CID 1 to be undefined:
AT+CGDCONT=1
OK
A following read command will respond:
AT+CGDCONT?
+CGDCONT:2,"IP","internet.t-d1.gprs",111.222.123.234
OK
EXAMPLE 2
Quality of Service (QoS) is a special parameter of a CID which consists
of several parameters itself. The QoS consists of
-
the precedence class
-
the delay class
-
the reliability class
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 180
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
-
the peak throughput class
-
the mean throughput class
and is divided in "requested QoS" and "minimum acceptable QoS".
All parameters of the QoS are initiated by default to the "network
subscribed value (= 0)" but the QoS itself is set to be undefined. To
define a QoS use the AT+CGQREQ or AT+CGQMIN command.
Overwrite the precedence class of QoS of CID 1 and set the QoS of
CID 1 to be present:
AT+CGQREQ=1,2
OK
A following read command will respond:
AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ: 1,2,0,0,0,0
OK
All QoS values of CID 1 are set to network subscribed now, except
precedence class which is set to 2. Now set the QoS of CID 1 to not
present:
AT+CGQREQ=1
OK
Once defined, the CID it can be activated. To activate CID 2 use:
AT+CGACT=1,2
OK
If the CID is already active, the mobile responds OK at once.
If no CID and no STATE is given, all defined CIDs will be activated by:
AT+CGACT=
OK
If no CID is defined the mobile responds +CME ERROR: invalid index
Remark: If the mobile is NOT attached by AT+CGATT=1 before
activating, the attach is automatically done by the AT+CGACT
command.
After defining and activating a CID it may be used to get online by:
AT + CGDATA="PPP" ,1
CONNECT
The mobile is connected using the parameters of CID
1.
AT+CGDATA=
CONNECT
The mobile is connected using default
parameters
(<L2P>="PPP"
and
<cid>
as
described for command AT+CGDATA).
The mobile supports Layer 2 Protocol (L2P) PPP only.
Remark: If the mobile is NOT attached by AT+CGATT=1 and the CID is
NOT activated before connecting, attaching and activating is
automatically done by the AT+CGDATA command.
Some providers (e.g. D2 or E-Plus) require to use an APN to establish a
GPRS connection. So if you use the Microsoft Windows Dial-Up Network
and ATD*9... to connect to GPRS you must provide the context
definition
as
part
of
the
modem
definition
(Modem
properties/Connection/Advanced.../Extra settings). As an alternative,
you can define and activate the context in a terminal program (e.g.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 181
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Microsoft Hyperterminal) and then use the Dial-Up Network to send only
the ATD command.
9.20 Using the GPRS dial command ATD
Example
In addition to the GPRS AT commands you can use the "D" command
to dial into to the GPRS network.
There are two GPRS Service Codes for the ATD command: Values 98
and 99. Examples:
ATD*99#
CONNECT
ATD*99*123.124.12 5.12 6*PPP*1#
CONNECT
Establish a connection by service code 99.
Establish a connection by service code 99, IP address 123 and L2P =
PPP and using CID 1. The CID has to be defined by AT+CGDCONT.
ATD*99**PPP#
CONNECT
ATD*99***1#
CONNECT
ATD*99**PPP*1#
CONNECT
Establish a connection by service code 99 and L2P = PPP.
Establish a connection by service code 99 and using CID 1.
Establish a connection by service code 99 and L2P = PPP and using CID
1. The CID has to be defined by AT+CGDCONT.
ATD*98#
CONNECT
ATD*98*1#
CONNECT
Establish a connection by service code 98.
Establish an IP connection by service code 98 using CID 1. The CID has
to be defined by AT+CGDCONT.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 182
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
10 FAX COMMANDS
The following commands can be used for FAX transmission. If the ME is acting as a
Fax-Modem to a PC-based application (e.g. "WinFax") it is necessary to select the
proper Service Class (Fax Class) provided by the ME. The ME reports its Service Class
capabilities, both the current setting and the range of services avaible. This is
provided by the AT+FCLASS command. Service Classes supported by ME:
AT+FCLASS Parameter
0
Service class
data modem
Reference, Standard
e.g. TIA/EIA-602 or ITU V.25ter
1
Service Class 1
EIA/TIA-578-A
2
manufacture specific
this document and EIA PN-2388 (draft)
The following AT commands are dummy commands:
AT+FAA
Auto Answer mode
AT+FECM
Error Correction Mode control
AT+FLNFC
Page Length format conversion
AT+FLPL
Indicate document available for polling
AT+FMINSP
Minimum Phase C speed
AT+FRBC
Phase C data receive byte count
AT+FREL
Phase C received EOL alignment
AT+FSPL
Enable polling
AT+FTBC
Phase C data transmit byte count
AT+FWDFC
Page width format conversion
Invoking these commands will not cause ERROR result codes, but these
commands have no functionality.
10.1 FAX parameters
Parameter Description
<bf>(num)
Binary File Transfer Mode
Note: Only the default value needs to be implemented. Use test
command to check which parameter values are really possible!
[0]
disable BFT
1
enable BFT
<br>(num)
Bit Rate
0
2400 bit/s, V.27ter
1
4800 bit/s, V.27ter
2
7200 bit/s, V.29
[3]
9600 bit/s, V.29
<df>(num)
Data Compression Format
Note: Only the default value needs to be implemented. Use test
command to check which parameter values are really possible!
[0]
1-D modified Huffman
1
2-D modified read
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 183
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
2
VERSION 1.01
2-D uncompressed mode
<ec>(num)
Error Correction Mode
Note: Only the default value needs to be implemented. Use test
command to check which parameter values are really possible!
[0]
disable ECM
1
enable ECM, 64 bytes/frame
2
enable ECM, 256 bytes/frame
<ln>(num)
Page Length
0
A4, 297 mm
1
B4, 364 mm
[2]
unlimited length
<mod>(num)
modulation mode
3
V21 Ch2 - 300 bps
24
V.27ter - 2400 bps
27
V.27ter-4800 bps
48
V.27ter - 7200 bps
72
V.29 - 7200 bps
96
V.29 - 9600 bps
<st>(num)
Scan Time/Line
Note: Only the default value needs to be implemented. Use test command
to check which parameter values are really possible![0] 0 ms (at VR= normal)
1
5 ms
2
10 ms
3
10 ms
4
20 ms
5
20 ms
6
40 ms
7
40 ms
<vr>(num)
Vertical Resolution
0
normal, 98 lpi
[1]
fine, 196 lpi
<wd>(num)
Page Width
[0]
1728 pixels in 215mm
1
2048 pixels in 255 mm
2
2432 pixels in 303 mm
3
1216 pixels in 151 mm
4
864 pixels in 107 mm
Note
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 184
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
•
VERSION 1.01
Only the default value needs to be implemented. Use test command to
check which parameter values are really possible.
10.2 AT+FBADLIN Bad Line Threshold
Syntax
Read Command
AT+FBADLIN?
Response(s)
<badlin>
OK
OK
Response(s)
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
ERROR
Write Command
AT+FBADLIN=<badlin>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
EIA PN-2388
○
●
Command Description
This command defines the Copy-Quality-OK-threshold. If <badlin> consecutive
lines have pixel count errors in normal resolution (98 dpi) mode, then the copy
quality is unacceptable. If <badlin> * 2 consecutive lines have pixel count
errors in fine resolution (196 dpi) mode, then the copy quality is unacceptable.
"Copy Quality Not OK" occurs if either the error percentage is too high or too
many consecutive lines contain errors. A value of 0 implies that error checking
is not present or disabled.
Parameter Description
<badlin>(num)
bad lines
0...10(P)...255
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
10.3 AT+FBADMUL Error Threshold Multiplier
Syntax
Read Command
AT+FBADMUL?
Write Command
AT+FBADMUL=<badmul>
Response(s)
<badmul>
OK
Response(s)
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
EIA PN-2388
○
●
Command Description
This command defines the "Copy-Quality-OK" multiplier. The number of lines
received with a bad pixel count is multiplied by this number. If the result
exceeds the total number of lines on the page the error rate is considered too
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 185
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
high. A threshold multiplier value of 20 corresponds to a 5 per cent error rate. A
value of 0 implies that error checking is not present or disabled.
Parameter Description
<badmul>(num)
0...20(P)...255
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
10.4 AT+FBOR Query data bit order
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FBOR=?
Write Command
AT+FBOR=<bor>
Response(s)
(list of supported <bor>s)
OK
Response(s)
<bor>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
EIA PN-2388
○
●
Read Command
AT+FBOR?
Command Description
Query the bit order for receive-mode. The mode is set by the ME depending
on the selected Service Class, see "AT+FCLASS Fax: Select, read or test service
class".
Parameter Description
<bor>(num)
bit order modes
0
Direct bit order for both Phase C and for Phase B/D
data.
[1]
Reversed bit order for Phase C data, direct Bit Order for
Phase B/D data.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
10.5 AT+FCIG Query or set the Local Polling ID
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FCIG=?
Response(s)
(max. length of Local Polling ID string) (range of supported ASCII
character values)
OK
Read Command
AT+FCIG?
Response(s)
<id>
OK
Write Command
AT+FCIG=<id>
Response(s)
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 186
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
EIA PN-2388
○
●
Parameter Description
<id>(num)
Local Polling ID string, max. length and possible content as reported
by test command. Default value is empty string ("").
Notes
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only.
•
See also AT+FLID Query or set the Local Id setting capabilities.
10.6 AT+FCLASS Fax: Select, read or test service class
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FCLASS=?
Response(s)
(list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+FCLASS?
Write Command
AT+FCLASS=<n>
Response(s)
<n>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
EIA/TIA-592-A
○
●
Command Description
The ME is set to a particular mode of operation (data, fax). This causes the MA
to process information in a manner suitable for that type of information.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
data (e.g. EIA/TIA-602 or ITU V.25ter)
1
Fax class 1 (EIA/TIA-578-A, Service class 1)
2
Fax class 2 (EIA/TIA SP-2388, an early draft version
of EIA/TIA-592-A - Service class 2.1)
Notes
•
Using Error Correcting Mode (ECM) when sending FAXes over GSM should
be avoided.
•
If <n> is set to 1 or 2, all incoming calls will be answered as fax calls with ATA.
For calls explicitly signalled as voice or data calls, this procedure will fail
with result code "NO CARRIER", but the call in question will continue to ring.
•
It is possible to change the setting of <n> to 0 while the call is ringing, and
accept the call normally afterwards with ATA.
10.7 AT+FCQ Copy Quality Checking
Syntax
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 187
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Test Command
AT+FCQ=?
Response(s)
(list of supported copy quality checking <cq>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+FCQ?
Response(s)
<cq>
OK
Write Command
AT+FCQ=<cq>
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
EIA PN-2388
○
●
Command Description
This command controls Copy Quality checking when receiving a fax.
Parameter Description
<cq>(num)
0
No copy quality checking. The ME will generate Copy
Quality OK (MCF) responses to complete pages.
[1]
ME can check 1-D phase data. The connected
application must check copy quality for2-D phase C
data.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
10.8 AT+FCR Capability to receive
Syntax
Write Command
AT+FCR=<cr>
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
EIA PN-2388
○
●
Parameter Description
<cr>(num)
[0]
ME will not receive message data. This can be used
when the application has insufficient storage. The ME
can send and can be polled for a file.
1
ME can receive message data.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
10.9 AT+FDCC Query or set capabilities
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FDCC=?
Response(s)
(list of <vr>s), (list of <br>s), (list of <wd>s), (list of <ln>s), (list of
<df>s), (list of <ec>s), (list of <bf>s), (list of <st>s)
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 188
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Write Command
AT+FDCC=<vr>,<br>,<wd>,<ln>,<df>, <ec>,<bf
>,<st>
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
EIA PN-2388
○
●
Command Description
This command allows the connected application to sense and constrain the
capabilities of the facsimile DCE (=ME), from the choices defined in CCITT T.30
table 2.
Notes
•
For further information see AT+FDIS.
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only.
10.10
AT+FDFFC Data Compression Format Conversion
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FDFFC=?
Response(s)
(list of <df>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+FDFFC?
Response(s)
<df>
OK
Write Command
AT+FDFFC=<df>
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
EIA PN-2388
○
●
Command Description
This parameter determines the ME response to a mismatch between the data
format negotiated for the fax session, reported by the <df> subparameter, and
the Phase C data desired by the controlling application, indicated by the
optional AT+FDT <df> subparameter, or the AT+FDIS <df> subparameter for
AT+FDR operation.
Parameter Description
<df>(num)
[0]
Mismatch checking is always disabled. The controlling
application has to check the <df> subparameter and
transfer matching data.
Notes
•
For further information see AT+FDIS.
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only.
10.11
AT+FDIS Query or set session parameters
Syntax
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 189
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Test Command
AT+FDIS=?
Response(s)
(list of <vr>s), (list of <br>s), (list of <wd>s), (list of <ln>s), (list of
<df>s), (list of <ec>s), (list of <bf>s), (list of <st>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+FDIS?
Response(s)
<vr>,<br>,<wd>,<ln>,<df>,<ec>,<bf>,<st>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FDIS=<vr>,<br>,<wd>,<ln>,<df>, <ec>,<bf
>,<st>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
EIA PN-2388
○
●
Command Description
This command allows the controlling application to sense and constrain the
capabilities used for the current session. It uses AT+FDIS to generate DIS or DTC
messages directly, and uses AT+FDIS and received DIS messages to generate
DCS messages.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only.
10.12
AT+FDR Begin or continue phase C data
reception
Syntax
Exec Command
AT+FDR
Response(s)
CONNECT
or
OK
If error related to ME functionality
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
EIA PN-2388
○
●
Command Description
The command initiates transition to Phase C data reception.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only.
10.13
AT+FDT Data Transmission
Syntax
Exec Command
AT+FDT
Response(s)
CONNECT
Write Command
AT+FDT=<df>,<vr>,<wd>,<ln>
Response(s)
CONNECT
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 190
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
○
EIA PN-2388
●
Command Description
This command requests the ME to transmit a Phase C page. When the ME is
ready to accept Phase C data, it issues the negotiation responses and the
CONNECT result code to the application.
In Phase B, the AT+FDT command releases the ME to proceed with negotiation,
and releases the DCS message to the remote station. In Phase C, the AT+FDT
command resumes transmission after the end of a data stream transmited
before.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only.
10.14
AT+FET End a page or document
Syntax
Write Command
AT+FET=<ppm>
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
EIA PN-2388
○
●
Command Description
This command indicates that the current page or partial page is complete. An
ERROR response code results if this command is issued while the mode is onhook.
Parameter Description
<ppm>(num)
Post Page Message Codes
1
another document next
2
no more pages or documents
3
another page, procedure interrupt
4
another document, procedure interrupt
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
10.15
AT+FK Kill operation, orderly FAX abort
Syntax
Exec Command
AT+FK
Response(s)
OK
PIN
SERIAL
○
●
Command Description
This command causes the TA to terminate the session in an orderly manner.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 191
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
10.16
AT+FLID Query or set the Local Id setting
capabilities
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FLID=?
Response(s)
(max. character length of Local ID string) (range of supported ASCII
character values)
OK
Response(s)
<lid>
OK
Read Command
AT+FLID?
Write Command
AT+FLID=<lid>
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
EIA PN-2388
○
●
Parameter Description
<lid>(num)
Local ID string
max. length and possible content as reported by test command.
Default value is empty string ("").
Notes
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only.
•
See also AT+FCIG Query or set the Local polling id.
10.17
AT+FMDL Identify Product Model
Syntax
Read Command
AT+FMDL?
Response(s)
Gipsy Soft Protocolstack OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
Send the model identification to the TA.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only.
10.18
AT+FMFR Request Manufacturer Identification
Syntax
Read Command
AT+FMFR?
Response(s)
SIEMENS
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 192
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
Send the manufacturer identification to the TA.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only.
10.19
AT+FOPT Set bit order independently
Syntax
Write Command
AT+FOPT=<opt>
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
Model specific command to set bitorder independently of the understanding
which is "mirrored" and which is direct.
Parameter Description
<opt>(num)
0 non-standard
1 standard
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only.
10.20
AT+FPHCTO DTE Phase C Response Timeout
Syntax
Read Command
AT+FPHCTO?
Response(s)
<tout>
OK
Write Command
AT+FPHCTO=<tout>
Response(s)
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
EIA PN-2388
○
●
Command Description
The time-out value <tout> determines how long the DCE will wait for a
command after reaching the end of data when transmitting in Phase C. When
time-out is reached, the DCE assumes that there are no more pages or
documents to send.
Parameter Description
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 193
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
<tout>(num)
Timeout
Value in 100ms units
0...30(P)...255
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only.
10.21
AT+FREV Identify Product Revision
Syntax
Read Command
AT+FREV?
Response(s)
V2.550
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
Sends the revision identification to the TA.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only.
10.22
AT+FRH Receive Data Using HDLC Framing
Syntax
Write Command
AT+FRH=<mod>
Response(s)
CONNECT
If error related to ME functionality
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
TIA/EIA-578
○
●
Command Description
This command causes the TA to receive frames using the HDLC protocol and
the modulation defined below. An ERROR response code results if this
command is issued while the modem is on-hook.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 1 only
10.23
AT+FRM Receive Data
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FRM=?
Response(s)
(list of <mod>s)
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 194
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Write Command
AT+FRM=<mod>
Response(s)
CONNECT
If error is related to ME functionality:
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
TIA/EIA-578
○
●
Command Description
This command causes the TA to enter the receiver-mode using the modulation
defined below. An ERROR response code results if this command is issued while
the modem is on-hook.
Notes
•
Used for Fax Class 1 only
•
<mod>= 3 is not possible
10.24
AT+FRS Receive Silence
Syntax
Write Command
AT+FRS=<time>
Response(s)
OK
If error related to ME functionality
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
TIA/EIA-578
○
●
Command Description
<time>=n causes the TA to report an OK result code to the TE after <time> 10
millisecond intervals of silence have been detected on the line. This command
is aborted if any character is received by the DTE. The modem discards the
aborting character and issues an OK result code. An ERROR response code
results if this command is issued while the mode is on-hook.
Parameter Description
<time>(num)
no. of 10 millisecond intervals
0...255
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 1 only
10.25
AT+FTH Transmit Data Using HDLC Framing
Syntax
Write Command
AT+FTH=<mod>
Response(s)
CONNECT
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 195
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
○
TIA/EIA-578
●
Command Description
This command causes the TA to transmit data using HDLC protocol and the
modulation mode defined below. An ERROR response code results if this
command is issued while the modem is on-hook.
Notes
•
Used for Fax Class 1 only
•
Only <mod>= 3 is possible
10.26
AT+FTM Transmit Data
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FTM=?
Response(s)
(list of <mod>s)
OK
Response(s)
CONNECT
If error is related to ME functionality
ERROR
Write Command
AT+FTM=<mod>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
TIA/EIA-578
○
●
Command Description
This command causes the TA to transmit data using the modulation mode
defined below. An ERROR response code results if this command is issued while
the modem is on-hook.
Notes
•
Used for Fax Class 1 only
•
<mod>= 3 is not possible
10.27
AT+FTS Stop Transmission and Wait
Syntax
Write Command
AT+FTS=<time>
Response(s)
An ERROR response code results if this command is issued while the
modem is on-hook.
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
TIA/EIA-578
○
●
Command Description
This command causes the TA to terminate a transmission and wait for <time>
10 millisecond intervals before responding with the OK result code to the DTE.
Parameter Description
<time>(num)
no. of 10 millisecond intervals
0...85
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 196
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 1 only
10.28
AT+FVRFC Vertical resolution format conversion
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FVRFC=?
Response(s)
(list of supported <vrfc>s)
OK
Response(s)
<vrfc>
OK
Read Command
AT+FVRFC?
Write Command
AT+FVRFC=<vrfc>
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
EIA PN-2388
○
●
Command Description
This command determines the DCE response to a mismatch between the
vertical resolution negotiated for the facsimile session and the Phase C data
desired by the DTE.
Parameter Description
<vrfo>(num)
0
Disable mismatch checking.
[2]
Enable mismatch checking, with resolution conversion
of 1-D data in the DCE, and an implied AT+FK command
executed on 2-D mismatch detection.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 197
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
11 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE (SMS) COMMANDS
The AT commands described in this chapter allow an external application to use the
Short Message Service with the TANGO55/56.
11.1 SMS parameters
Parameter Description
<ackpdu>(num)
Format is same for <pdu> in case of SMS, but without GSM 24.11 SC
address field and parameter shall be bounded by double quote
characters like a normal string type parameter
<alpha>(str)(+CSCS)
String type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa>
corresponding to the entry found in phone book; implementation of
this feature is manufacturer specific
<cdata>(num) Command Data
GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Data in text mode responses; ME/TA
converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal
numbers (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two
characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65))
<ct>(num)
Command Type
GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Type in integer format
[0]...255
<da>(num)(+CSCS)
Destination Address
GSM 03.40 TP - Destination-Address Address-Value field in string
format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are
converted into characters; type of address given by <toda>
<data>(num)(+CSCS)
User Data
In case of SMS: GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data in text mode responses;
format:
•
If <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used and
<fo> indicates that GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is
not set: ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character
set according to rules covered in Annex A.
•
If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used,
or <fo> indicates that GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication
is set: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into hexadecimal
numbers con-taining two IRA characters (e.g. octet with integer
value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65).
•
In case of CBS: GSM 03.41 CBM Content of Message in text
mode responses; format:
•
If <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used:
ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set
according to rules covered in Annex A.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 198
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
•
VERSION 1.01
If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used:
ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into hexadecimal numbers
containing two IRA characters.
<dt>(num)
Discharge Time
GSM
03.40
TP-Discharge-Time
in
time-string
format:
"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss+zz", where characters indicate year (two last
digits), month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone. For
example, 6th of May 1994, 22:10:00 GMT+2 hours equals
"94/05/06,22:10:00+08"
<index>(num)
Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by
the associated memory
<length>(num)
Message Length
Integer type value indicating in the text mode (AT+CMGF=1) the
length of the message body <data> (or <cdata>) in characters; or in
PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in
octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the
length) In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the
used coding scheme: It is 160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding
scheme is used, and 140 characters according to the 8 bit GSM
coding scheme.
If the SMS message format is "text mode" (AT+CMGF=1) and the
character set is set to "UCS2" with AT+CSCS and the SMS is also coded
as "UCS2" (see <dcs> of AT+CSMP), then the length is in octets instead
of characters.
<meml>(str)
Memory to be used when listing, reading and deleting messages:
"SM"
SIM message storage
"ME"
Mobile Equipment message storage
"MT"(D) Sum of "SM" and "ME" storages
<mem2>(str)
Memory to be used when writing and sending messages:
"SM"
SIM message storage
"ME"
Mobile Equipment message storage
"MT"(D) Sum of "SM" and "ME" storages
<mem3>(str)
Received messages will be placed in this memory storage if routing to
TE is not set. See command AT+CNMI with parameter <mt>=2.
"SM"
SIM message storage
"MT"(D)
Sum of "SM" and "ME" storages
<mid>(num)
Message Identifier
GSM 03.41 CBM Message Identifier in integer format
<mn>(num)
Message Number
GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Number in integer format
<mr>(num)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 199
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Message Reference
GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format
<oa>(num)(+CSCS)
Originating Address
GSM 03.40 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in string format;
BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted
into characters; type of address given by <tooa>
<page>(num)
Page Parameter
GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter bits 4-7 in integer format
<pages>(num)
Page Parameter
GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter bits 0-3 in integer format
<pdu>(num)
In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40
TPDU in hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data
unit into hexadecimal numbers containing two IRA characters (e.g.
octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A
(IRA 50 and 65)). In the case of CBS: <ra> GSM 03.40 TP-RecipientAddress Ad-dress-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM
default alphabet characters) are converted into characters; type of
address given by <tora>.
<ra>(num)(+CSCS)
Recipient Address
GSM 03.40 TP-Recipient-Address Address-Value field in string format;
BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted
to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to
command AT+CSCS.); type of address given by <tora>.
<sca>(num)(+CSCS)
Service Center Address
GSM 04.11 RP SC address Address-Value field in string format; BCD
numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to
characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to
command AT+CSCS); type of address given by <tosca>.
<scts>(num)
Service Centre Time Stamp
GSM 03.40 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer
<dt>)
<sn>(num)
Serial Number
GSM 03.41 CBM Serial Number in integer format
<st>(num)
Status
GSM 03.40 TP-Status in integer format
0...255
<stat>(str)
Message status
3GPP 27.005 Interface of SMS and CB. Indicates the status of
message in memory.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 200
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
Description
Received unread messages
Received read messages
Stored unsent messages
Stored sent messages
All messages
VERSION 1.01
text mode
(<mode>=1)
"REC UNREAD"
"REC READ"
"STO UNSENT"
"STO SENT"
"ALL"
PDU mode
(<mode>=0)
0
1
2
3
4
Default
for SMS reading commands
for SMS writing commands
<toda>(num)
Type of Destination Address
GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer
format (when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145,
otherwise default is 129)
0...255
<tooa>(num)
Type of Originating Address
GSM 04.11 TP-Originating-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer
format (default refer <toda>)
<tora>(num)
Type of Recipient Address
GSM 04.11 TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer
format (default refer <toda>)
<tosca>(num)
Type of Service Center Address
GSM 04.11 RP SC address Type-of-Address octet in integer format
(default refer <toda>)
11.2 AT+CMGC Send an SMS command
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGC=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
If text mode (see AT+CMGF=1)
AT+CMGC=<fo>,<ct>[,<pid>[,<mn>[,<da>[,<toda>]]]]<CR>.
Text can be entered <CTRL-Z>/<ESC>
Write Command
If PDU mode (see AT+CMGF=0)
AT+CMGC=<length><CR> PDU can be entered <CTRL-Z>/<ESC>
Response(s)
+ CMGC: <mr>[,<scts>] If sending fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Response(s)
+ CMGC: <mr>[,<ackpdu>]
OK
If sending fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
●
●
Notes
•
After invoking the commands AT+CMGW, AT+CMGS or AT+CMGC it is
necessary to wait for the prompt ">" before entering text or PDU. After the
prompt a timer will be started to observe the input.
•
At baudrates below 19200 it is recommended to use the line termination
character only (refer to ATS3, default <CR>) before entering the text or PDU.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 201
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Use of the line termination character followed by the response formatting
character (refer to ATS4, default <LF> can cause problems.
11.3 AT+CMGD Delete SMS message
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGD=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGD=<index>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
●
●
Command Description
Write command deletes message from preferred message storage <mem1>
location <index>.
Note
•
If there is no SMS stored at the selected index, the response is OK too.
11.4 AT+CMGF Select SMS message format
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGF=?
Response(s) +CMGF : (list of supported<mode >s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CMGF?
Write Command
AT+CMGF=<mode>
Response(s)
+CMGF: <mode>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
○
●
Command Description
The write command specifies the input and output format of the short
messages.
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
PDU mode
1
Text mode
11.5 AT+CMGL List SMS messages from preferred store
Syntax
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 202
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Test Command
AT+CMGL=?
Response(s) +CMGL: (list of supported <stat>s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CMGL
Response(s)
+CMGL: (see write command for default of <stat>)
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGL=<stat>
Response(s)
Output if text mode (AT+CMGF=1) and command successful: For SMS- SUBMITs
and/or SMS-DELIVERs
+CMGL:<index>,<stat>,<oa>/<da>,[<alpha>],[<scts>][,<tooa>/<toda>,<length>]
<data>
[…]
OK
For SMS-STATUS-REPORTs
+ CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st>
[…]
OK
For SMS-Commands
+ CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>
[…]
OK
Output if PDU mode AT+CMGF=0 and command successful: For SMS-SUBMITs
and/or SMS-DELIVERs
+ CMGL: <index>,<stat>,[<alpha>],<length> <pdu>
[…]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
●
●
Command Description
The execute command is the same as the write command with the given
default for <stat>.
The write command returns messages with status value <stat> from message
storage <mem1> to the TE. If status of the message is 'received unread', status
in the storage changes to 'received read'.
Notes
•
The selected <mem1> can contain different types of SMs (e.g. SMSDELIVERs, SMS-SUBMITs, SMS-STA-TUS-REPORTs and SMS-COMMANDs), the
response may be a mix of the responses of different SM types. TE
application can recognize the response format by examining the third
response parameter.
•
The parameters <ra> and <tora> will only be displayed if parameter <ra> of
the AT^SSCONF command is set to 1.
•
This command can be used only after the SMS data from the SIM have
been read successfully for the first time. Reading starts after successful SIM
authentication has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds
depending on the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an
attempt to use any of the SMS read commands will result in "+CME Error: 14"
(SIM busy).
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 203
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
11.6 AT+CMGR Read SMS messages
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGR=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGR=<index>
Response(s)
Output if text mode (AT+CMGF=1) and command successful: For SMS-DELIVER
+ CMGR:
<stat>,<oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<dat
a>
[…]
OK
For SMS-SUBMIT
+ CMGR:
<stat>,<da>,[<alpha>][,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,[<vp>],<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<dat
a>
[…]
OK
For SMS-STATUS-REPORT
+ CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st>
<data>
[…]
OK
For SMS-Commands
+CMGR:<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[,<pid>,[<mn>],[<da>],[<toda>],<length>] <data>
[…]
OK
Output if PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0) and command successful: For SMS-SUBMITs
and/or SMS-DELIVERs
+ CMGR: <stat>,[<alpha>],<length> <pdu>
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
●
●
Command Description
The write command returns SMS message with location value <index> from
message storage <mem1> to the TE. If status of the message is 'received
unread', status in the storage changes to 'received read'.
Notes
•
Response if AT+CMGR is used to read an empty record index: +CMGR: 0,,0
•
Response if AT+CMGR is used to read a non-existent record index: +CMS
ERROR: invalid memory index
•
The parameters <ra> and <tora> will only be displayed if parameter <ra> of
the AT^SSCONF command is set to 1.
•
This command can be used only after the SMS data from the SIM have
been read successfully for the first time. Reading starts after successful SIM
authentication has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds
depending on the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an
attempt to use any of the SMS read commands will result in "+CME Error: 14"
(SIM busy).
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 204
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
11.7 AT+CMGS Send SMS message
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGS=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
If text mode (see AT+CMGF=1)
AT+CMGS=<da>[,<toda>]<CR>
Text can be entered. <CTRL-Z>/<ESC>
Write Command
If PDU mode (see AT+CMGF=0)
AT+CMGS=<length><CR>
PDU can be entered. <CTRL-Z>/<ESC>
Response(s)
+ CMGS: <mr>[,<scts>]
OK
If sending fails see notes below.
Response(s)
+ CMGS: <mr>[,<ackpdu>]
OK
If sending fails see notes below
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
●
●
Command Description
The write command transmits a short message from TE to network (SMSSUBMIT).
After invoking the write command wait for the prompt ">" and then start to
write the message. To send the message simply enter <CTRL-Z>. After the
prompt a timer will be started to observe the input. To abort sending use <ESC>.
Abortion is acknowledged with "OK", though the message will not be sent. The
message reference <mr> is returned to the TE on successful message delivery.
The value can be used to identify the message in a delivery status report
provided as an unsolicited result code.
Notes
•
If sending fails, for example, if a message is too long, the result code
depends on the current setting of the AT^SM2 0 command:
If the AT^SM2 0 <CmgwMode> equals 1 (factory default) any failure
to send a message is responded with "OK". Users should be aware,
that despite the "OK" response, the message will not be sent to the
subscriber. If the AT^SM20 <CmgwMode> equals 0 any failure to
send a message is responded with "ERROR".
•
If sending fails due to timeout, then
AT^SM20 <CmgwMode>=1 causes "+CMS ERROR: Unknown
error" to be returned;
AT^SM20 <CmgwMode>=0 causes "+CMS ERROR: timer expired"
to be returned.
•
Note that some providers do not recognize an @ symbol used in a short
message. A widely used alternative is typing "*" as defined in GSM 03.40
(GPP TS 23.40).
•
All characters entered behind the prompt ">" will be recognized as GSM
characters. For example, "Backspace" (ASCII character 8) does not delete
a character, but will be inserted into the short message as an additional
physical character. As a result, the character you wanted to delete still
appears in the text, plus the GSM code equivalent of the backspace key.
•
In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding
scheme: It is 160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used, and
140 characters according to the 8 bit GSM coding scheme.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 205
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
•
VERSION 1.01
At baudrates lower than 19200 it is recommended to use the line
termination character only (refer to <n> of ATS3, default <CR>) before
entering text or PDU. Use of the line termination character followed by the
response formatting character (see <n> of ATS4, default <LF>) can cause
problems.
11.8 AT+CMGW Write SMS messages to memory
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGW=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
If text mode (see AT+CMGF=1):
AT+CMGW
Response(s)
<CR> Text can be entered. <CTRL-Z>/<ESC>
+CMGW: <index>
OK
If writing fails
ERROR +CMS ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
If text mode (see AT+CMGF=1):
+CMGW: <index>
AT+CMGW=<oa>/<da>[, [<tooa>/<toda>][,<stat>]]<CR> OK
Text can be entered. <CTRL-Z>/<ESC>
If writing fails see notes below.
Write Command
Response(s)
If PDU mode (see AT+CMGF=0):
+CMGW: <index>
AT+CMGW=<length>[,<stat>]<CR> PDU can be entered. OK
<CTRL-Z>/<ESC>
If writing fails see notes below.
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
●
●
Command Description
The execute and write commands transmit SMS (either SMS-DELIVER or SMSSUBMIT) from TE to memory storage <mem2>. Memory location <index> of the
stored message is returned. Message status will be set to 'stored unsent' unless
otherwise given in parameter <stat>.
After invoking the execute or write command wait for the prompt ">" and then
start to write the message. To save the message simply enter <CTRL-Z>. After the
prompt a timer will be started to observe the input.
To abort writing use <ESC>. Abortion is acknowledged with "OK", though the
message will not be saved.
Notes
•
If writing fails, for example, if a message is too long, the result code
depends on the current setting of the AT^SM2 0 command:
•
If the AT^SM2 0 <CmgwMode>=1 (factory default) any failure to send a
message is responded with "OK". Users should be aware, that despite the
"OK" response, the message will not be written to the selected SMS storage.
If the AT^SM20 <CmgwMode> equals 0 any failure to write a message is
responded with "ERROR".
•
If writing fails due to timeout, then
•
AT^SM20 <CmgwMode>=1 causes "+CMS ERROR: Unknown error" to be
returned; AT^SM20<CmgwMode>=0 causes "+CMS ERROR: timer expired"
to be returned.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 206
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
•
Note that some providers do not recognize an @ symbol used in a short
message. A widely used alternative is typing "*" as defined in GSM 03.40
(GPP TS 23.40).
•
For baudrates lower than 19200 it is recommended to use the line
termination character only (refer to ATS3=<n>, default <CR>) before
entering the text or PDU. Use of the line termination character followed by
the response formating character (see ATS4=<n>, default <LF>) may cause
problems.
•
SMS-COMMANDs and SMS-STATUS-REPORTs cannot be stored in text mode.
•
All characters entered behind the ">" prompt will be recognized as GSM
characters. For example, "Backspace" (ASCII character 8) does not delete
a character, but will be inserted into the short message as an additional
physical character. As a result, the character you wanted to delete still
appears in the text, plus the GSM code equivalent of the backspace key.
•
In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding
scheme: It is 160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used, and
140 characters according to the 8 bit GSM coding scheme.
•
The length of 8-bit data coded short messages has to be greater than 0.
11.9 AT+CMSS Send SMS messages from storage
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMSS=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
If text mode (AT+CMGF=1):
AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da>[,<toda>]]
Response(s)
+ CMSS: <mr>[,<scts>]
OK
If sending fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Response(s)
+ CMSS: <mr>[,<ackpdu>]
OK
If sending fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Write Command
If PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0):
AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da>[,<toda>]]
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
●
●
Command Description
The write command sends message with location value <index> from message
storage <mem2> to the network (SMS-SUBMIT or SMS-COMMAND). If new
recipient address <da> is given for SMS-SUBMIT, it shall be used instead of the
one stored with the message. Reference value <mr> is returned to the TE on
successful message delivery. Value can be used to identify message upon
unsolicited delivery status report result code. If the optional parameter <da> is
given, the old status of the short message at <index> remains unchanged (see
<stat>).
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 207
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
11.10
AT+CNMA New SMS message acknowledge to
ME/TE, only phase 2+
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CNMA=?
Response(s)
+CNMA: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CNMA
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Write Command
AT+CNMA=<n>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
●
●
Command Description
The write/execute command confirms successful receipt of a new message
(SMS-DELIVER or SMS-STATUS-REPORT) routed directly to the TE. TA shall not send
another +CMT or +CDS result code to TE until previous one is acknowledged. If
ME does not receive acknowledgment within required time (network time-out),
ME sends RP-ERROR to the network. TA shall automatically disable routing to TE
by setting both <mt> and <ds> values of AT+CNMI to zero.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0
Parameter is only required for PDU mode. Command
operates similarly as in text mode
Notes
•
The execute/write command shall only be used when AT+CSMS parameter
<service> equals 1 (= phase 2+).
•
Both the execute and the write command can be used no matter whether
text mode or PDU mode is activated.
11.11
AT+CNMI New SMS message indications
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CNMI=?
Read Command
AT+CNMI?
Write Command
AT+CNMI = [<mode>][,<mt>][,<mb>] [,<ds>][,<bfr>]
Response(s)
+CNMI : (list of supported <mode>s), (list of supported <mt>s),
(list of supported <bm>s), (list of supported <ds>s), (list of
supported <bfr>s)
OK
Response(s)
+ CNMI: <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>
OK
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 208
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
●
●
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC1
<mt>=1:
+CMTI: <mem3>,<index>
Indicates that new message has been received
URC2
<mt>=2 (PDU mode enabled):
+ CMT: <length><CR><LF><pdu>
Indicates that new message has been received
URC3
<mt>=2 (text mode enabled):
+CMT:<oa>,<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length
>] <CR><LF><data>
Indicates that new message has been received
URC4
<bm>=2 (PDU mode enabled):
+ CBM: <length><CR><LF><pdu>
Indicates that new cell broadcast message has been received
URC5
<bm>=2 (text mode enabled):
+CBM:<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data>
Indicates that new cell broadcast message has been received
URC6
<ds>=1 (PDU mode enabled):
+ CDS: <length><CR><LF><pdu>
Indicates that new SMS status report has been received
URC7
<ds>=1 (text mode enabled):
+CDS: <fo>,<mr>[,<ra>] [,<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> Indicates that new
SMS status report has been received
URC8
<ds>=2:
+CDSI: <mem3>,<index>
Indicates that new SMS status report has been received
Command Description
The write command selects the procedure how the receipt of new SMS
messages from the network is indicated to the TE when TE is active, e.g. DTR
signal is ON. If TE is inactive (e.g. DTR signal is OFF), message receiving should
be done as specified in GSM 03.38. If the DTR signal is not available or the state
of the signal is ignored (V.25ter command AT&DO, reliable message transfer
can be assured by using AT+CNMA acknowledgment procedure. The rules
<mt>=2 and <mt>=3 for storing received SM are possible only if phase 2+
compatibility is activated with AT+CSMS=1 . The parameter <ds>=1 is only
available in phase 2+.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 209
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&W)
[0](&F) Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code
buffer is full, indications can be buffered in some other
place or the oldest indications may be discarded and
replaced with the new received indications.
1
Discard indication and reject new received message
unsolicited result codes when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in
on-line data mode). Otherwise forward them directly to
the TE.
2
Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when TA-TE link is
reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode) and flush them to
the TE after reservation. Otherwise forward them directly
to the TE.
3
Forward unsolicited result codes directly to the TE. TA-TE
link specific in-band technique used to embed result
codes and data when TA is in on-line data mode.
<mt>(num)(&W)(&V)
Rules for storing received SMS depend on the relevant data coding
method (refer to GSM 03.38), preferred memory storage (AT+CPMS)
setting and this value.
Note: If AT command interface is acting as the only display device,
the ME must support storage of class 0 messages and
messages in the message waiting indication group (discard
message).
[0](&F) No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE.
1
If SMS-DELIVER is stored in ME/TA, indication of the
memory location is routed to the TE using unsolicited
result code:
2
SMS-DELIVERs, except class 2 messages and messages
in the message waiting indication group (store
message) are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited
result code:
3
Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to the TE using
unsolicited result codes defined in <mt>=2. Messages
of other data coding schemes result in indication as
defined in <mt>=1.
<bm>(num)(&W)(&V)
Rules for storing received CBMs depend on the relevant data
coding method (refer to GSM 03.38), the setting of Select CBM Types
(AT+CSCB) and this value:
[0](&F)
No CBM indications are routed to the TE.
2
New CBMs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited
result code:
3
Class 3 CBMs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited
result codes defined in <bm>=2.
<ds>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
No SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE.
1
SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE using unsolicited
result code:
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 210
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
2
VERSION 1.01
If SMS-STATUS-REPORT is routed into ME/TA, indication of the
memory location is routed to the TE using unsolicited result
code:
<bfr>(num)(&W)(&V)
[1](&F)
TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this
command is cleared when <mode> 1...3 is entered.
<index>(num)
integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by
the associated memory
Notes
•
Each time an SMS or Cell Broadcast Message is received, the Ring Line
goes Logic "1" for one second.
•
Parameters <mt>=2,3 and <ds>=1 are only available with GSM phase 2+
(see AT+CSMS=1). Incoming SMS or Status Reports have to be
acknowledged with AT+CNMA=0 when using these phase 2+ parameters.
•
Due to GSM 03.38 the ME treats short messages with message class 0 as
though there was no message class, i.e. it will ignore bits 0 and 1 in the TPDCS and normal rules for memory capacity exceeded shall apply.
•
To allow SMS overflow presentation during data transfers via Break, use
AT+CNMI=3,1 (see AT^SMGO).
11.12
AT+CPMS Preferred SMS message storage
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPMS=?
Response(s)
+CPMS: (list of supported <meml>s), (list of supported <mem2>s),
(list of supported <mem3>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CPMS?
Response(s)
+ CPMS:
<meml>,<usedl>,<totall>,<mem2>,<used2>,<total2>,<mem3>,<used
3>,<total3>
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Response(s)
+CPMS: <usedl>,<total1>>,<used2>,<total2>,<used3>,
<total3>
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Write Command
AT+CPMS=<meml>[,<mem2>[,<mem3>]]
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
●
●
Command Description
The write command selects memory storages <memi>,<mem2>,<mem3> to be
used for reading, writing, etc.
Parameter Description
<usedl>(num)
Number of messages currently in <mem1>
<used2>(num)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 211
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Number of messages currently in <mem2>
<used3>(num)
Number of messages currently in <mem3>
<totall>(num)
Number of messages storable in <mem1>
<total2>(num)
Number of messages storable in <mem2>
<total3>(num)
Number of messages storable in <mem3 >
Notes
•
The Mobile Equipment storage "ME" offers space for 25 short messages, see
<memi>.
•
"MT" is the sum of "ME" (= 25 locations) and "SM" (capacity varies with SIM
card). The indices <index> of the "MT" storage are dependent on the order
selected with AT^SSMSS.
•
The <memi>,<mem2> and <mem3> parameter will be stored in non-volatile
memory.
•
The user should be aware that the setting "MT" involves "ME" and "SM", with
"ME" being filled up first. If the "ME" storage is full, TANGO55/56 will proceed
with the "SM" storage.
•
Incoming Class 1 short messages (ME specific) will be preferably stored to
"ME" and may be transferred to the "SM" storage if "ME" is used up.
•
Incoming Class 2 messages (SIM specific) will be stored to the SIM card
only, no matter whether or not there is free "ME" space. As a result, the
^SMGO: 2 indication (see AT^SMGO) may be presented without prior
indication of ^SMGO: 1. For more information regarding SIM and ME
specific message classes refer to <dcs> and the following specifications:
GSM 03.38 and 3GPP TS23038.
•
When <mem3> is switched over from "MT" to "SM" all free "ME" locations will
be filled with dummy short messages. This procedure can take up to 35
seconds, until all the 25 records are written.
•
If switching from "MT" to "SM" was not finished due to error or user break, the
value of <mem3> remains "MT", but some of the dummy records remain in
the "ME" storage. These records have to be deleted manually. When
<mem3> equals "SM", do not delete the dummy messages in the "ME",
storage. They will be automatically deleted when you switch back from
"SM" to "MT". Again, this may take up to 35 seconds. If switching from "SM" to
"MT" was not finished due to an error or user break, the value of <mem3>
remains "SM", but the "ME" storage will no longer be filled with dummy
records. New incoming short messages may now be written to the "ME"
storage, if "SM" is already full. To avoid this, repeat the AT+CPMS command
as soon as possible to switch <mem3> back to "MT". As an alternative, you
can manually delete the dummy records and issue AT+CPMS=MT,MT,MT.
•
While <mem3> equals "SM" and <mem1> equals "ME" it is possible that,
after deleting short messages from "ME", the freed space on "ME" is
reclaimed for new incoming short messages, when there is no space left on
the "SM" storage. As it is often the clients concern to have received short
messages stored only to the SIM card, inconsistent settings should be
generally avoided. This can be achieved simply by using the same
parameter for all memory indices.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 212
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
•
VERSION 1.01
The indices <index> of the storage are dependent on the order selected
with AT^SSMSS.
11.13
AT+CSCA SMS service centre address
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSCA=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSCA?
Write Command
AT+CSCA=<sca>[,<tosca>]
Response(s)
+CSCA: <sca>,<tosca>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
●
●
Command Description
Write command updates the SMSC address, through which mobile originated
SMS are transmitted. In text mode, setting is used by send and write
commands. In PDU mode, setting is used by the same commands, but only
when the length of the SMSC address coded into <pdu> parameter equals
zero.
Notes
•
In case of using no parameter after AT+CSCA= the content of <sca> will be
deleted.
•
This command writes the service centre address to non-volatile memo.
•
The SMS service centre address should be entered as specified by the
service provider.
11.14
AT+CSCB Select Cell Broadcast Message
Indication
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSCB=?
Read Command
AT+CSCB?
Response(s)
+CSCB: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Response(s)
+ CSCB: <mode>,<mids>,<dcss>
OK
Write Command
AT+CSCB=[<mode>[,<mids>[,<dcss>]]]
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
●
●
Command Description
Test command returns supported modes as a compound value.
Write command selects which types of CBMs are to be received by the ME.
Parameter Description
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 213
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
<mode>(num)
Message mode
[0]
Accept messages that are defined in <mids> and
<dcss>
1
Forbid messages that are defined in <mids> and <dcss>
<mids>(str)
Cell Broadcast Message ID specification
For <mode>=0: Six different possible combinations of
CBM IDs (e.g. "0,1,5,320-478,922,2000-3000"), default is
empty string.
In certain configurations, e.g. if using SIMs that contain
data in Elementary File EF-CBMID (Cell Broadcast
Message Identifier for Data download) less than six
combinations may be available. To access a SIMs
Elementary File data refer to command AT+CRSM.
For <mode>=1: One CBM ID or range of IDs (e.g. "320478"), default is empty string.
<dcss>(str)
CBM data coding scheme specification
All different possible combinations of CBM data coding schemes
(e.g. "0-3,5"). Using default empty string leads to get all CBMs
independent of their dcss.
A given <dcss> replaces any former value and is used for
consecutive requests.
11.15
AT+CSDH Show SMS text mode parameters
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSDH=?
Response(s)
+CSDH: (list of supported <show>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSDH?
Response(s)
+CSDH:<show>
OK
Response(s)
+CSDH: <show>
OK
Write Command
AT+CSDH=<show>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
●
●
Command Description
Write command sets whether or not detailed header information is shown in
text mode result codes.
Parameter Description
<show>(num)(&W)
[0](&F)
Do not show header values defined in commands
AT+CSCA
and
AT+CSMP
(<sca>,<tosca>,<fo>,<vp>,<pid> and <dcs>) nor
<length>,<toda> or <tooa> in "+CMTI", AT+CMGL,
AT+CMGR result codes for SMS-DELIVERs and SMS-
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 214
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
SUBMITs in text mode; for SMS-COMMANDs in +CMGR
result
code,
do
not
show
<pid>,<mn>,<da>,<toda>,<length> or <cdata>.
1
11.16
Show the values in result codes.
AT+CSMP Set SMS text mode parameters
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSMP=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSMP?
Response(s)
+ CSMP:<fo>,<vp>/<scts>,<pid>,<dcs>
OK
Response(s)
+CSMP: <index>
OK
If sending fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Write Command
AT+CSMP=<fo>[,<vp>/<scts>[,<pid>[,<dcs>]]]
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
●
●
Command Description
The write command selects values for additional parameters needed when SM
is sent to the network or placed in a storage when text format message mode
is selected.
It is possible to set the validity period starting from when the SM is received by
the SMSC (<vp> is in range 0... 255) or define the absolute time of the validity
period termination (<vp> is a string). The format of <vp> is given by <f o>. If TA
supports the enhanced validity period format, see GSM 03.40), it shall be given
as a hexadecimal coded string (e.g. <pdu>) with quotes.
Parameter Description
<fo>(num)
First Octet
depending on the command or result code: first octet of GSM
03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or
SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer format
0...17(&F)...255
<vp>(num)
Depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: GSM 03.40 TP-Validity-Period
either in integer format or in time-string format (refer <dt>)
0...167(&F)...255
<dcs>(num)
Data Coding Scheme
GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme, or Cell Broadcast Data
Coding Scheme in integer format
0(&F)...247
<pid>(num)
Protocol Identifier
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 215
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format
0<&F>...255
Notes
•
When storing a SMS DELIVER from the TE to the preferred memory storage in
text mode (using the AT+CMGW write command),<vp> field can be used
for <scts>.
•
The command writes the parameters to the non-volatile memory.
11.17
AT+CSMS Select Message Service
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSMS=?
Response(s)
+CSMS: (list of supported <service>s)
OK
Response(s)
+ CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm>
OK
Response(s)
+ CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm>
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Read Command
AT+CSMS?
Write Command
AT+CSMS=<service>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
●
●
Parameter Description
<service>(num)
0
GSM 03.40 and GSM 03.41 (the syntax of SMS AT
commands is compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2 version
4.7.0; Phase 2+ features which do not require new
command syntax may be supported, e.g. correct routing
of messages with new Phase 2+ data coding schemes).
1
GSM 03.40 and GSM 03.41 (the syntax of SMS AT
commands is compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2+
version; the requirement of <service> setting 1 is
mentioned under corresponding command descriptions).
<mt>(num)
Mobile Terminated Messages:
0
Type not supported
1
Type supported
<mo>(num)
Mobile Originated Messages:
0
Type not supported
1
Type supported
<bm>(num)
Broadcast Type Messages:
0
Type not supported
1
Type supported
Notes
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 216
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
•
If CSMS mode is switched from Phase 2+ to Phase 2 and one or more
AT+CNMI parameter are Phase 2+ specific a '+CMS ERROR: unknown error'
will appear. It is recommended to switch the AT+CNMI parameters to
Phase 2 specific values before entering Phase 2.
•
Phase 2+ (<service>=1) must be set before the following features can be
used:
11.18
-
Configuring procedures for indicating received short messages
with the AT+CNMI parameters <mt>=2 or <mt>=3 and <ds>=1.
-
Acknowledging incoming short messages with AT+CNMA.
-
Receiving Status Reports and acknowledging them with
AT+CNMA.
AT^SLMS List SMS Memory Storage
Syntax
Test Command
AT^CLMS=?
Exec Command
AT^SLMS
Response(s)
OK
Response(s)
^SLMS: "MT"<total3>,<used3>
^SLMS: "SM",<totall>,<used1>
^SLMS: "ME",<total2>,<used2>
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Command Description
The execute command indicates the maximum capacity of each SMS storage
type and the number of locations currently used.
Parameter Description
<total1>(num)
Maximum number of messages storable in the SMS memory of the
SIM (physical storage "SM")
<total2>(num)
Maximum number of messages storable in the SMS memory of the
Mobile Equipment (physical storage "ME")
<total3>(num)
Sum of "SM" and "ME", indicated as "MT". Maximum number of all
messages storable in the SIM memory and the Mobile Equipment
memory.
<usedl>(num)
Number of messages currently stored in the SMS memory of the SIM
(physical storage "SM")
<used2>(num)
Number of messages currently stored in the SMS memory of the Mobile
Equipment (physical storage "ME")
<used3>(num)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 217
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Concatenated logical SMS storages of SIM ("SM") and Mobile
Equipment ("ME"). Sum of all messages currently stored, indicated as
"MT".
11.19
AT^SMGL List SMS messages from preferred store
without setting status to REC READ
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SMGL=?
Response(s)
same as AT+CMGL
Exec Command
AT^SMGL
Write Command
AT^SMGL=<stat>
Response(s)
^SMGL: (For default values of <stat>, see Chapter "SMS parameters”.)
OK
Response(s)
same as AT+CMGL
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Command Description
The execute command is the same as the write command, but uses the given
default of <stat>.
The write command allows to select a status type and lists, from the message
storage <memi>, all messages that currently have the specified <stat>. The
major difference over the standard command AT+CMGL is that the status of
the listed messages remains unchanged (unread remains unread).
Notes
•
The selected <mem1> can contain different types of SMs (e.g. SMSDELIVERs, SMS-SUBMITs, SMS-STA-TUS-REPORTs and SMS-COMMANDs), the
response may be a mix of the responses of different SM types. TE
application can recognize the response format by examining the third
response parameter.
•
This command can be used only after the SMS data from the SIM have
been read successfully for the first time. Reading starts after successful SIM
authentication has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds
depending on the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an
attempt to use any of the SMS read commands will result in "+CME Error: 14"
(SIM busy)
11.20
AT^SMGO Set or query SMS overflow presentation
mode or query SMS overflow
Syntax
Test Command
Response(s)
AT^SMGO=?
^SMGO: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 218
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Read Command
Response(s)
AT^SMGO?
^SMGO: <n>,<mode>
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
AT^SMGO=<n>
OK
ERROR
CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Unsolicited Result Code
SMS buffer change:
^SMGO: <mode>
Status of SMS buffer has changed.
Command Description
The read command returns overflow presentation mode and SMS overflow
status. The write command sets overflow presentation mode.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
SMS overflow presentation mode
[0](&F) disable
1
enable
<mode>(num)(&V)
SMS overflow status
0
space available
1
SMS buffer full (The buffer for received short messages is
<mem3>. See AT+CPMS.)
2
Buffer full and new message waiting in SC for delivery to
phone
Notes
•
Incoming short messages with message class 1 (ME specific short
messages) or class 2 (SM specific short messages), see <dcs> in GSM 03.38,
will be stored either in "ME" or in "SM" storage. Therefore the "^SMGO:2"
indication could occur, without issuing the indication "^SMGO:1" before. The
indication "^SMGO:1" means that both buffers ("ME" and "SM") are full.
•
For more information regarding SIM and ME specific message classes refer
to <dcs> and the following specifications: GSM 03.38 and 3GPP TS 23.038 .
11.21
AT^SMGR Read SMS message without setting
status to REC READ
Syntax
Test Command
Response(s)
AT^SMGR=?
^SMGR:
OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 219
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Write Command
Response(s)
AT^SMGR=<index>
see AT+CMGR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Notes
•
The AT^SMGR command is a specific Siemens command with the same
syntax as AT+CMGR Read SMS message. The only difference is that the
status "REC UNREAD" of a short message is not overwritten to "REC READ".
•
This command can be used only after the SMS data from the SIM have
been read successfully for the first time. Reading starts after successful SIM
authentication has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds
depending on the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an
attempt to use any of the SMS read commands will result in "+CME Error: 14"
(SIM busy).
11.22
AT^SSCONF SMS Command Configuration
AT^SSCONF controls details of some SMS releated commands. Please note that
AT^SSCONF settings are stored volatile, i.e. after restart or reset the default values will
be restored.
Syntax
Test Command
Response(s)
AT^SSCONF=?
^SSCONF: list of supported <ra>s
OK
Read Command
Response(s)
AT^SSCONF?
^SSCONF:<ra>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
AT^SSCONF=<ra>
OK
PIN
SERIAL
○
●
Parameter Description
<ra>(num)
Display recipient address
11.23
[0](&F)
TANGO55/56 does not display <ra> and <tora>. These
parameters are used with the result codes of AT+CMGL,
AT^SMGL, AT+CGMR, AT^SMGR and the URC "+CDS".
1
TANGO55/56 displays <ra> and <tora>.
AT^SSDA Set SMS Display Availability
This command allows to notify the TANGO55/56 of its controlling application's
capability to immediately display incoming SMS on a display.
If the application is able to display incoming SMS, class 0 SMS shall be displayed
immediately. However, if it does not, class 0 SMS shall be treated as if no message
class is determined (GSM 03.38[14]).
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 220
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
The effect of this command if <da>=1 is to determine the behavior of parameter
<mt> of AT+CNMI:
If <da>=1 and <mt>=1 incoming class 0 SMS need to be acknowledged with
AT+CNMA (see also AT+CNMI and AT+CSMS).
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSDA=?
Response(s)
^SSDA:list of supported <da>s
OK
Read Command
AT^SSDA?
Write Command
AT^SSDA=<da>
Response(s)
^SSDA:<da>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
The read command returns ME's current capability setting.
Parameter Description
<da>(num)
Display Availability
11.24
0(&F)
Application is not able to display incoming SMS
1
Application is able to display incoming SMS
AT^SSMSS Set Short Message Storage Sequence
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSMSS=?
Response(s)
^SSMSS: (list of supported) <seq>s
Read Command
AT^SCKS?
Write Command
AT^SSMSS=<seq>
Response(s)
^SCKS: <mode>,<SimStatus>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
The short message storage "MT" (see AT+CPMS) is a logical storage. It consists of
two physical storages "ME" and "SM". This command allows to select the
sequence of addressing this storage.
Parameter Description
<seq>(num)
MT sequence
0(&F)
"MT" storage is "ME" then "SM
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 221
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
1
VERSION 1.01
"MT" storage is "SM" then "ME"
Note
•
Access to the SIM storage is faster. For compatibility with previous software
releases, the "MT" sequence <seq>=0 is the factory default.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 222
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
12 SIM RELATED COMMANDS
The AT commands described in this chapter are related to the Subscriber Identity
Modul (SIM) connected to the TANGO55/56.
12.1 AT+CRSM Restricted SIM Access
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CRSM=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
AT+CRSM=<command>[,<fileID>[,<P1>,<P2>,<P3>[ + CRSM: <swl>,<swl>,[<response>]
,<data>]]]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
By using this command the TE has access to Elementary Files on the SIM.
Access to the SIM database is restricted to the commands which are listed at
<command>.
As response to the command the ME sends
parameters and response data. ME error result
returned if the command cannot be passed to
inserted. However, errors related to SIM data are
parameters as defined in GSM 11.11.
the current SIM information
code +CME ERROR may be
the SIM, e.g. if the SIM is not
reported in <sw1> and <sw2>
Parameter Description
<command>(num)
All values not listed below are reserved; refer GSM 11.11.
176
READ BINARY
178
READ RECORD
192
GET RESPONSE
214
UPDATE BINARY
220
UPDATE RECORD
242
STATUS
<fileID>(num)
This is the identifier for an elementary data file on SIM. Mandatory for
every command except STATUS
<P1>(num)
Parameter to be passed on by the ME to the SIM; refer GSM 11.11.
0...255
<P2>(num)
Parameter to be passed on by the ME to the SIM; refer GSM 11.11.
0...255
<P3>(num)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 223
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Parameter to be passed on by the ME to the SIM; refer GSM 11.11.
0...255
<data>(str)
Information which shall be written to the SIM (hexadecimal
character format)
<swl>(num)
Status information from the SIM about the execution of the actual
command. These parameters are delivered to the TE in both cases,
on successful or failed execution of the command; refer GSM 11.11.
0...255
<sw2>(num)
Status information from the SIM about the execution of the actual
command. These parameters are delivered to the TE in both cases,
on successful or failed execution of the command; refer GSM 11.11.
0...255
<response>(str)
Response of a successful completion of the previously issued
command.
STATUS and GET RESPONSE commands return data, which gives
information about the current elementary data field. This information
includes the type of file and its size (refer GSM 51.011).
After READ BINARY or READ RECORD command the requested data
will be returned.
<response> is not returned after a successful UPDATE BINARY or
UPDATE RECORD command.
12.2 AT^SCKS Query SIM and Chip Card Holder Status
This command controls the SIM connection presentation mode and queries the
connection status of the SIM and the card holder tray of the TANGO55/56.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCKS=?
Response(s)
^SCKS:(list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SCKS?
Response(s)
^SCKS: <mode>,<SimStatus>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT^SCKS=<mode>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Unsolicited Result Code
^SCKS: <SimStatus>
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 224
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
During startup, and if the TANGO55/56's SIM connection status
has changed an unsolicited result code (URC) is issued.
Command Description
The read command returns the URC presentation mode and the status of the
SIM card connection.
The write command enables or disables the presentation of URCs to report
whether or not the SIM card is connected.
If the ME is powered down or reset (AT+CFUN or Table 2.3) the current
presentation mode setting <mode> will not be retained. Therefore the setting
<mode>=1 needs to be restored after power on the TANGO55/56 or may be
saved in the user profile (AT&W).
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&W)(&V)
0(&F)
Suppress unsolicited result codes
1
Output unsolicited result codes
<SimStatus>(num)(&V)
0
Card holdertray removed or SIM connection error
1
SIM inserted (refer to note)
Note
•
<SimStatus> reflects the status of the SIM and the card holdertray.
Therefore if an empty SIM card tray is inserted, two URCs will be presented,
indicating the status 1 followed by 0, i.e. a SIM is inserted into the card
holdertray but no SIM connection could be established.
Example:
AT^SCKS=I
Activates the presentation of unsolicited result codes
OK
Now, after inserting an empty card tray the following URCs appear:
^SCKS:
^SCKS
1
:0
Tray connected
No SIM card found
12.3 AT^SCID Display SIM card identification number
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCID=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SCID
Response(s)
^SCID: <cid>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
TA returns the card identification number in SIM (SIM file EF|CaD, see GSM 11.11
Chap.10.1.1) as string type.
Parameter Description
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 225
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
<cid>(str)
card identification number of SIM card
12.4 AT+CXXCID Display card ID
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CXXCID=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CXXCID
Response(s)
+CXXCID: <cid>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
TA returns the card identification number in SIM (SIM file EF ICCID, see GSM
11.11 Chap.10.1.1) as string type.
Note
•
See also: AT^ACID
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 226
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
13 PHONE BOOK COMMANDS
The AT commands described in this chapter allow the external application to access
the phone books located in the TANGO55/56's memory or on the attached
Subscriber Identity Modul (SIM).
13.1 Sort Order for Phone books
Due to the support of UCS2 for the <text> part of phone book entries, the sort order
for phone book records follows the algorithm published as Unicode Technical
Standard #10, "Unicode Collation Algorithm". A memory-optimized version of the
proposed collation tables "[AllKeys]" from Unicode Technical Standard #10 is used in
order to determine collation weights for code points between 0000 and 06FF, and
composed keys are used for code points from ranges 0700 to 33FF, A000 to D7FF and
E000 to FFFD. Code Points not referenced in these tables will be assigned a default
collation weight with their Unicode value as level 1 weight. Decomposition is not
supported.
Phone book entries whose names contain only characters from the GSM07.07
default alphabet are converted internally into their UCS2 equivalents in order to
achieve consistent sorting results.
For the user, this means that:
•
Punctuation marks and other non-alphabetical characters from the
common latin-based character sets, and from the standard GSM
character set, will be sorted before any alphabetical characters. The
ordering in which these marks appear as compared to other nonalphabetical characters from the same group is determined by their
collation weights and does not reflect their code values in the UCS2 or
GSM alphabet tables above. Please refer to www.unicode.org for detail.
•
Alphabetical characters from the common latin-based character sets, and
from the standard GSM character set, will be sorted according to their
underlying base characters, plus the collation weights of their accent signs.
•
Only collation levels 1 and 2 are regarded, so sorting is not case-sensitive.
Example: the european letters "A" (GSM 0EH, UCS2 00C5h), "ae" (GSM 1DH, UCS2
00E6h), "c" (GSM09h, UCS2 00E7h), "a" (GSM 61H, UCS2 0061 h ) and "b" (GSM 62H,
UCS2 0062h) will be sorted in order "a", "A", "as" "b","c" although their numerical values
in GSM and UCS2 suggest a different ordering.
Unicode Technical Standard #10,
"Unicode C ollation Algorithm"
13.2 AT+CPBR Read from Phone book
This command serves to read one or more entries from the phone book selected
with AT command AT+CPBS. It can be used only after the phone book's data has
been read from the SIM successfully. Reading starts after successful SIM
authentication has been performed and may take up to 30 seconds depending on
the SIM used. While this read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the
phone book commands will result in "+CME Error: SIM busy".
Syntax
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 227
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
Test Command
AT+CPBR=?
Write Command
AT+CPBR=<locationl>[,<location2>]
VERSION 1.01
Response(s)
+ CPBR: (1-<maxloc>),<nlength>,<tlength>
OK
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
[+CPBR: <locationl>,<number>,<type>,<text>]
[+CPBR: <location2>,<number>,<type>,<text>]
OK
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05, GSM 11.11
●
●
Command Description
The test command returns the location range supported by the current phone
book storage, the maximum length of <number> field and the maximum
length of <text> field. Note: Length information may not be available while SIM
storage is selected. If storage does not offer format information, the format list
contains empty parenthesizes.
The write command determines the phone book entry to be displayed with
<location1> or a location range from <location1> to <location2>. Hence, if no
<location2> is given only the entry at <location1> will be displayed. If no entries
are found at the selected location "OK" will be returned.
Parameter Description
<locationl>(num)
The first (lowest) location number within phone book memory for
which the corresponding entry is to be displayed. The supported
range is given in the test command response.
If <location1> exceeds the upper bound <maxloc> (as indicated by
the test command), command will respond with "+CME ERROR:
INVALID INDEX".
<location2>(num)
The last (highest) location number within phone book memory for
which the corresponding entry is to be displayed. The supported
range is given in the test command response.
If both <location1> and <location2> are in the range indicated by
the test command with parameter <max-loo>, the list of entries will
be output and terminated with "OK".
If <location2> exceeds the range indicated by the test command
with parameter <maxloc>, the list of entries will be output but
terminated with "+CME ERROR: INVALID INDEX".
<number>(str)
Phone number in format specified by <type>, it may be an empty
string.
<type>(num)
Address type
145
dialling string <number> includes international access
code character'+'
209
dialling string <number> contains printable nonalphabetic non-digit characters saved with the number
string.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 228
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
For phone book entries with this <type>, dialling from
phone book with ATD><mem><n> is not possible. For
further detail, check the parameter descriptions for at
command AT+CPBW.
129
otherwise
<text>(str)(+cscs)
Text assigned to a phone number. The maximum length for this
parameter is given with test command response parameter
<tlength>.
If using an ASCII terminal characters which are coded differently in
ASCII and GSM have to be entered via escape sequences as
described in chapter 0.5 Supported character sets.
<maxloo>(num)
Maximum location number for the currently selected storage. For
phone books located on the SIM this value depends on the SIM card
type.
<nlength>(num)
Maximum length of phone number for "normal" locations.
Depending on the storage a limited number of locations with
extended memory is available per phone book. These locations
allow storing numbers with twice the standard length, which is
2*<nlength> digits for normal numbers, but only <nlength> digits for
numbers saved with <type>=209.
<tlength>(num)
Maximum length of <text> assigned to the telephone number. The
value indicated by the test command is given in octets. If <text> is
given as GSM characters each character corresponds to one octet.
If the <text> string is given in UCS2, the maximum number of
characters depends on the coding scheme used for the alpha field
of the SIM according to GSM 11.11, Annex B [16]. As a worst case
the number of UCS2 characters is less than half the number of GSM
characters. For a detailed description please refer to GSM 11.11,
Annex B [15].
Examples:
EXAMPLE 1
First run the test command to find out the maximum range of entries
stored in the active phone book
AT+CPBR=?
+ CPBR: (1-100) ,20,17
TANGO55/56 returns the supported values, where 100 is the
supported range of location numbers, 20 is the length of the phone
number and 17 is the maximum length of the associated text.
EXAMPLE 2
Then use the execute command to display the phone book entries
sorted by location numbers
AT+CPBR =1,3
+CPBR:1,"+999999",145,"Charlie"+CPBR:2," + 777777",145, "Bill"
+CPBR:3,"+888888",145,"Arthur"
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 229
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
13.3 AT+CPBS Select phone book memory storage
This command is used to select the active phone book storage, i.e. the phone book
storage that all subsequent phone book commands will be operating on.
The read command can be used only after the phone book data from the SIM have
been read successfully for the first time. Reading starts after successful SIM
authentication has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds depending on
the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the
phone book commands will result in "+CME Error: 14" (SIM busy).
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPBS=?
Response(s)
+CPBS: (list of supported <storage>s)
OK
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
+ CPBS: <storage>,<used>,<total>
OK
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR:
Read Command
AT+CPBS?
Write Command
AT+CPBS=<storage>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
●
●
Command Description
The test command returns supported <storage>s as compound value.
The read command returns the currently selected <storage>, the number of
<used> entries and the <total> number of entries available for this storage.
The write command selects the phone book memory <storage>, which is used
by other phone book commands.
Parameter Description
<storage>(str)
For phone books "MC", "RC" and "LD", automatic deletion of the
entries stored in ME will be performed if the SIM card is changed. If
the same SIM is removed and reinserted, no automatic deletion is
performed. Calls made after last switch on will be lost from "MC",
"RC" and "LD" phone book, if the SIM is removed and reinserted
during normal operation
"FD"
Fixed dialling phone book
capacity: depending on SIM card
location: SIM
"SM"(&F)
IM phone book
capacity: depending on SIM card
location: SIM
"ON"
SISDN list
capacity: depending on SIM card
location: SIM
"ME"
Mobile Equipment Phone book
capacity: max. 250 entries
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 230
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
location: ME
"LD"
last number dialled phone book. Stores all voice
call numbers dialed with ATD, but no data call
numbers.
capacity: max. 10 entries
location: depending on SIM this phone book may
reside partly or completely in ME
AT command +CPBW is not applicable to this
storage. The LD list can be deleted with AT^SDLD
or with AT^SPBD.
"MC"
issed (unanswered received) calls list
capacity: max. 10 entries
location: ME
+CPBW is not applicable to this storage. The
MC list can be deleted with AT^SPBD.
"RC"
Received calls list
capacity: max. 10 entries
location: ME
+CPBW is not applicable to this storage. The RC
list can be deleted with AT^SPBD.
<used>(num)
value indicating-the-number of-used-locations-in selected-memorystorage.
<total>(num)
value indicating the maximum number of locations allowed in the
selected memory storage.
13.4 AT+CPBW Write into Phonebook
This command serves to write onto an entry of the phone book selected with
AT+CPBS. It can be used only after the phone book's data has been read
successfully from the SIM. Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has
been performed and may take up to 30 seconds depending on the SIM used. While
the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the phone book commands
will result in "+CME Error: SIM busy".
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPBW=?
Response(s)
+ CPBW: (1-<maxloc>),<nlength>, (list of supported
<type>s),<tlength>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
AT+CPBW=[<location>][,<number>[[,<type>][,<text>] OK
]]
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
●
●
Command Description
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 231
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
The test command returns the location range supported by the current
storage, the maximum length of <number> field, the range of supported
<type> values and the maximum length of <text> field. Note: The length may
not be available while SIM storage is selected. If storage does not offer format
information, the format list contains empty parenthesizes.
The write command fills a phone book entry at memory location <location> of
the active storage selected with AT+CPBS.
If <storage>="FD" (SIM fixed dialling numbers) is selected, PIN2 authentication
has to be performed prior to any write access.
If no <location> is given, the first free entry will be used.
If <location> is given as the only parameter, the phone book entry specified by
<location> is deleted.
If write attempt fails "+CME ERROR" is indicated.
Parameter Description
<location>(num)
Location number within phone book-memory. The-supported-rangeis given-with-the test-command-response.
<number>(str)
Phone number with format specified by <type>. Parameter must be
present, although it may be an empty string. However, alphabetic
characters are not permitted.
<number> may contain printable non-alphabetic characters of the
standard GSM alphabet as dialstring modifiers, including "*", "#" or"+".
However, if <number> contains modifiers otherthan "*", "#" or"+" the
following constraints shall be considered:
•
If no <type> was specified explicitly, all accepted modifiers
from the GSM alphabet will be saved in the number string.
<type> will be set to 209 (ASCII). However, limitations as listed
below for <type> 209 apply.
•
A <number> saved with <type>=209 requires double memory.
In order to fit into a standard location, the number needs to be
reduced to a maximum length of <nlength>/2, including all
digits and dial string modifiers. Extended locations may be
used as stated below for <nlength>.
<type>(num)
Type of address octet
If <type> is specified as 129 or 145, any non-digit characters
otherthan "*", "#", or"+" will be removed from the number string. If the
number string contains such characters, they can be saved with the
number string by using <type> 209, see below.
145
dialling string <number> includes international access
code character'+'
209
dialling string <number> contains printable nonalphabetic non-digit characters that should be saved
with the number string. Remarks as under parameter
<number> apply. For phone book entries with this type,
dialling from phone book with ATD><mem><n> is not
possible.
129
otherwise
<text>(str)(+cscs)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 232
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Text assigned to the phone number. The maximum length for this
parameter is given in test command response <tlength>. When using
an ASCII terminal, characters which are coded differently in ASCII
and GSM have to be entered via escape sequences as described in
chapter 0.5 “Supported character sets”.
<maxloo>(num)
Max. location for the currently selected storage. For phone books
located on SIM, this value may vary between SIM cards. See
AT+CPBS for typical values.
<nlength>(num)
Max. length of phone number for "normal" locations. - Depending on
the storage, a limited number of locations with extended memory is
available per phone book. These locations allow storing numbers
with twice the standard length, which is 2*<nlength> digits for
normal numbers, but only <nlength> digits for numbers saved with
parameter <type>= 209. If all extended locations of the selected
phone book are used up, then any attempt to write a number which
requires extended memory will be denied with CME ERROR 260:
INVALID DIAL STRING.
<tlength>(num)
Maximum length of <text> assigned to the telephone number. The
value indicated by the test command is given in octets. If the <text>
string is given in GSM characters, each character corresponds to
one octet. If the <text> string is given in UCS2, the maximum number
of characters depends on the coding scheme used for the alpha
field of the SIM according to GSM 11.11, Annex B [16]. As a worst
case the number of UCS2 characters is less than half the number of
GSM characters. For a detailed description please refer to GSM
11.11, Annex B [15].
Examples:
EXAMPLE 1
Make a new phone book entry at the first free location.
AT+CPBW=1,"+431234567",145,"international"
Delete entry at location 1
AT+CPBW=1
EXAMPLE 2
The following examples are provided to illustrate the effect of writing
phone book entries with different types of dial string modifiers in
<number>
AT+CPBW=5,"12345678",,"Arthur"
AT+CPBW=6,"432!+-765()&54*654#",,"John"
AT+CPBW=7,"432!+-765()&54*654#",129,"Eve"
AT+CPBW=8,"432!+-765()&54*654#",145,"Tom"
AT+CPBW=9,"432!+-765()&54*654#",209,"Richard"
EXAMPLE 3
Read phone book entries from locations 5 - 9 via AT+CPBR
+CPBR:5,"12345678",129,"Arthur"
+CPBR:6,"432!+-765()&54*654#",209,"John"
+CPBR:7,"432+76554*654#",129,"Eve"
+CPBR:8,"+432+76554*654#",145,"Tom"
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 233
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
+CPBR:9,"432!+-765()&54*654#",20 9,"Richard"
13.5 AT^SPBC Search the first entry in the sorted telephone
book
This command can be used to retrieve the index of the first entry starting with
selected character <schar> in the sorted list of phone book records of the phone
book currently selected with AT+CPBS.
The sorted list of phone book records can be accessed with AT command AT^SPBG.
The sort order is described in chapter 13.1.
CAUTION: Please note that the sorted entries are assigned an index of their own
which is not identical with the location numbers used in the various phone books.
Therefore, the index retrieved with command AT^SPBC command can be used only
as an index for AT^SPBG. Do not use the listed index numbers to dial out or modify
entries.
This command can be used only after the phone book data from the SIM have been
read successfully for the first time. Reading starts after successful SIM authentication
has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds depending on the SIM used.
While the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the phone book
commands will result in "+CME Error: 14" (SIM busy).
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPBC=?
Write Command
AT^SPBC=<schar>
Response(s)
"SPBC: "FD","SM","ME"
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
spbc: <index>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIMENS
●
●
Command Description
The test command returns the list of phone books for which AT^SPBC is
supported, in the syntax used for phone book selection in AT command
AT+CPBS).
The write command retrieves the first (lowest) index in the list of sorted phone
book entries beginning with character <schar>.
Parameter Description
<schar>(str)(+cscs)
The character to be searched in the sorted list of phone book entries.
Character coding and formatting according to the settings made
with AT+CSCS. Search algorithms follow the sorting algorithms
referenced in chapter 13.1.
<index>(num)
The first (lowest) index number within the phone book memory
selected with AT+CPBS for which the corresponding <text> parameter
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 234
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
starts with character <schar>. If no matching phone book entry is
found,<index> =0 will be returned.
The index retrieved with AT^SPBC can be used only as an index for
AT^SPBG. Do not use the listed index numbers to dial out or modify
entries.
13.6 AT^SPBD Purge phone book memory storage
This command is used to purge the selected phone book <storage> manually, i.e. all
entries previously stored in the selected phone book storage will be deleted.
CAUTION! The operation cannot be stopped nor reversed!
Automatic purging of phone books is performed when the SIM card is removed and
replaced by a different SIM card. This affects the ME-based part of the "LD" storage,
and storages "MC" and "RC". Storage "ME" is not affected.
This command can be used only after the phone book data from the SIM have been
read successfully for the first time. Reading starts after successful SIM authentication
has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds depending on the SIM used.
While the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the phone book
commands will result in "+CME Error: 14" (SIM busy).
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPBD=?
Response(s)
^SPBD: list of supported <storage>s
OK
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
Write Command
AT^SPBD=<storage>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Command Description
The test command returns a list of supported <storage>s.
The write command is used to select the phone book <storage> to be purged.
Parameter Description
<storage>(str)
If test command: List of phone books which can be deleted by
AT^SPBD.
If write command: Phone book to be deleted.
For a detailed description of storages see AT+CPBS.
"LD" Last number dialed phone book
"MC" Missed (unanswered received) calls list
"RC" Received calls list
13.7 AT^SPBG Read current Phone book entries
This command can be used to display the phone book records of the phone book
currently selected with AT+CPBS in sorted order by name. The sort order is described
in chapter 13.1, "Sort order for Phone books". There are two ways to use command
AT^SPBG:
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 235
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
•
VERSION 1.01
If the optional parameter <RealLocReq> is omitted: Please note
that the sorted entries are assigned an index of their own which is
not identical with the location numbers used in the various phone
books.
In this case, command AT^SPBG can be used for reading only. For
example, it helps you find entries starting with matching
characters. Do not use the listed index numbers to dial out or
modify entries.
•
To access an entry found with AT^SPBG for editing or dialing, enter
AT^SPBG with the parameter <RealLo-cReq>=1.
Then extract the "real" location number of the entry from response
parameter <location> and use this "real" location number with
ATD><mem><n> or AT+CPBW.
This command can be used only after the phone book data from the SIM have been
read successfully for the first time. Reading starts after successful SIM authentication
has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds depending on the SIM used.
While the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the phone book
commands will result in "+CME Error: 14" (SIM busy).
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPBG=?
Write Command
AT^SPBG=<indexl>[,<index2>][,<RealLocReq>]
Response(s)
^SPBG: (1-<used>),<nlength>,<tlength>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Response(s)
[^SPBG:<indexl>,<number>,<type>,<text>[,<location>]]
[^SPBG: <index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>[,<location>]]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Command Description
The test command returns the index range for this command, the maximum
length of <number> field, and the maximum length of <text> field.
Note: The length may not be available while SIM storage is selected. If storage
does not offer format information, the format list should be empty
parenthesises.
The write command selects the index of the phone book entry, that is to be
displayed, in the sorted list of phone book, or the range of indices to display.
If no <index2> is given, only the entry at <index1> will be displayed.
If parameter <RealLocReq>=1, the actual location of the entry displayed will
be indicated in parameter <loca-tion>. If <RealLocReq> is omitted or
<RealLocReq>=0, parameter <location> will not be displayed. The indices
displayed in the first parameter of the write command response are indices in
the sorted list of entries, and not related to the entries' location in the phone
book. They may not be used for other phone book commands or
ATD><mem><n>. Instead, parameter <location> must be used for these
purposes.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 236
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Parameter Description
<indexl>(num)
The first index number within the sorted list of phone book for which
the corresponding entry is to be displayed.
The supported range is given in the test command response.
If <index1> exceeds the upper bound <used>, the AT command will
return a CME ERROR 21.
<index2>(num)
The last index number within the sorted list of phone book for which
the corresponding entry is to be displayed.
The supported range is given in the test command response.
If both <index1> and <index2> are in the range indicated by the test
command in parameter <used>, the list of entries will be output and
terminated with OK.
If <index2> exceeds the range indicated by the test command in
parameter <used>, the list of entries will be output but terminated
with a +CME ERROR 21 "INVALID INDEX".
<RealLocReq>(num)
Is a display of the "real" <location> of the entry required?
[0]
Do not display an entries "real" location number.
Parameter <location> will not be displayed.
1
Display the "real" location number
<location> at the end of the entry.
as
parameter
<number>(str)
String type phone number in format specified by <type>. The number
parameter may be an empty string.
<type>(num)
type of address octet
145
dialling string <number>
access code character'+'
includes
international
209
dialling string <number> contains printable nonalphabetic non-digit characters saved with the
number string. For further detail, check the
parameter descriptions for at command AT+CPBW.
129
otherwise
<text>(str)(+cscs)
Text assigned to the phone number. The maximum length for this
parameter is given in test command response <tlength>.
<used>(num)
Value indicating the number of used locations in selected memory
storage.
<location>(num)
The location within phone book memory at which the corresponding
entry is located. This location may be used for other commands, (e.g.
AT+CPBR or ATD><mem><n>)
<nlength>(num)
Max. length of phone number for "normal" locations. - Depending on
the storage, a limited number of locations with extended memory is
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 237
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
available per phone book. Please refer to AT command AT+CPBW for
detail.
<tlength>(num)
Max. length of <text> assigned to the telephone number. The value
indicated by the test command is given in octets. If the <text> string is
given in GSM characters, each character corresponds to one octet.
If the <text> string is given in UCS2, the maximum number of
characters depends on the coding scheme used for the alpha field
of the SIM according to GSM 11.11, Annex B. In the worst case, the
number of UCS2 characters is less than half the number of GSM
characters. For a detailed description see GSM 11.11, Annex B.
Notes
•
The AT^SPBG feature is able to sort by the first 6 matching characters only.
All following characters will be ignored.
•
The command can be used for the phone books "SM", "FD", "ME" (cf.
AT+CPBS).
Examples
EXAMPLE 1:
Using APSPBG without <RealLocReq>.
a) First, run the test command to find out the range of phone book
entries stored in the active phone book by using:
AT^SPBG=?
TA returns the number of entries in the format:
^SPBG: (1-33),20,17
where 33 is the number of used entries in the active phone book
storage.
b) Now, run the write command to display the phone book entries by
alphabetical order. It is recommended to enter the full range to
obtain best results.
AT^SPBG=1,33
TA returns phone book entries by alphabetical order:
^SPBG:1,"+999999",145,"Arthur"
^SPBG:2,"+7777 77",145,"Bill"
^SPBG:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie"
The numbers at the beginning of each line are not the memory
locations in the phone book, but only serial numbers assigned to
the entries' positions in the alphabetical list.
EXAMPLE 2:
Using AT^SPBG with <RealLocReq>
a) First, run the test command to find out the range of phone book
entries stored in the active phone book:
AT^SPBG=?
TA returns the number of entries in the format:
^SPBG: (1-33),20,17
where 33 is the total number of entries in the active phone book
storage.
b) Now, run the write command to display the phone book entries by
alphabetical order. It is recommended to enter the full range to
obtain best results.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 238
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Use parameter <RealLocReq>=1 in order to obtain the entries'
location numbers.
AT^SPBG=1,33,1
TA returns phone book entries by alphabetical order:
^SPBG:1,"+999999",145,"Arthur",27
^SPBG:2,"+777777",145,"Bill",6
^SPBG:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie",15
c) The numbers at the end of each line are now the memory
locations in the phone book and can be used for dialing or editing
phone book entries:
AT+CPBR=27
Read out phone book location 27.
+CPBR: 2 7," + 999 999",145,"Arthur"
d) This entry can now be edited with
AT+CPBW.
13.8 AT^SPBS Step through the selected phone book
alphabetically
This command can be used to scroll sequentially through the active phone book
records in alphabetical order by name. Three entries will be displayed at a time.
This command can be used only after the phone book data from the SIM have been
read successfully for the first time. Reading starts after successful SIM authentication
has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds depending on the SIM used.
While the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the phone book
commands will result in "+CME Error: 14" (SIM busy). This command can be used for
the ME, SM and FD phone book.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPBS=?
Write Command
AT^SPBS=<value>[,<RealLocReq>]
Response(s)
^SPBS: (list of supported <value>)
OK
Response(s)
^SPBS:<index-a><number>,<type>, text>[,<location>]
^SPBS:<index-b><number>,<type>,<text>[,<location>]
^SPBS:<index-c><number>,<type>,<text>[,<location>]
OK
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Command Description
Test command returns a list of supported <value>.
Every time the write command is executed, 3 rows of phone book records are
returned. Each triplet overlaps with the next one. The actual index depends on
parameter <value>. This parameter determines whether the index will be
increased or decreased.
If the index in one output line reaches the last index in the alphabetical list, the
next output line will display the first list entry.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 239
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
After the last record of the phone book has been reached (see parameter
<used> for AT^SPBG), the <internalcounter> switches over to the first. There are
two ways to use command AT^SPBS:
•
If the optional parameter <RealLocReq> is omitted or (0): In this case, the
sorted list is assigned an index of its own which is not identical with location
numbers used in the various phone books. For example, it helps you find
entries starting with matching characters. However, do not use the listed
index numbers to dial out with ATD><mem><n> or to modify entries with
AT+CPBW.
•
To access an entry found with AT^SPBS for editing or dialing, enter AT^SPBS
with the parameter <RealLo-cReq>=1. Then extract the "real" location
number of the entry from response parameter <location> and use this "real"
location number with ATD><mem><n> or AT+CPBW.
•
See examples below.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
1
To make a step forward in the alphabetically sorted phone
book.
2
To make a step backward in the alphabetically sorted phone
book.
<index-a>(num)
1….maxindex
The index in the sorted list of phone book entries
that identifies the first entry displayed.
The value of <index-a> is determined by the value
of the <internalcounter> and by parameter
<value>.
After a write command has terminated
successfully with "OK", the value from parameter
<index-a> is saved and retained as the new
<internalcounter> value.
<index-b>(num)
1...maxindex
The index in the sorted list of phone book entries
that identifies the third entry displayed.
<index-b>= (<index-a>+1).
Mind after the last record of phone book, the first
entry follows.
<index-c>(num)
1...maxindex
The index in the sorted list of phone book entries
that identifies the third entry displayed.
<index-c>= (<index-b>+1).
Mind after the last record of phone book, the first
entry follows.
<number>(num)
Mind after the last record of phone book, the first entry follows.
<number> (str) string type phone number in format specified by
<type>. The number parameter may be an empty string.
<type>(num)
type of address octet
145
dialling string <number> includes international access
code character'+'
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 240
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
209
VERSION 1.01
dialling string <number> contains printable nonalphabetic non-digit characters saved with the number
string.
For phone book entries with this <type>, dialling from
phone book with ATD><mem><n> is not possible. For
further detail, check the parameter descriptions for at
command AT+CPBW.
129
otherwise
<text>(str)(+CSCS)
Text assigned to the phone number.
<RealLocReq>(num)
Is a display of the "real" <location> of the entry required?
[0]
Do not display an entries "real" location number.
Parameter <location> will not be displayed.
1
Display the "real" location number as parameter
<location> at the end of the entry.
<location>(num)
The location within phone book memory at which the corresponding
entry is located.
This location may be used for other phone book commands (e.g.
AT+CPBR, AT+CPBW, ATD><mem><n>).
<internal-counter>(num)
0(&F)...maxindex
This Parameter is only an internal parameter and
cannot modified directly.
The internal counter will be reset to index 0 after
a call to ATZ or AT&F.
Note
•
The complete list of sorted entries can be retrieved using AT command
AT^SPBG.
Example
How to use AT^SPBS to browse through the sorted list forward and backward.
Using AT^SPBS without <RealLocReq> or with <RealLocReq>=0.
a) First, AT&F is issued to make sure that AT^SPBS=1 starts from the first
character in alphabetical order. The example illustrates how to
search down and up again.
at&f
OK at^spbs=l
^SPBS:1,"+999999",145,"Arthur"
^SPBS:2,"+777777",145,"Bill"
^SPBS:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie"
OK
At^spbs=l
^SPBS:2,"+777777",145,"Bill"
^SPBS:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie"
^SPBS:4,"0304444444",129,"Esther"
OK
at^spbs=l
^SPBS:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie" ^SPBS:4,"0304444444",129,"Esther"
^SPBS:5,"03033333333",129,"Harry"
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 241
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
OK
At^spbs=2
^SPBS:2,"+777777",145,"Bill"
^SPBS:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie"
^SPBS:4,"0304444444",129,"Esther"
OK
•
If the last index in the sorted list has been reached, then the
internal counter overflows to the first index:
at&f
reset internal counter to 0
OK
At^spbs=2
step down 1 entry starting
counter)=0 overflow occurs.
from
(internal
^SPBS:33,"+49301234567",145,"TomTailor"
ASPBS:1,"+999999",145,"Arthur" ^SPBS:2,"+777777",145,"Bill"
OK
Using AT^SPBS with <RealLocReq>=1 in order to obtain the entries' location
numbers.
At^spbs=l,1
^SPBS:1,"+999999",145,"Arthur",27
^SPBS:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie",15
^SPBS:2,"+777777",145,"Bill",6
The numbers at the end of each line are now the memory locations in the
phone book and can be used for dialing or editing phone book entries:
This entry can now be read with AT+CPBR or edited with AT+CPBW.
AT+CPBR=27
Read out phone book location 27.
+CPBR:27,"+999999",145,"Arthur"
13.9 AT^SDLD Delete the "last number redial" memory
Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has been performed, and may
take up to 30 seconds depending on the SIM used. While the read process is in
progress, an attempt to use any of the phone book commands will result in "+CME
Error: 14" (SIM busy).
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SDLD=?
Exec Command
AT^SDLD
Response(s)
OK
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
●
●
Command Description
The execute command deletes all numbers stored in the LD memory.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 242
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
14 AUDIO COMMANDS
14.1 ATL Set monitor speaker loudness
Syntax
Exec Command
ATL[<val>]
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V 25ter
○
●
Parameter Description
<val>(num)
Notes
•
Commands ATL and ATM are implemented only for V.25ter compatibility
reasons and have no effect.
14.2 ATM Set monitor speaker mode
Syntax
Exec Command
ATM[<val>]
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Parameter Description
<val>(num)
Notes
•
Commands ATL and ATM are implemented only for V.25ter compatibility
reasons and have no effect.
14.3 AT+CLVL Loudspeaker volume level
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CLVL=?
Read Command
AT+CLVL?
Write Command
AT+CLVL=<level>
Response(s)
+CLVL: (list of supported <level >s)
OK
Response(s)
+CLVL: <level>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 243
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Parameter Description
<level>(num)
Loudspeaker Volume Level
0...4(D)
Notes
•
The write command can only be used in audio mode 2 - 6.
•
The values of the volume steps are specified with the parameters
<outCalibrate>[0],...<outCalibrate>[4] of the AT^SNFO command.
•
As an alternative to AT+CLVL, you can use AT^SNFO and AT^SNFV. The
parameter <level> is identical with <outStep> used by both commands.
•
Any change to <level> (or <outstep>) takes effect in audio modes 2 to 6.
The only exception is audio mode 1 which is fixed to <level>=4 (or
accordingly <outstep>=4).
•
<level> (or <outstep>) is stored non-volatile when the ME is powered down
with Table 2.3 or reset with AT+CFUN=1,1.
14.4 AT+CMUT Mute control
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMUT=?
Response(s)
+CMUT: (list of supported<mute>s)
OK
Response(s)
+CMUT: <mute>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Read Command
AT+CMUT?
Write Command
AT+CMUT=<mute>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Command Description
This command can be used in all audio modes (1 to 6) and during a voice call
only. During an active call, users should be aware that when they switch back
and forth between different audio modes (for example handsfree on/off) the
value of <mute> does not change, i.e. the microphone mode is retained until
explicitly changed.
Parameter Description
<mute>(num)
0(P)
mute off
1
mute on
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 244
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
14.5 AT+VTD Tone duration
Syntax
Test Command
AT+VTD=?
Write Command
AT+VTD=<duration>
Response(s)
+VTD: (list of supported <duration>s)
OK
Response(s)
<duration>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Read Command
AT+VTD?
Command Description
This command refers to an integer <duration> that defines the length of tones
transmitted with the AT+VTS command.
Parameter Description
<duration>(num)
duration of the tone in 1/10 second
1(&F)...255
14.6 AT+VTS DTMF and tone generation
The Write command is intended to send ASCII characters or strings which cause the
Mobile Switching Center (MSC) to transmit DTMF tones to a remote subscriber. It
works during active voice calls only and offers the following variants:
AT+VTS=<dtmf String> allows to send a sequence of DTMF tones with a
duration defined with AT+VTD.
AT+VTS=<dtmf >[,<duration>] allows to send a single DTMF tone. In this
case, the duration can be individually determined during the call.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+VTS=?
Write Command
AT+VTS=<dtmfString>
Write Command
AT+VTS=<dtmf >[,<duration>]
Response(s)
+VTS: (list of supported <dtmf >s), (list of supported <duration>s)
OK
Response(s)
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Parameter Description
<dtmfString>(str)
String of ASCII characters in the set 0-9,#,*,A, B, C, D. Maximal length
of the string is 29. The string must be enclosed in quotation marks
("...").
<dtmf>(str)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 245
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
ASCII character in the set 0...9,#,*, A, B, C, D.
<duration>(num)
Tone duration in 1/10 second. If not specified current setting of
AT+VTD is used.
1...255
14.7 AT^SNFD Set audio parameters to manufacturer
default values
Syntax
Read Command
AT^SNFA?
Exec Command
AT^SNFD
Response(s)
^SNFA: (list of supported <atten>s)
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
TA sets the active audio parameters to manufacturer defined default values.
Notes
•
The restored values are:
•
Remember that the factory set audio mode 1 is fixed to <outstep>=4.
Consequently, AT^SNFD restores <audMode> together with <outstep>=4,
but does not affect the values of <outStep> currently selected in audio
modes 2 - 6. This means, if <audMode>=1, the read commands AT^SNFO,
AT^SNFV and AT+CLVL will always deliver <outstep>=4. In all other modes
the <outStep> value is retained until explicitly changed.
14.8 AT^SNFI Set microphone path parameters
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFI=?
Write Command
AT^SNFI = <inBbcGain>,<inCalibrate>
Response(s)
^SNFI: (list of supported <inBbcGain>s), (list of supported
<inCalibrate>s)
OK
Response(s)
^SNFI: (list of supported <inBbcGain>s), (list of supported
<inCalibrate>s)
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Read Command
AT^SNFI?
Command Description
TA sets microphone path amplifying.
Parameter Description
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 246
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
<inBbcGain>(num)(^SNFW)
ADC gain adjustable in eight 6 dB steps from 0 dB to 42 dB (0=0dB,
7=42dB, 8 steps of 6 dB).
0...7
<inCalibrate>(num)(^SNFW)
Multiplication factor for input samples. Formula to calculate the
negative gain (attenuation) of the input signal: Gain in dB = 20 * log
(inCalibrate / 32768)
0...32767
Notes
•
Write command works only in audio modes 2 to 6!
•
Read and write options of this command refer to the active audio mode.
•
The range of <inCalibrate> is up to 65535 but will be suppressed to 32767.
Values above <inCalibrate>= 65535 will cause a failure.
•
Changed values have to be stored with AT^SNFW.
•
Attention! When you adjust audio parameters avoid exceeding the
maximum allowed level. Bear in mind that exposure to excessive levels of
noise can cause physical damage to users!
•
The default values are customer specific.
14.9 AT^SNFO Set audio output (= loudspeaker path)
parameter
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFO=?
Read Command
AT^SNFO?
Write Command
AT^SNFO=<outBbcGain>,<outCalibrate>[0],
<outCalibrate>[1],<outCalibrate>[2],
<outCalibrate>[3],<outCalibrate>[4], <outStep>,<sideTone>
Response(s)
^SNFO: (list of supported <outBbcGain>s) (list of
supported <outCalibrate>s) (list of supported
<outstep>s) (list of supported <sideTone>s)
OK
Response(s)
^SNFO: <outBbcGain>,<outCalibrate>[0],
<outCalibrate>[1],<outCalibrate>[2]
<outCalibrate>[3],<outCalibrate>[4],
<outStep>,<sideTone>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
TA sets earpiece path amplifying.
Parameter Description
<outBbcGain>(num)(^SNFW)
Negative DAC gain (attenuation) adjustable in four 6 dB steps from
0 dB to -18 dB (0=0 dB, 3=-18 dB)
0...3
<outCalibrate>(num)(^SNFW)
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 247
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Formula to calculate the value of the 5 volume steps selectable with
parameter <outstep>: Attenuation = 20 log * (2 * outCalibrate[n] /
32768)
0...32767
<outStep>(num)
Volume steps 0 - 4, each defined without Calibrate[n]
<sideTone>(nun)(^SNFW)
Multiplication factor for the sidetone gain.
Formula to calculate how much of the original microphone signal is
added to the earpiece signal:
Sidetone gain in dB = 20 * log (sideTone / 32768).
0...32767
Notes
•
The write command works only in audio modes 2 to 6.
•
The read and write commands refer to the active audio mode.
•
<outCalibrate> specifies the amount of volume of each <outstep>. The
range of each <outCalibrate> is up to 65535, but will be suppressed to
32767. A value above <outCalibrate>= 65535 will cause an error.
•
The range of <sideTone> is up to 65535, but will be suppressed to 32767. A
value above <sideTone>=65535 will cause an error.
•
Any change to <outStep> takes effect in audio modes 2 to 6. Nevertheless,
the sound quality and the amount of volume are not necessarily the same,
since all remaining audio parameters can use different values in either
mode.
•
Audio mode 1 is fixed to <outstep>=4. In this mode, any attempt to change
<outStep> or other parameters returns an error.
•
The value of <outStep> is stored non-volatile when the ME is powered
down with Table 2.3 or reset with AT+CFUN=x,1. Any other parameters
changed with AT^SNFO need to be saved with AT^SNFW for use after
restart. See also AT^SNFD for details on restoring factory defaults.
•
The values of <outStep> can also be changed with AT^SNFV and AT+CLVL.
•
CAUTION! When you adjust audio parameters avoid exceeding the
maximum allowed level. Bear in mind that exposure to excessive levels of
noise can cause physical damage to users!
14.10
AT^SNFPT Set progress tones
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFPT=?
Write Command
AT^SNFPT=<pt>
Response(s)
^SNFPT: (list of supported <pt>s)
OK
Response(s)
^SNFPT: <pt>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Read Command
AT^SNFPT?
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 248
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Command Description
The write command controls the Call Progress Tones generated at the
beginning of a mobile originated call setup.
Parameter Description
<pt>(num)
0
Disables Call Progress Tones
1(P)
Enables Call Progress Tones (audible tones shortly
heard on the phone when ME starts to set up a call.)
Note
•
Please note that the setting is stored volatile, i.e. after restart or
reset, the default value 1 will be restored.
14.11
AT^SNFV Set loudspeaker volume
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFV=?
Response(s)
^SNFV: (list of supported <outstep>s)
OK
Response(s)
^SNFV: <outStep>
OK
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT^SNFV?
Write Command
AT^SNFV=<outStep>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
The test command returns the supported values of the parameter <outstep>.
The read command returns the current value of parameter <outstep>.
The write command can be used to set the volume of the loudspeaker to the
value <outCalibrate> addressed by <outstep>.
Parameter Description
<outStep>(num)
The actual volume of each step is defined by the parameter <outCal
ibrate>, which can be set with AT^SNFO.
0...4(p)
Notes
•
The read and write commands refer to the active audio mode.
•
The write command works only in audio modes 2 to 6!
•
Any change to <outStep> takes effect in audio modes 2 to 6. Nevertheless,
the actual volume can be quite different, depending on the values of
<outCalibrate> set in each mode. The only exception is audio mode 1
which is fixed to <outstep>=4.
•
<outStep> is stored non-volatile when the ME is powered down with Table
2.3 or reset with AT+CFUN=1,1. <outStep> is not stored by AT^SNFW.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 249
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
•
VERSION 1.01
<outStep> can also be changed by AT^SNFO (chapter 14.9) and AT+CLVL
(chapter 14.10).
14.12
AT^SNFW Write audio setting in non-volatile store
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFW=?
Exec Command
AT^SNFW
Response(s)
OK
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
CME ERROR: <err>
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
TA writes the active audio parameters in non-volatile store related to the
active mode.
Notes
•
Execute command works only in audio mode 2 to 6.
•
TA writes the following audio parameter values in non-volatile store:
AT^SNFi: <inBbcGain>,<inCalibrate>
AT^SNFO: <outBbcGain>,<outCalibrate>[0 to 4],<sideTone>
14.13
AT^SRTC Ring tone configuration
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SRTC=?
Read Command
AT^SRTC?
Exec Command
AT^SRTC
Write Command
AT^SRTC=[<type>][,<volume>]
Response(s)
RTC: (list of supported) <type>s,(list of supported) <volume>s
OK
Response(s)
^SRTC: <type>,<volume>,<status>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Response(s)
^SRTC: <type>,<volume>
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Command Description
The test command returns the current ring tone and volume.
The read command returns the current <type> and current <volume>. The
read command can be used while test playback is off or on. In the latter case,
see Execute command for details.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 250
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
During test playback, you can enter the Write command to select another
melody and adjust the volume. Also, you can enter the read command to
check the type and volume of the current ring tone, and to view the status of
playback (on/off). The test ringing signal cannot be activated when an MTC is
ringing (ERROR). Selecting <volume>=0 during the test, immediately stops
playback. After this, ring tones will be muted until you change <volume> using
the write command.
The write command chooses the type and volume of ring tones. The settings
can be changed no matter whether or not the ME is ringing. The selected type
and volume are saved in the non-volatile Flash memory and, thus, are retained
after Power Down. An exception is <type>=0, that can be entered to quickly
mute the tone or melody currently played to indicate an event. <type>=0 only
stops immediately the audible ring tone, but does not terminate the URC that
indicates the event (for example RING). No permanent settings are changed
or saved. Before first using ring tones:
We have chosen to let you decide your own preferences when you start using
ring tones. Therefore, factory setting is AT^SRTC=3,0,0 (ring tones are muted). To
activate ring tones for the very first time, first enter the write command and
simply change the volume. After applying a firmware update the volume and
type selected before the firmware update will be preserved.
Parameter Description
<type>(num)
Type of ring tone. You have a choice of 7 different ring tones and
melodies. <type>=0 is only intended for muting.
0
Mutes the currently played tone immediately.
1
Sequence 1
2
Sequence 2
3(D)
Sequence 3
4
Sequence 4
5
Sequence 5
6
Sequence 6
7
Sequence 7
<volume>(num)
Volume of ring tone, varies from low to high
0(D)
Mute
1
Very low
2
Identical with 1
3
Low
4
Identical with 3
5
Middle
6
Identical with 5
7
High
<status>(num)
Status of test ringing. Indicates whether or not a melody is currently
being played back for testing
0
Switched off
1
Switched on
Notes
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 251
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
•
The test ringing signal cannot be activated while an MTC is ringing (ERROR).
•
If an MTC arrives during test playback, test ringing will be deactivated and
"normal" ringing reactivated (RING).
•
If no optional parameter is entered, the old value will be kept.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 252
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
15 HARDWARE RELATED COMMANDS
The AT commands described in this chapter are related to the TANGO55/56's
hardware interface. More information regarding this interface is available with the
"TANGO55/56 Hardware Interface Description"[1].
15.1 AT+CALA Set alarm time
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CALA=?
Read Command
AT+CALA?
Write Command
AT+CALA=<time>[,<n>[,<type>[,<text>]]]
Response(s)
+CALA: (list of supported <n>s), (list of supported <type>s), (list of
supported <tlength>s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response(s)
+ CALA: <time>[,<n>[,<type>[,<text>]]]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.07
○
●
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
+CALA: <text>
Indicates reminder message.
URC 2
^SYSSTART ALARM MODE
+CALA: <text>
Indicates ME wake-up into Alarm mode. If autobauding is active
(AT+IPR=0) the line "^SYSSTART ALARM MODE" does not appear, but
your individual <text> message will be displayed.
Command Description
Test command returns supported array index values <n>, alarm types <type>,
and maximum length of the text <tlength> to be output.
Read command returns the list of current alarm settings in the ME.
The write command sets an alarm time in the ME. When the alarm is timed out
and executed the ME returns an Unsolicited Result Code (URC) and the alarm
time is reset to "00/01/01,00:00:00".
The alarm can adopt two functions, depending on whether or not you switch
the GSM engine off after setting the alarm:
Reminder message: You can use the alarm function to generate reminder
messages. For this purpose, set the alarm as described below and do not
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 253
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
switch off or power down the ME. When executed the message comes as an
Unsolicited Result Code.
Alarm mode: You can use the alarm function to restart the ME when powered
down. For this purpose, set the alarm as described below. Then power down
the ME by entering the Table 2.3 command. When the alarm time is reached,
the ME will wake up to Alarm mode. To prevent the ME from unintentionally
logging into the GSM network, Alarm mode provides restricted operation.
Upon wake-up, the ME indicates an Unsolicited Result Code which reads:
^SYSSTART ALARM MODE. A limited number of AT commands is available
during Alarm mode, for details see table "List of AT Commands Available in
Alarm ". The ME remains deregistered from the GSM network.
If you want the ME to return to full operation (normal operating mode) it is
necessary to restart the ME by driving the ignition line (IGT pin of application
interface) to ground.
Parameter Description
<time>(str)
Format is "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss", where characters indicate year
(two last digits), month, day, hour, minutes. E.g. 6th of May 2004,
22:10:00 hours equals to "04/05/06,22:10:00" (see also AT+CCLK).
Note: if <time> equals current date and time or is set to an earlier
date, TA returns +CME ERROR: 21.
<n>(num)
Integer type value indicating the array index of the alarm.
The ME allows to set only one alarm at a time. Therefore, the list of
supported alarm events indicated by the test command
AT+CALA=? is <n>=0. If a second alarm time is set, the previous
alarm will be deleted. Therefore, the read command AT+CALA? will
always return <n>=0. This is also true if individual settings are made
on SERIAL, for details see notes below.
<type>(num)
Integer type value indicating the type of the alarm.
0
Alarm indication: text message via serial interface
<text>(str)
String type value indicating the text to be displayed when alarm
time is reached; maximum length is <tlength>.
By factory default, <text> is undefined.
Note: <text> will be stored to the non-volatile flash memory when
the device enters the Power Down mode via Table 2.3. Once saved,
it will be available upon next power-up, until you overwrite it by
typing another text. This eliminates the need to enter the full string
when setting a fresh alarm.
<text> should not contain characters which are coded differently in
ASCII and GSM (e.g. umlauts), see also
"Supported character sets" and "GSM alphabet tables".
<tlength>(num)
Integer type value indicating the maximum length of <text>. The
maximum length is 16.
Notes
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 254
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
•
After the alarm was executed the parameter <time> of AT+CALA will be
reset to "00/01/01,00:00:00", but <text> will be preserved as described
above.
•
If TANGO55/56 is totally disconnected from power supply the most recently
saved configuration of +CALA: <time>[,<n>[,<type>[,<text>]]] will be
presented when TANGO55/56 is powered up.
•
Each time TANGO55/56 is restarted it takes 2s to re-initialize the RTC and to
update the current time. Therefore, it is recommended to wait 2s before
using the commands AT+CCLK and AT+CALA (for example 2s after
^SYSSTART has been output).
•
Alarm settings on SERIAL:
-
When the alarm is timed out and executed, the ME sends the
URC only on the interface where the most recent alarm setting
was made. The alarm time will be reset to "00/01/01,00:00:00"
on all interfaces.
Examples:
EXAMPLE 1
You may want to configure a reminder call for May 31, 2004, at 9.30
h, including the message "Good Morning".
AT+CALA="04/05/31,09:30:00",0,0,"Good Morning"
OK
Do not switch off the GSM engine. When the alarm is executed the
ME returns the following URC:
+CALA: Good Morning
EXAMPLE 2
To set a fresh alarm using the same message as in Example 1, simply
enter date and time. <n>,<type>,<text>,<tlength> can be omitted:
AT+CALA="04/05/31,08:50:00" OK
When the alarm is executed the URC comes with the same
message:
+CALA: Good Morning
EXAMPLE 3
To configure the alarm mode, e.g. for May 20, 2004, at 8.30 h, enter
AT+CALA="04/05/2 0,08:30:00"
OK
Next, power down the ME:
AT^SMSO ^SMSO: MS OFF
When the alarm is executed the ME wakes up to Alarm mode and
displays a URC. If available, this line is followed by the individual
<text> most recently saved. If no individual message was saved only
the first line appears.
^SYSSTART ALARM MODE
+CALA: Good Morning
15.1.1 Summary of AT commands available in Alarm mode
Table 17.1: List of AT commands available in alarm mode AT command function
AT+CALA
Set alarm time.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 255
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
AT+CCLK
AT^SCTM
at^smso
VERSION 1.01
Set date and time of RTC.
Query temperature of GSM engine.
Power down GSM engine.
15.2 AT+CCLK Real Time Clock
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CCLK=?
Read Command
AT+CCLK?
Response(s)
OK
Response(s)
+CCLK: <time>
OK
Response(s)
+CME ERROR: <err>
ERROR
OK
Write Command
AT+CCLK=<time>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
GSM 07.05
○
●
Parameter Description
<time>(str)
Format is "yy/mm/dd,hh:mm:ss", where the characters indicate the two
last digits of the year, followed by month, day, hour, minutes, seconds;
for example 6 May 2004, 22:10:00 hours equals to "04/05/06,22:10:00"
Factory default is "02/01/01,00:00:00"
Notes
•
<time> is retained if the device enters the Power Down mode via Table 2.3.
•
<time> will be reset to its factory default if power is totally disconnected. In
this case, the clock starts with <time>= "02/01/01,00:00:00" upon next
power-up.
•
Each time TANGO55/56 is restarted it takes 2 s to re-initialize the RTC and to
update the current time. Therefore, it is recommended to wait 2 s before
using the commands AT+CCLK and AT+CALA (for example 2 s after
^SYSSTART has been output).
15.3 AT^SCTM Set critical operating temperature
presentation mode or query temperature
Use this command to monitor the temperature range of the module. The write
command enables or disables the presentation of URCs to report critical
temperature limits.
CAUTION:
DURING THE FIRST 15 SECONDS AFTER START-UP, THE MODULE OPERATES IN
AN AUTOMATIC REPORT MODE: URCS CAN BE ALWAYS DISPLAYED
REGARDLESS OF THE SELECTED MODE <N>.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCTM=?
Read Command
AT^SCTM?
Response(s)
^SCTM: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 256
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT^SCTM=<n>
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
SIEMENS
○
●
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
URCs will be automatically sent to the TA when the temperature reaches or
exceeds the critical level, or when it is back to normal.
URC 2
for module (board) temperature
Command Description
The read command returns the URC presentation mode and information
about the current temperature range of the module.
Select <n> to enable or disable the presentation of the URCs. Please note that
the setting will not be stored upon Power Down, i.e. after restart or reset, the
default <n>=0 will be restored. To benefit from the URCs <n>=1 needs to be
selected every time you reboot the GSM engine.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0(&F)
Presentation of URCs is disabled (except for <m> equal
to -2 or +2).
1
Presentation of URCs is enabled.
<m>(num)
-2
Below
lowest
temperature
immediate switch-off)
limit
(causes
-1
Below low temperature alert limit
0
Normal operating temperature
1
Above upper temperature alert limit
2
Above uppermost temperature limit (causes
immediate switch-off)
Notes
•
Please refer to the "Hardware Interface Description" for specifications on
critical temperature ranges.
•
To avoid damage the module will shut down once the critical temperature
is exceeded. The procedure is equivalent to the power-down initiated with
Table 2.3.
•
URCs indicating the alert level "1" or "-1" are intended to enable the user to
take appropriate precautions, such as protect the module from exposure
to extreme conditions, or save or back up data etc. The presentation of "1"
or "-1" URCs depends on the settings selected with the write command:
•
If <n>=0: Presentation is enabled for 15 s time after the module was
switched on. After 15 s operation, the presentation will be disabled, i.e. no
URCs will be generated. If <n>= 1: Presentation of "1" or"-1" URCs is always
enabled.
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 257
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
•
Level "2" or "-2" URCs are followed by immediate shutdown. The
presentation of these URCs is always enabled, i.e. they will be output even
though the factory setting AT^SCTM=0 was never changed.
•
If the temperature limit is exceeded while an emergency call is in progress
the engine continues to measure the temperature and to deliver alert
messages, but deactivates the shutdown functionality. Once the call is
terminated full temperature control will be resumed. If the temperature is
still out of range ME switches off immediately.
Examples:
EXAMPLE 1
URCs issued when the operating temperature is out of range:
SCTM_B: 1
Caution: Engine close to overtemperature limit.
SCTM_B: 2
Alert: Engine is above overtemperature limit and
switches off.
SCTM_B: -1
Caution: Engine close to undertemperature limit.
SCTM_B: -2
Alert: Engine is below undertemperature limit and
switches off.
EXAMPLE 2
URCs issued when the temperature is back to normal (URC is output
once):
^sctm_B: 0
Engine back to normal temperature
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 258
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
16 MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS
The AT commands described in this chapter are related to various areas.
16.1 A/Repeat previous command line
Syntax
Exec Command
A/
Response(s)
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
Repeat previous command line.
Notes
•
Line does not need to end with terminating character.
•
After beginning with the character "a" or "A" a second character "t", "T" or
"/" has to follow. In case of using a wrong second character, it is necessary
to start again with character "a" or "A".
•
If autobauding is active, the command A/ cannot be used (see AT+IPR).
16.2 ATS3 Write command line termination character
Syntax
Read Command
ATS3?
Write Command
ATS3=<n>
Response(s)
<n>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
This parameter setting determines the character recognized by TA to
terminate an incoming command line.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
command line termination character
000...13(&F)...127
Note
•
Using other value than 13 may cause problems when entering
commands.
16.3 ATS4 Set response formatting character
Syntax
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 259
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
Read Command
ATS4?
VERSION 1.01
Write Command
ATS4=<n>
Response(s)
<n>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
This parameter setting determines the character generated by the TA for result
code and information text.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
response formatting character
000...10(&F)...127
16.4 ATS5 Write command line editing character
Syntax
Read Command
ATS 5?
Write Command
ATS5=<n>
Response(s)
<n>
OK
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN
SERIAL
V.25ter
○
●
Command Description
This parameter setting determines the character recognized by TA as a request
to delete the immediately preceding character from the command line.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
command line editing character
000...8(&F)...127
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 260
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
17 APPENDIX
17.1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN
authentication
The following commands can be used only after data from the SIM have been read
successfully for the first time. Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has
been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds depending on the SIM used. While
the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the following commands
will result in "+CME Error: 14" (SIM busy).
Ø
AT command not available.
○
AT command accessible immediately after PIN entry has
returned OK.
●
AT command fully accessible after SIM PIN authentication has
been completed.
AT Command
Exec
Test
Read
Write
AT+CMGL
●
○
Ø
●
AT^SMGL
●
○
Ø
●
AT+CMGR
Ø
○
Ø
●
AT^SMGR
Ø
○
Ø
●
AT+CSCA
Ø
○
●
○
AT+CPBR
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT+CPBW
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT+CPBS
Ø
●
●
●
AT^SDLD
●
●
Ø
Ø
AT^SPBC
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT^SPBD
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT^SPBG
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT^SPBS
Ø
●
Ø
●
ATD><mem><n
●
Ø
Ø
Ø
17.2 List of *# Codes
The following GSM command strings can be sent with the ATD command and
must be terminated with semicolon. Reference: GSM 2.30 [16].
Table 19.1: List of (*#) Codes
Star-Hash Code
Phone Security
*#06#
**04[2]*oldPin*newPin[2]*newPin[2
]#
**05[2]*unblKey* newPin[2]*
newPin[2]#
*#0003*MasterPhoneCode#
*[*]03*[ZZ]*oldPw*newPw*newPw
#
Phone number presentation
Functionality
Response, also refer Table 19.3
Query IMEI
Change SIM pwd
<IMEI> OK
+CME ERROR: <err>/OK
Change/Unblocking SIM pwd
+CME ERROR: <err>/OK
Unlock "PS" lock with Master Phone
Code
Registration of net password
+CME ERROR: <err>/OK
+CME ERROR: <err>/OK
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 261
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
*#30#
VERSION 1.01
Check status of CLIP (Calling Line
Identification Presentation)
+CLIP : <n>,<m> OK (see: AT+CLIP)
*#31#
Check status of CLIR (Calling Line
Identification Restriction)
*31#<Phonenumber>[;]
Suppress CLIR
#31#<Phonenumber>[;]
Activate CLIR
*#76#
Check status of COLP (Connected Line
Identification Presentation)
*#77#
Check status of COLR (Connected Line
Identification Restriction)
Call forwarding (See also chapter 0.5.1)
(choice of *,#,*#,**,##)21*DN*BS# Act/deact/int/reg/eras CFU
(choice of *,#,*#,**,##)67*DN*BS# Act/deact/int/reg/eras CF busy
(choice of*,#,*#,**,##)61
Act/deact/int/reg/eras CF no reply
*DN*BS*T#
(choice of *,#,*#,**,##)62*DN*BS# Act/deact/int/reg/eras CF no reach
(choice of
Act/deact/int/reg/eras CF all
*,#,*#,**,##)002*DN*BS*T#
(choice of
Act/deact/int/reg/eras CF all cond.
*,#,*#,**,##)004*DN*BS*T#
Call waiting (See also chapter 0.5.1)
(choice of *,#,*#)43*BS#
Activation/deactivation/int WAIT
(see AT+CLIR)
(see AT+CLIR)
+COLP : 0,<m> OK (where <m> = active or
not active)
+COLR : 0,<m> OK (where <m> = active or
not active)
^
SCCFC : <reason>,<status>,<class> [,...]
)
like +CCFC * (see: AT+CCFC)
see above
see above
see above
see above
see above
+CCWA : <status>,<class> [,...] like +CCWA
)
* (see: AT+CCWA)
Call barring (See also chapter 0.5.1)
(choice of *,#,*#)33*Pw*BS#
Act/deact/int BAOC
(choice of *,#,*#)331*Pw*BS#
(choice of *,#,*#)332*Pw*BS#
(choice of *,#,*#)35*Pw*BS#
(choice of *,#,*#)351*Pw*BS#
#330*Pw*BS#
#333*Pw*BS#
#353*Pw*BS#
Call Hold / Multiparty
C[C] in call
USSD messages
[C]...[C]#
C[C] (excluded 1 [C])
+CLIR : <n>,<m> OK (see: AT+CLIR)
^
SCLCK: <fac>,<status>,<class> [, ...] like
*)
+CLCK (Refer to chapter AT+CLCK)
Act/deact/int BAOIC
Act/deact/int BAOIC exc.home
Act/deact/int. BAIC
Act/deact/int BAIC roaming
Deact. All Barring Services Deact.
All Outg.Barring Services Deact.
All Inc.Barring Services
see above
see above
see above
see above
see above
see above
Call hold and multiparty
+CME ERROR: <err> / OK
Send USSD message
Send USSD message
+CME ERROR: <err> / OK
+CME ERROR: <err> / OK
*) ^SCCFC, +CCWA, ^SCLCK: The output depends on the affected basic
service of the *# code. One line will be output for every tele- or bearer
service coded in basic service code BS.
^SCCFC
and ^SCLCK are modified by giving an additional <reason> or
<fac> in front of the regular output string generated by the standard
commands +CCFC and +CLCK.
Abbreviation
ZZ
DN
Abbreviation
BS
Meaning
Type of supplementary services:
All services
Barring services
Dialing number
Value
Meaning
Basic service equivalent to parameter
class:
Voice
FAX
SMS
Value
330
Not specified
String of digits 0-9
11
13
16
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 262
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
SMS+FAX
Data circuit asynchron
Data circuit synchron
dedicated PAD access
dedicated Packet access
Data circuit asynchron+PAD
Data circuit synchron+Packet
Data circuit asynchron+synchron +Packet+PAD
All Services
T
Time in seconds
PW
C
Password
Character of TE character set (e.g. asterics, hash or
digit in case of USSD, or digits in case of held calls
or multiparty calls)
12
25
24
27
26
21
22
20
-In contrast to AT command AT+CCFC,
parameter T has no default value. If T is not
specified, an operator defined default or the last
known value may be used, depending on the
network operator.
---
Table 19.2: Abbreviations of Codes and Parameters Used in Table "List
of *# Codes"
Possible responses
Parameter
<m>
<n>
<status>
<class>
<fac>
<reason>
Meaning
Mode: 0 = not active, 1 = active
Unsolicited result code: 0 = presentation disabled, 1 = presentation enabled
Status: 0 = not active, 1 = active
Represents BS = basic service. See chapters AT+CCFC, AT+CLCK and 0.5.1.
Facility lock. See chapter AT+CLCK.
Call forwarding reason
For the exact specification of the format and parameters for *# strings, please
refer to GSM 02.30, Annex C, and GSM 02.04, table 3.2 [15].
Star-Hash Code
*
**
*#
#
##
Abbreviations in Table 19.1
act
reg
int
deact
eras
Functionality
Activate (except for CLIR, see list above)
Register and activate
Check status (interrogate)
Deactivate (except for CLIR, see list above)
Unregister and deactivate
Table 19.3: Function of *# codes for Supplementary Services
17.3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
Ø ... command not available
○ ... command does not require PIN1
● ... command requires PIN1
◑ ... command sometimes requires PIN1
AT Command
Exec
Test
Read
Write
AT&F
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
AT&V
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
AT&W
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
Configuration Commands
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 263
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
ATQ
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
ATV
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
ATX
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
ATZ
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
AT+CFUN
Ø
○
AT+GCAP
○
○
○
Ø
○
Ø
AT+CMEE
Ø
○
○
○
AT+CSCS
Ø
○
○
○
AT^SCFG
Ø
○
○
○
AT^SM20
Ø
○
○
○
AT+CMER
Ø
●
●
●
AT+CIND
Ø
○
○
○
AT^SIND
Ø
○
○
○
Ø
Status Control Commands
AT+CEER
●
●
Ø
ATS18
Ø
Ø
Ø
○
AT+CPAS
○
○
○
Ø
AT+WS46
Ø
○
○
○
AT\Q
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
AT&C
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
AT&D
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
AT&S
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
ATE
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
AT+ILRR
Ø
●
●
●
AT+IPR
Ø
○
○
○
AT+CPIN
Ø
○
○
○
AT+CPIN2
Ø
●
●
●
AT^SPIC
○
○
○
○
AT+CLCK
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT^SLCK
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT+CPWD
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT^SPWD
Ø
●
Ø
●
ATI
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
AT+CGMI
○
○
Ø
Ø
AT+GMI
○
○
Ø
Ø
Serial Interface Control Commands
Security Commands
Identification Commands
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 264
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
AT+CGMM
○
○
Ø
Ø
AT+GMM
○
○
Ø
Ø
AT+CGMR
○
○
Ø
Ø
AT+GMR
○
○
Ø
Ø
AT+CGSN
○
○
Ø
Ø
AT+GSN
○
○
Ø
Ø
AT+CIMI
●
●
Ø
Ø
ATA
●
Ø
Ø
Ø
ATD
◑
Ø
Ø
Ø
ATD><mem><n
●
Ø
Ø
Ø
ATD><n>
●
Ø
Ø
Ø
ATD><str>
●
Ø
Ø
Ø
ATDI
●
Ø
Ø
Ø
ATDL
●
Ø
Ø
Ø
ATH
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
AT+CHUP
●
●
Ø
Ø
ATS0
Ø
Ø
○
●
ATS6
Ø
Ø
○
○
ATS7
Ø
Ø
○
○
ATS8
Ø
Ø
ATS10
Ø
Ø
○
Ø
○
Ø
ATP
Call related Commands
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
ATO
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
+++
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
ATT
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø
AT+CBST
○
○
○
AT+CRLP
Ø
○
AT+CLCC
●
●
○
Ø
○
Ø
AT^SLCC
●
Ø
●
●
●
AT+CR
●
●
●
AT+CRC
Ø
○
○
○
AT+CSNS
Ø
○
AT^SCNI
●
●
○
Ø
○
Ø
AT^SLCD
●
●
Ø
Ø
AT^STCD
●
●
Ø
Ø
Network Service Commands
AT+COPN
●
Ø
●
Ø
Ø
AT+COPS
○
○
○
AT+CREG
Ø
○
AT+CSQ
○
○
○
Ø
○
Ø
AT^SMONC
●
●
Ø
Ø
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 265
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
AT^MONI
VERSION 1.01
○
Ø
○
○
Ø
○
●
Ø
●
Ø
●
●
AT^SHOM
○
○
●
Ø
●
Ø
AT^SPLM
●
Ø
Ø
AT^SPLR
●
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT^SPLW
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT+CACM
Ø
●
●
Ø
●
●
Ø
●
AT^SACM
●
●
●
Ø
●
●
●
AT+CCUG
●
Ø
●
●
Ø
●
AT+CCFC
AT+CCWA
Ø
●
●
AT+CHLD
Ø
●
●
Ø
AT+CLIP
Ø
○
●
○
AT+CLIR
Ø
●
●
●
AT+CPUC
Ø
●
●
●
AT+CSSN
Ø
○
○
○
AT+CUSD
Ø
●
●
●
AT+CGACT
Ø
●
Ø
●
●
Ø
●
AT+CGANS
AT+CGATT
Ø
●
●
●
AT+CGAUTO
Ø
●
Ø
●
●
Ø
●
AT+CGDATA
AT+CGDCONT
Ø
●
Ø
●
●
Ø
●
AT+CGPADDR
AT+CGQMIN
Ø
●
●
●
AT+CGQREQ
Ø
●
●
●
AT+CGREG
Ø
●
●
●
AT+CGSMS
Ø
●
●
●
AT^SGAUTH
Ø
○
○
○
AT^SGCONF
Ø
ATA
●
○
Ø
○
Ø
○
Ø
ATD*99#
●
Ø
Ø
Ø
ATD*98#
●
Ø
Ø
Ø
ATH
●
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø
○
●
AT+FBADLIN
Ø
Ø
○
○
AT+FBADMUL
Ø
Ø
○
○
AT+FBOR
Ø
○
○
○
AT+FCIG
Ø
○
○
○
AT^MONP
AT^SMONG
AT^SALS
○
○
Supplementary Service Commands
AT+CAMM
AT+CAOC
●
●
●
●
GPRS Commands
ATS0
●
●
●
FAX Commands
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 266
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
AT+FCLASS
Ø
○
○
○
AT+FCQ
Ø
Ø
○
Ø
○
Ø
○
AT+FCR
AT+FDCC
Ø
○
○
○
AT+FDFFC
Ø
○
○
○
AT+FDIS
Ø
AT+FDR
○
○
Ø
○
Ø
○
Ø
AT+FDT
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
○
Ø
AT+FLID
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø○
Ø
○
AT+FMDL
AT+FMFR
Ø
Ø
Ø
AT+FOPT
Ø
Ø
○
Ø
AT+FPHCTO
Ø
Ø
○
AT+FREV
Ø
Ø
AT+FRH
Ø
Ø
○
Ø
○
Ø
AT+FRM
Ø
AT+FRS
Ø
AT+FTH
AT+FET
AT+FK
○
○
○
Ø
○
○
○
Ø
Ø
○
Ø
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
○
AT+FTM
Ø
Ø
○
AT+FTS
Ø
○
Ø
Ø
○
AT+FVRFC
Ø
○
○
○
AT+CMGC
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT+CMGD
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT+CMGF
Ø
○
●
AT+CMGR
●
Ø
○
Ø
○
AT+CMGL
●
Ø
●
AT+CMGS
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT+CMGW
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT+CMSS
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT+CNMA
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT+CNMI
Ø
●
●
●
AT+CPMS
Ø
●
●
●
AT+CSCA
Ø
●
●
●
AT+CSCB
Ø
●
●
●
AT+CSDH
Ø
●
●
●
AT+CSMP
Ø
●
●
●
AT+CSMS
Ø
●
AT^SLMS
●
●
●
Ø
●
Ø
AT^SMGL
●
Ø
●
AT^SMGO
●
Ø
●
●
AT^SMGR
Ø
●
●
Ø
AT^SSCONF
Ø
○
○
○
AT^SSDA
Ø
○
○
○
Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
●
●
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 267
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
AT^SSMSS
Ø
○
○
○
SIM related Commands
AT+CRSM
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT^SCKS
Ø
○
AT^SCID
○
○
○
Ø
○
Ø
AT+CXXCID
○
○
Ø
Ø
○
○
Ø
Ø
Phone book Commands
AT+CPBR
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT+CPBS
Ø
●
●
AT+CPBW
Ø
●
●
Ø
AT^SPBC
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT^SPBD
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT^SPBG
Ø
●
Ø
●
AT^SPBS
Ø
●
Ø
AT^SDLD
●
●
Ø
●
Ø
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø
AT+CLVL
○
Ø
Ø
○
○
○
AT+CMUT
Ø
○
○
○
AT+VTD
Ø
○
○
AT+VTS
Ø
○
○
Ø
AT^SNFD
Ø
○
○
AT^SNFI
Ø
○
○
○
AT^SNFO
Ø
○
○
○
AT^SNFPT
Ø
○
○
○
AT^SNFV
Ø
○
AT^SNFW
Ø
○
○
Ø
○
Ø
AT^SRTC
Ø
○
○
○
Phone book Commands
AT+CALA
Ø
○
○
○
AT+CCLK
Ø
○
○
○
AT^SCTM
Ø
○
○
○
○
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø
ATS3
Ø
○
○
ATS4
Ø
Ø
○
○
ATS5
Ø
Ø
○
○
AT+CXXCID
Audio Commands
ATL
ATM
Phone book Commands
A/
●
○
Ø
Table 19.4: Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
17.4 AT Command Settings storable with AT&W
AT Command
Configuration Commands
ATQ
ATV
ATX
AT+CMEE
Stored parameters
<n>
<value>
<value>
<n>
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 268
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Status Control Commands
ATS18
Serial Interface Control Commands
AT\Q
AT&C
AT&D
AT&S
ATE
AT+ILRR
Call Related Commands
ATS0
ATS6
ATS7
ATS8
ATS10
AT+CBST
AT+CRLP
AT^SLCC
AT+CR
AT+CRC
Network Service Commands
AT+COPS
AT+CREG
Supplementary Service Commands
AT^SACM
AT+CLIP
GPRS Commands
ATS0
FAX Commands
AT+FCLASS
Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
AT+CMGF
AT+CNMI
AT+CSDH
AT^SMGO
SIM related Commands
AT^SCKS
<n>
<n>
<value>
<value>
<value>
<value>
<value>
<n>
<n>
<n>
<n>
<n>
<speed>,<name>,<ce>
<iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>
<n>
<mode>
<mode>
<format>
<n>
<n>
<n>
<n>
<n>
<mode>
<mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>
<show>
<n>
<mode>
Miscellaneous Commands
ATS3
ATS4
ATS5
<n>
<n>
<n>
Table 19.5: Settings Stored to User Profile on SERIAL
17.5 Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F
AT Command
Factory Defaults
Configuration Commands
ATQ
<n>=0
ATV
<value>=1
ATX
<value>=4
AT+CFUN
<fun>=1
AT+CMEE
<n>=0
AT+CSCS
<chset>="GSM"
AT^SM20
<CallMode>=1,<CmgwMode>=1
Status Control Commands
AT+CMER
<mode>=0,<keyp>=0,<disp>=0,<ind>=0,<bfr>=0
ATS18
<n>=0
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 269
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
Serial Interface Control Commands
AT\Q
<n>=0
AT&C
<value>=1
AT&D
<value>=2
AT&S
<value>=0
ATE
<value>=1
AT+ILRR
<value>=0
Call related Commands
ATD><mem><n
<mem>="SM"
ATS0
<n>=000
ATS6
<n>=000
ATS7
<n>=060
ATS10
<n>=002
AT+CBST
<speed>=7,<name>=0,<ce>=1
AT+CRLP
<iws>=61,<mws>=61,<T1>=78,<N2>=6
AT^SLCC
<n>=0
AT+CR
<mode>=0
AT+CRC
<mode>=0
Network Service Commands
AT+COPS
<format>=0
AT+CREG
<n>=0
AT^SALS
<^SALS>=0
Supplementary Service Commands
AT^SACM
<n>=0
AT+CLIP
<n>=0
AT+CSSN
<n>=0,<m>=0
AT+CUSD
<n>=0
GPRS Commands
ATS0
<n>=000
FAX Commands
AT+FCLASS
<n>=0
Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
AT+CMGF
<mode>=0
AT+CNMI
<mode>=0,<mt>=0,<bm>=0,<ds>=0,<bfr>=1
AT+CSDH
<show>=0
AT+CSMP
<fo>=17,<vp>=167,<dcs>=0,<pid>=0
AT^SMGO
<n>=0
AT^SSCONF
<ra>=0
AT^SSDA
<da>=0
AT^SSMSS
<seq>=0
SIM related Commands
AT^SCKS
<mode>=0
Phone book Commands
AT+CPBS
<storage>="SM"
AT^SPBS
<internal-counter>=0
Audio Commands
AT+VTD
<duration>=1
Hardware related Commands
AT^SCTM
<n>=0
Miscellaneous Commands
ATS3
<n>=013
ATS4
<n>=010
ATS5
<n>=008
Table 19.7: Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 270
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
17.6 Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes (URC)
AT Command
URC
Configuration Commands
Table 2.3
^SHUTDOWN
Status Control Commands
AT+CMER
+CIEV: <indDescr>,<indValue>
Call Related Commands
AT^SLCC
if the list of current calls is empty: ^SLCC:
if one or more calls are currently in the list: ^SLCC: <idx>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,<traffic
channel assigned>[,<number>,<type>[,<alpha>]]
[^SLCC: <idx>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,<traffic channel
assigned>[,<number>,<type>[,<alpha>]]]
[…]
^SLCC:
AT+CRC
+CRING: <type>
Network Service Commands
AT+CREG
+CREG: <stat>
AT+CREG
+CREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
AT^SALS
^SALS: <line>
Supplementary Service Commands
AT^SACM
+CCCM: <ccm>
AT+CCWA
+CCWA: <calling number>,<type of number>,<class>, ,<CLI validity>
AT+CCWA
^SCWA
AT+CLIP
+CLIP: <number>,<type>, , , ,<CLI validity>
AT+CLIP
+CLIP: <number>,<type>
AT+CSSN
+CSSI: <code 1>
AT+CSSN
+CSSU: <code 2>
AT+CUSD
+CUSD: <m>[<str>[<dcs>]]
GPRS Commands
AT+CGREG
+CGREG: <stat>
Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
AT+CNMI
+CMTI: <mem3>,<index>
AT+CNMI
+CMT: <length><CR><LF><pdu>
AT+CNMI
+CMT: <oa>,<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>] <CR><LPxdata>
AT+CNMI
+CBM: <length><CR><LF><pdu>
AT+CNMI
+CBM: <sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data>
AT+CNMI
+CDS: <length><CR><LF><pdu>
AT+CNMI
+CDS: <fo>,<mr>[,<ra>][,<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st>
AT+CNMI
+CDSI:<mem3>,<index>
AT^SMGO
^SMGO: <mode>
SIM Related Commands
AT^SCKS
^SCKS: <SimStatus>
Hardware related Commands
AT+CALA
+CALA: <text>
AT^SCTM
^SCTM_A: <m>
AT^SCTM
^SCTM_B: <m>
Table 19.8: Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes (URC)
17.7 Alphabetical List of AT Commands
AT Command
Description
Chapter and Page
+++
Switch from data mode to command mode
chapter 6.18
A/
Repeat previous command line
chapter 16.1
AT&C
Set circuit Data Carrier Detect (DCD) function mode
chapter 3.2
AT&D
Set circuit Data Terminal Ready (DTR) function mode
chapter 3.3
AT&F
Set all current parameters to manufacturer defaults
chapter 1.1
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 271
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
AT&S
Set circuit Data Set Ready (DSR) function mode
chapter 3.4
AT&V
Display current configuration
chapter 1.2
AT&W
Stores current configuration to user defined profile
chapter 1.3
AT+CACM
Accumulated call meter (ACM) reset or query
chapter 8.1
AT+CALA
Set alarm time
chapter 15.1
AT+CAMM
Accumulated call meter maximum (ACMmax) set or query
chapter 8.3
AT+CAOC
Advice of Charge information
chapter 8.4
AT+CBST
Select bearer service type
chapter 6.20
AT+CCFC
Call forwarding number and conditions control
chapter 8.6
AT+CCLK
Real Time Clock
chapter 16.2
AT+CCUG
Closed User Group
chapter 8.5
AT+CCWA
Call Waiting
chapter 8.7
AT+CEER
Extended error report
chapter 2.4
AT+CFUN
Set phone functionality
chapter 1.8
AT+CGACT
PDP context activate or deactivate
chapter 9.1
AT+CGANS
Manual response to a network request for PDP context activation
chapter 9.2
AT+CGATT
GPRS attach or detach
chapter 9.3
AT+CGAUTO
Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation
chapter 9.4
AT+CGDATA
Enter data state
chapter 9.5
AT+CGDCONT
Define PDP Context
chapter 9.6
AT+CGMI
Request manufacturer identification
chapter 5.2
AT+CGMM
Request model identification
chapter 5.4
AT+CGMR
Request revision identification of software status
chapter 5.6
AT+CGPADDR
Show PDP address
chapter 9.7
AT+CGQMIN
Quality of Service Profile (Minimum acceptable)
chapter 9.8
AT+CGQREQ
Quality of Service Profile (Requested)
chapter 9.9
AT+CGREG
GPRS network registration status
chapter 9.10
AT+CGSMS
Select service for MO SMS messages
chapter 9.11
AT+CGSN
Request product serial number identification (IMEI) identi cal to GSN
chapter 5.8
AT+CHLD
Call Hold and Multiparty
chapter 8.8
AT+CHUP
Hang up call
chapter 6.10
AT+CIMI
Request international mobile subscriber identity
chapter 5.10
AT+CIND
Indicator control
chapter 2.2
AT+CLCC
List current calls of ME
chapter 6.22
AT+CLCK
Facility lock
chapter 4.4
AT+CLIP
Calling line identification presentation
chapter 8.9
AT+CLIR
Calling line identification restriction
chapter 8.10
AT+CLVL
Loudspeaker volume level
chapter 15.4
AT+CMEE
Report mobile equipment error
chapter 1.11
AT+CMER
Mobile Equipment Event Reporting
chapter 2.1
AT+CMGC
Send an SMS command
chapter 11.2
AT+CMGD
Delete SMS message
chapter 11.3
AT+CMGF
Select SMS message format
chapter 11.4
AT+CMGL
List SMS messages from preferred store
chapter 11.5
AT+CMGR
Read SMS messages
chapter 11.6
AT+CMGS
Send SMS message
chapter 11.7
AT+CMGW
Write SMS messages to memory
chapter 11.8
AT+CMSS
Send SMS messages from storage
chapter 11.9
AT+CMUT
Mute control
chapter 15.5
AT+CNMA
New SMS message acknowledge to ME/TE, only phase 2+
chapter 11.10
AT+CNMI
New SMS message indications
chapter 11.11
AT+COPN
Read operator names
chapter 7.1
AT+COPS
Operator selection
chapter 7.2
AT+CPAS
Mobile equipment activity status
chapter 2.6
AT+CPBR
Read from Phone book
chapter 14.2
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 272
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
AT+CPBS
Select phone book memory storage
chapter 14.3
AT+CPBW
Write into Phone book
chapter 14.4
AT+CPIN
Enter PIN
chapter 4.1
AT+CPIN2
Enter PIN2
chapter 4.2
AT+CPMS
Preferred SMS message storage
chapter 11.12
AT+CPUC
Price per unit and currency table
chapter 8.11
AT+CPWD
Change Password
chapter 4.6
AT+CR
Service reporting control
chapter 6.24
AT+CRC
Set Cellular Result Codes for incoming call indication
chapter 6.25
AT+CREG
Network registration
chapter 7.3
AT+CRLP
Select radio link protocol param. for orig. non-transparent data call
chapter 6.21
AT+CRSM
Restricted SIM Access
chapter 12.1
AT+CSCA
SMS service centre address
chapter 11.13
AT+CSCB
Select Cell Broadcast Message Indication
chapter 11.14
AT+CSCS
Select TE character set
chapter 1.12
AT+CSDH
Show SMS text mode parameters
chapter 11.15
AT+CSMP
Set SMS text mode parameters
chapter 11.16
AT+CSMS
Select Message Service
chapter 11.17
AT+CSNS
Single Numbering Scheme
chapter 6.26
AT+CSQ
Signal quality
chapter 7.4
AT+CSSN
Supplementary service notifications
chapter 8.12
AT+CUSD
Supplementary service notifications
chapter 8.13
AT+CXXCID
Display card ID
chapter 12.4
AT+FBADLIN
Bad Line Threshold
chapter 10.2
AT+FBADMUL
Error Threshold Multiplier
chapter 10.3
AT+FBOR
Query data bit order
chapter 10.4
AT+FCIG
Query or set the Local Polling ID
chapter 10.5
AT+FCLASS
Fax: Select, read or test service class
chapter 10.6
AT+FCQ
Copy Quality Checking
chapter 10.7
AT+FCR
Capability to receive
chapter 10.8
AT+FDCC
Query or set capabilities
chapter 10.9
AT+FDFFC
Data Compression Format Conversion
chapter 10.10
AT+FDIS
Query or set session parameters
chapter 10.11
AT+FDR
Begin or continue phase C data reception
chapter 10.12
AT+FDT
Data Transmission
chapter 10.13
AT+FET
End a page or document
chapter 10.14
AT+FK
Kill operation, orderly FAX abort
chapter 10.15
AT+FLID
Query or set the Local Id setting capabilities
chapter 10.16
AT+FMDL
Identify Product Model
chapter 10.17
AT+FMFR
Request Manufacturer Identification
chapter 10.18
AT+FOPT
Set bit order independently
chapter 10.19
AT+FPHCTO
DTE Phase C Response Timeout
chapter 10.20
AT+FREV
Identify Product Revision
chapter 10.21
AT+FRH
Receive Data Using HDLC Framing
chapter 10.22
AT+FRM
Receive Data
chapter 10.23
AT+FRS
Receive Silence
chapter 10.24
AT+FTH
Transmit Data Using HDLC Framing
chapter 10.25
AT+FTM
Transmit Data
chapter 10.26
AT+FTS
Stop Transmission and Wait
chapter 10.27
AT+FVRFC
Vertical resolution format conversion
chapter 10.28
AT+GCAP
Request complete TA capabilities list
chapter 1.10
AT+GMI
Request manufacturer identification
chapter 5.3
AT+GMM
Request TA model identification
chapter 5.5
AT+GMR
Request TA revision identification of software status
chapter 5.7
AT+GSN
Request TA serial number identification (IMEI)
chapter 5.9
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 273
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
AT+ILRR
Set TE-TA local rate reporting
chapter 3.6
AT+IPR
Set fixed local rate
chapter 3.7
AT+VTD
Tone duration
chapter 15.6
AT+VTS
DTMF and tone generation
chapter 15.7
AT+WS46
Select wireless network
chapter 2.7
AT\Q
Flow control
chapter 3.1
AT^MONI
Monitor idle mode and dedicated mode
chapter 7.6
AT^MONP
Monitor neighbour cells
chapter 7.7
AT^SACM
Advice of charge and query of ACM and ACMmax
chapter 8.2
AT^SALS
Alternate Line Service
chapter 7.9
AT^SCFG
Extended Configuration Setting
chapter 1.13
AT^SCID
Display SIM card identification number
chapter 12.3
AT^SCKS
Query SIM and Chip Card Holder Status
chapter 12.2
AT^SCNI
List Call Number Information
chapter 6.27
AT^SCTM
Set critical operating temperature presentation mode or query
temperature
chapter 16.5
AT^SDLD
Delete the'last number redial'memory
chapter 14.9
AT^SGAUTH
Set type of authentication for PPP connection
chapter 9.12
AT^SGCONF
Configuration of GPRS related Parameters
chapter 9.13
AT^SHOM
Display Homezone
chapter 7.10
AT^SIND
Extended Indicator Control
chapter 2.3
AT^SLCC
Siemens defined command to list the current calls of the ME
chapter 6.23
AT^SLCD
Display Last Call Duration
chapter 6.28
AT^SLCK
Facility lock
chapter 4.5
AT^SLMS
List SMS Memory Storage
chapter 11.18
AT^SM20
Set M20 compatibility mode
Chapter 1.14
AT^SMGL
List SMS messages from preferred store without setting status to REC
READ
chapter 11.19
AT^SMGO
Set or query SMS overflow presentation mode or query SMS overflow
chapter 11.20
AT^SMGR
Read SMS message without setting status to REC READ
chapter 11.21
AT^SMONC
Cell Monitoring
chapter 7.5
AT^SMONG
GPRS Monitor
chapter 7.8
Table 2.3
Switch off mobile station
chapter 1.9
AT^SNFD
Set audio parameters to manufacturer default values
chapter 15.10
AT^SNFI
Set microphone path parameters
chapter 15.11
AT^SNFO
Set audio output (= loudspeaker path) parameter
chapter 15.13
AT^SNFPT
Set progress tones
chapter 15.14
AT^SNFV
Set loudspeaker volume
chapter 15.17
AT^SNFW
Write audio setting in non-volatile store
chapter 15.18
AT^SPBC
Search the first entry in the sorted telephone book
chapter 14.5
AT^SPBD
Purge phone book memory storage
chapter 14.6
AT^SPBG
Read current Phone book entries
chapter 14.7
AT^SPBS
Step through the selected phone book alphabetically
chapter 14.8
AT^SPIC
Display PIN counter
chapter 4.3
AT^SPLM
Read the PLMN list
chapter 7.11
AT^SPLR
Read entry from the preferred operators list
chapter 7.12
AT^SPLW
Write an entry to the preferred operators list
chapter 7.13
AT^SPWD
Change Password
chapter 4.7
AT^SRTC
Ring tone configuration
chapter 15.19
AT^SSCONF
SMS Command Configuration
chapter 11.22
AT^SSDA
Set SMS Display Availability
chapter 11.23
AT^SSMSS
Set Short Message Storage Sequence
chapter 11.24
AT^STCD
Display Total Call Duration
chapter 6.29
ATA
Answer a call
chapter 6.2
ATA
Manual response to a network request for PDP context activation
chapter 9.14
ATD
Mobile originated call to dial a number
chapter 6.3
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 274
TANGO55/56 AT COMMAND SET
VERSION 1.01
ATD*98#
Request GPRS IP service
chapter 9.16
ATD*99#
Request GPRS service
chapter 9.15
ATD><mem><n
Originate call to phone number in memory
chapter 6.4
ATD><n
Originate call to phone number selected from active memory
chapter 6.5
ATD><str
Originate call to phone number in memory with corre sponding field
chapter 6.6
ATDI
Mobile originated call to dialable ISDN number <n>
chapter 6.7
ATDL
Redial last telephone number used
chapter 6.8
ATE
Enable command echo
chapter 3.5
ATH
Disconnect existing connection
chapter 6.9
ATH
Manual rejection of a network request for PDP context activation
chapter 9.17
ATI
Display product identification information
chapter 5.1
ATL
Set monitor speaker loudness
chapter 15.2
ATM
Set monitor speaker mode
chapter 15.3
ATO
Switch from command mode to data mode / PPP online mode
chapter 6.17
ATP
Select pulse dialing
chapter 6.16
ATQ
Set result code presentation mode
chapter 1.4
ATS0
Set number of rings before automatically answering the call
chapter 6.11
ATS0
Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation
chapter 9.18
ATS10
Set disconnect delay after indicating the absence of data carrier
chapter 6.15
ATS18
Extended call release report
chapter 2.5
ATS3
Write command line termination character
chapter 17.2
ATS4
Set response formatting character
chapter 17.3
ATS5
Write command line editing character
chapter 17.4
ATS6
Set pause before blind dialing
chapter 6.12
ATS7
Set number of seconds to wait for connection completion
chapter 6.13
ATS8
Set number of seconds to wait for comma dialing modifier
chapter 6.14
ATT
Select tone dialing
chapter 6.19
ATV
Set result code format mode
chapter 1.5
ATX
Set CONNECT result code format and call monitoring
chapter 1.6
ATZ
Set all current parameters to user defined profile
chapter 2.7
Table 19.9: Alphabetical List of AT Commands
This confidential document is the property of FALCOM GmbH and may not be copied or circulated without permission.
Page 275
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement